Table of Contents

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 001-31553

 

 

CME GROUP INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   36-4459170

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

 

20 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois   60606
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (312) 930-1000

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title Of Each Class

 

Name Of Each Exchange

On Which Registered

Class A Common Stock, Class A, $0.01 par value

(including rights to acquire Series A Junior Participating

Preferred Stock pursuant to our rights plan)

  NASDAQ GLOBAL SELECT MARKET

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Class B common stock, Class B-1, $0.01 par value; Class B common stock, Class B-2, $0.01 par value; Class B common stock, Class B-3, $0.01 par value; and Class B common stock, Class B-4, $0.01 par value (in each case, including rights to acquire Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock pursuant to our rights plan).

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained herein, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2008, was approximately $20.9 billion (based on the closing price per share of CME Group Inc. Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (NASDAQ) on such date). The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock as of February 18, 2009 was as follows: 66,341,828 shares of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value; 625 shares of Class B common stock, Class B-1, $0.01 par value; 813 shares of Class B common stock, Class B-2, $0.01 par value; 1,287 shares of Class B common stock, Class B-3, $0.01 par value; and 413 shares of Class B common stock, Class B-4, $0.01 par value.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

 

Documents

 

Form 10-K Reference

Portions of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders

  Part III

 

 

 


Table of Contents

CME GROUP INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

INDEX

 

     Page

PART I.

  

Item 1. Business

   6

Item 1A. Risk Factors

   25

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

   39

Item 2. Properties

   39

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

   40

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   41

PART II.

  
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    42

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

   45

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   46

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

   71

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   74

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   117

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

   117

Item 9B. Other Information

   118

PART III.

  

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

   118

Item 11. Executive Compensation

   118

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

   118

Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence

   118

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   118

PART IV.

  

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   118

Signatures

   125

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

On July 12, 2007, CBOT Holdings, Inc. (CBOT Holdings) merged with and into Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. (CME Holdings), which in connection with the merger was renamed CME Group Inc. (CME Group). On August 22, 2008, NYMEX Holdings, Inc. (NYMEX Holdings) merged into CMEG NY Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of CME Group. Unless otherwise noted, disclosures of trading volume, revenue and other statistical information include the results of CBOT Holdings beginning on July 13, 2007 and the results of NYMEX Holdings beginning on August 23, 2008.

Certain Terms

Throughout this document, unless otherwise specified or if the context otherwise requires:

 

   

“CME Group” refers to (1) CME Holdings and its subsidiaries prior to the completion of the merger between CME Holdings and CBOT Holdings, which occurred on July 12, 2007, (2) the combined company of CME Holdings and CBOT Holdings and their respective subsidiaries after July 12, 2007 and (3) the combined company of CME Holdings, CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings as well as their respective subsidiaries after August 22, 2008;

 

   

“CME Holdings” refers to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc., which was the surviving corporation in its merger with CBOT Holdings and which was renamed CME Group Inc. in connection with the merger;

 

   

“CME” refers to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of CME Group;

 

   

“CBOT Holdings” refers to CBOT Holdings, Inc.;

 

   

“CBOT” refers to Board of Trade of the City of Chicago, Inc., which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of CBOT Holdings and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of CME Group on July 12, 2007;

 

   

“NYMEX Holdings” refers to NYMEX Holdings, Inc.;

 

   

“NYMEX” refers to New York Mercantile Exchange, Inc. and, unless otherwise indicated also refers to its subsidiary, Commodity Exchange, Inc. (COMEX), which were wholly-owned subsidiaries of NYMEX Holdings and became subsidiaries of CME Group on August 22, 2008 when they merged into CMEG NY Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of CME Group, which was renamed CMEG NYMEX Holdings Inc.;

 

   

“Exchange” refers to CME, CBOT and NYMEX, collectively; and

 

   

“We,” “us” and “our” refers to CME Group and its consolidated subsidiaries, collectively.

 

3


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time, in written reports and oral statements, we discuss our expectations regarding future performance. These forward-looking statements are identified by their use of terms and phrases such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “could,” “estimate,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “expect” and similar expressions, including references to assumptions. These forward-looking statements are based on currently available competitive, financial and economic data, current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industries in which we operate and management’s beliefs and assumptions. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements. We want to caution you not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Among the factors that might affect our performance are:

 

   

our ability to realize the benefits and control the costs of our acquisition of NYMEX Holdings and our ability to successfully integrate the businesses of CME Group and NYMEX Holdings, including the fact that such integration may be more difficult, time consuming or costly than expected and revenues following the transaction may be lower than expected and expected cost savings from the transaction may not be fully realized within the expected time frames or at all;

 

   

increasing competition by foreign and domestic entities, including increased competition from new entrants into our markets and consolidation of existing entities;

 

   

our ability to keep pace with rapid technological developments, including our ability to complete the development and implementation of the enhanced functionality required by our customers;

 

   

our ability to continue introducing competitive new products and services on a timely, cost-effective basis, including through our electronic trading capabilities, and our ability to maintain the competitiveness of our existing products and services;

 

   

our ability to adjust our fixed costs and expenses if our revenues decline;

 

   

our ability to continue to generate revenues from our processing services;

 

   

our ability to maintain existing customers, develop strategic relationships and attract new customers;

 

   

our ability to expand and offer our products in foreign jurisdictions;

 

   

changes in domestic and foreign regulations;

 

   

changes in government policy, including policies relating to common or directed clearing, changes as a result of a combination of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), or changes relating to the recently enacted or proposed legislation relating to the current economic crisis, including the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and other stimulus packages;

 

   

the costs associated with protecting our intellectual property rights and our ability to operate our business without violating the intellectual property rights of others;

 

   

our ability to generate revenue from our market data that may be reduced or eliminated by the growth of electronic trading or declines in subscriptions;

 

   

changes in our rate per contract due to shifts in the mix of the products traded, the trading venue and the mix of customers (whether the customer receives member or non-member fees or participates in one of our various incentive programs) and the impact of our tiered pricing structure;

 

   

the ability of our financial safeguards package to adequately protect us from the credit risks of clearing members;

 

   

the ability of our compliance and risk management methods to effectively monitor and manage our risks;

 

4


Table of Contents
   

changes in price levels and volatility in the derivatives markets and in underlying fixed income, equity, foreign exchange and commodities markets;

 

   

economic, political and market conditions, including the recent volatility of the capital and credit markets and the impact of current economic conditions on the trading activity of our current and potential customers;

 

   

our ability to accommodate increases in trading volume and order transaction traffic without failure or degradation of the performance of our systems;

 

   

our ability to execute our growth strategy and maintain our growth effectively;

 

   

our ability to manage the risks and control the costs associated with our acquisition, investment and alliance strategy;

 

   

our ability to continue to generate funds and/or manage our indebtedness to allow us to continue to invest in our business;

 

   

industry and customer consolidation;

 

   

decreases in trading and clearing activity;

 

   

the imposition of a transaction tax on futures and options on futures transactions;

 

   

the unfavorable resolution of material legal proceedings;

 

   

the seasonality of the futures business; and

 

   

changes in the regulation of our industry with respect to speculative trading in commodity interests and derivative contracts.

For a detailed discussion of these and other factors that might affect our performance, see Item 1A. of this Report.

The Globe logo, CME, Chicago Mercantile Exchange, CME Group, Globex and E-mini, are trademarks of Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. CBOT and Chicago Board of Trade are trademarks of Board of Trade of the City of Chicago, Inc. NYMEX, New York Mercantile Exchange and ClearPort are trademarks of New York Mercantile Exchange, Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Further information about CME Group and its products can be found at http://www.cmegroup.com . Information made available on our Web site does not constitute a part of this Report.

TRAKRS, Total Return Asset Contracts, are exchange-traded non-traditional futures contracts designed to provide market exposure to various market-based indexes which trade electronically on the CME Globex electronic platform. Clearing and transaction fees on these products are minimal relative to other products. Unless otherwise noted, disclosures of trading volume and average rate per contract exclude our TRAKRS products.

CME Economic Derivatives were options and forwards geared to seven key U.S. and European economic indicators that were traded in an auction format. In July 2007, we discontinued trading in these products. Clearing and transaction fees on CME Economic Derivative products were based on notional values rather than volume and were minimal relative to other products. Disclosures of trading volume and average rate per contract exclude these products.

In August 2006, we acquired Swapstream, a London-based electronic trading platform for interest rate swaps. Disclosures of trading volume and average rate per contract exclude these products.

All references to “options” or “options contracts” in the text of this document refer to options on futures contracts.

 

5


Table of Contents
ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Building on the heritage of its futures exchanges (CME, CBOT, NYMEX and COMEX), CME Group serves the risk management needs of customers around the globe. CME Group, formerly known as Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc., was the first U.S. financial exchange to become publicly traded in December 2002. We completed our acquisition of CBOT in July 2007 and of NYMEX in August 2008.

Our customer base includes professional traders, financial institutions, institutional and individual investors, major corporations, manufacturers, producers and governments. We break our member customers into four segments based on trading activity: bank proprietary trading; large hedge funds; buy-side proprietary trading firms, and “other,” which includes thousands of smaller member firms and individual traders. We also have a fifth segment of customers, which is comprised of our non-member customers who pay higher fees than the member category.

Highly Liquid Markets

CME Group is the only exchange to offer access to all major asset classes from a single electronic trading platform and trading floors in Chicago and New York City. Specifically, we offer futures and options on futures based on interest rates, equity indexes, foreign exchange, energy, agricultural commodities, metals, and alternative investment products such as weather and real estate. We provide the facilities to conduct open outcry and electronic trading and we match, clear and guarantee trades executed on our exchanges and certain bilateral trades executed off-exchange. Our markets provide an effective and transparent forum for our customers to manage their risk. We believe that our customers choose to trade on our centralized markets due to their liquidity and transparency and our central counterparty clearing guarantee. More than three quarters of our trading volume comes from trades made electronically on our CME Globex electronic trading platform. The combined volume of CME, CBOT and NYMEX in 2008 was approximately 3.0 billion contracts. As of December 31, 2008, our open interest stood at 63.0 million contracts and our open interest record was 86.1 million contracts set on September 11, 2008. Open interest is the number of outstanding contracts at the close of the trading day. Open interest can also be defined as the total number of futures contracts or options on futures contracts that have not yet been exercised, expired, or fulfilled by delivery. Open interest serves as an indicator of liquidity. Market liquidity, or the ability of a market to absorb the execution of large purchases or sales quickly and efficiently, is key to attracting customers and contributing to a market’s success. The open interest of CME and CBOT (excluding NYMEX) declined during 2008 by 33% from December 31, 2007. We believe the decline is due primarily to the instability of the financial markets, the decline in assets under management and the decrease in the availability of credit, which has resulted in many of our customers decreasing their risk exposure and trading activity on our markets. Our goal is to maintain quality product execution and service in support of our customers while they navigate through the current economic environment.

Most Diverse Product Line

We serve the risk-management needs of customers around the globe, offering the widest range of benchmark products available on any exchange and covering all major asset classes. Our products provide a means for hedging, speculation and asset allocation relating to the risks associated with, among other things, interest rate sensitive instruments, equity ownership, changes in the value of foreign currency and changes in the prices of commodities. These include products based on the entire U.S. interest rate yield curve, equity indexes, foreign exchange, agricultural commodities, energy, metals and alternative investment products.

Futures and options provide a way to protect against – and potentially profit from – price changes in financial instruments and physical commodities. Futures contracts are legally binding agreements to buy or sell something in the future, such as livestock or foreign currency. The buyer and seller of a futures contract agree on a price today for a product to be delivered and paid for in the future. Each contract specifies the quantity of the item and the time of delivery or payment. An option on a futures contract is a right, but not an obligation, to sell or buy a futures contract at a specified price on or before a certain expiration date.

Superior Trading Technology

Our CME Globex electronic trading platform is accessible virtually 24 hours a day throughout the trading week. Our platform offers:

 

   

high speed trade execution;

 

   

vast capabilities to facilitate the most complex and demanding trading;

 

   

direct market access;

 

   

central counterparty clearing;

 

   

fairness, transparency and anonymity; and

 

   

global distribution and seven international hubs in key financial centers in Europe and Asia.

 

6


Table of Contents

Customers benefit from direct connectivity, ongoing development efforts, a single source for customer support and highly efficient access to real-time market data. The platform is continuously enhanced to serve our customers’ needs for high-speed, high-volume capacity, improved options trading capabilities and a range of new products. In 2008, we were named a leading technology innovator for the fifth consecutive year by InformationWeek. We also completed server upgrades on our interest rate match engines to allow for enhanced trading strategies. CME Globex handled an average daily volume of 10.1 million contracts in 2008, with an all-time record of 20.5 million contracts on January 22, 2008 (representing volume of 13.2 million CME products, 6.1 million CBOT products and 1.2 million NYMEX products).

Global Reach

We offer a number of programs and products designed specifically to appeal to a global audience. Customers from all over the world trade our products, primarily electronically. As described below under “Growth Strategy—Globalizing the Business,” we continue to expand our business globally by educating non-U.S. customers on the benefits of our product suite and by entering into strategic alliances, such as our relationships with BM&F Bovespa (BM&F) and the Korean Exchange (KRX).

Financial Safeguards

We own our own clearing house – CME Clearing. Our integrated clearing function is designed to ensure the safety and soundness of our markets. CME Clearing protects the financial integrity of our markets by serving as the counterparty to every trade – becoming the buyer to each seller and the seller to each buyer – and limiting credit risk. It is responsible for settling trading accounts, clearing trades, collecting and maintaining performance bond funds, regulating delivery and reporting trading data. CME Clearing limits accumulation of debt from trading losses with twice daily mark-to-market settlement.

In 2008, tumultuous market conditions were driven by concerns about counterparty credit. During such times, our financial safeguards continued to provide our customers with transparency and liquidity in all asset classes. Despite the failure of a number of financial institutions in 2008, none of our customers incurred a financial loss due to a counterparty failure. We are extending the benefits of our model to the over-the-counter market through CME ClearPort, our internet-based system for clearing over-the-counter transactions. We also plan to provide clearing services for credit default swaps in connection with our proposed joint venture with Citadel Investment Group, L.L.C. (Citadel) as discussed below in the section entitled “Growth Strategy—Serving the Over-the-Counter Markets.” As of December 31, 2008, we acted as custodian for approximately $116.1 billion in performance bond, security deposit and other collateral of which $16.9 billion was in excess of the requirements. Performance bonds are deposits required from our clearing firms to ensure that they can cover potential losses in connection with their trading positions. We require these deposits as part of our financial safeguards to help ensure that clearing firms can meet their obligations to their customers and to CME Clearing.

Ownership of our clearing house also enables us to more quickly and efficiently bring new products to market through coordination of our clearing functions with our product development, technology, market regulation and other risk management activities.

History

CME was founded in 1898 as a not-for-profit corporation. In November 2000, CME demutualized and became a shareholder-owned corporation. As a consequence, we adopted a for-profit approach to our business, including strategic initiatives aimed at optimizing trading volume, efficiency and liquidity. In December 2002, CME Holdings completed its initial public offering of its Class A common stock and became the first U.S. financial exchange to be publicly traded. In July 2007, CME Holdings completed its merger with CBOT Holdings. As a result, we acquired CBOT. CBOT is a leading marketplace for trading agricultural and U.S. Treasury futures as well as options on futures. In August 2008, we merged with NYMEX Holdings and acquired NYMEX and COMEX, its wholly-owned subsidiary. On the NYMEX exchange, customers primarily trade energy futures and options contracts, including contracts for crude oil, natural gas, heating oil and gasoline. On COMEX, customers trade metals futures and options contracts, including contracts for gold, silver, copper and aluminum.

Our principal executive offices are located at 20 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, and our telephone number is 312-930-1000.

 

7


Table of Contents

Growth Strategy

Increased market awareness and acceptance of derivatives, increased price volatility, technological advances and the increasing need for counterparty risk mitigation and clearing services create significant opportunities for growth. We believe that we can capitalize on these trends and build on our competitive strengths by implementing the following strategies:

 

   

growing the core business;

 

   

globalizing the business; and

 

   

serving the over-the-counter markets.

Growing the Core Business. We intend to advance our position as a leader in the futures industry by growing and diversifying our customer base and trading volumes. As part of this initiative, we plan to continue to generate organic growth through the launch of new products. We have a strong track record of innovation, continually launching new products and product line extensions.

We plan to continue to work with existing and potential customers to develop new futures and options products that provide an array of relevant risk management tools. We are also enhancing our marketing capabilities with a focus on customer education and public relations to cross sell our existing products. We continue to communicate our unique benefits – a secure, effective and cost-efficient place for customers to come and manage their risk through our diverse products, liquidity, anonymity and central counterparty clearing. We continue to look for ways to build upon our success as we continue to grow our business in areas such as emerging markets and the over-the-counter market.

Globalizing the Business. Our goal is to expand and diversify our customer base worldwide and offer customers around the world the most broadly diversified portfolio of benchmark products. In 2008, we continued our initiative to enhance our global marketing efforts in order to broaden the understanding of the benefits of our products, targeting in particular Asia and Europe.

In 2008, we completed our merger with NYMEX Holdings, which adds energy and metals to our already diverse product set. As a combined company, we are better positioned to compete globally with cash, over-the-counter and regulated markets and participate in the fast-growing global energy market. We believe there is potential growth in NYMEX’s energy and metals complexes when combined with our global reach and strategic oversight. NYMEX has also been developing significant new joint ventures and commercial relationships on a global basis, which will enhance our ability as a combined company to jointly market and cross-sell our diverse products across an even broader customer base around the globe. While CME Group has historically been active in the United States, Europe, Latin America and Asia, NYMEX has been actively pursuing growth in Europe and the Middle East. In February 2009, the Dubai Mercantile Exchange (DME) futures contracts became exclusively traded electronically on the CME Globex platform.

We also seek to deploy our technology and transaction processing services globally. In 2008, we continued to deliver on this strategic initiative, furthering our agreement with BM&F with an order routing agreement. Pursuant to our order routing agreement, BM&F products can be traded by participants connected to our CME Globex platform, and CME Group products can be traded by participants connected to BM&F’s Global Trading System platform. Several independent software vendors have established connectivity and our telecommunications hub in Brazil became operational in connection with this initiative. We also finalized our agreement to list the KOSPI 200 futures contracts on CME Globex during nighttime trading hours in Korea.

We will continue to explore opportunities to position CME Group to benefit from growth in key geographies by targeting global customers, through strategic investments and by leveraging our diverse product offerings.

Serving the Over-the-Counter Markets. We intend to continue our initiatives to expand our business into over-the-counter markets by developing over-the-counter products and services and by entering these markets through acquisitions, strategic partnerships and commercial arrangements. As a result of our merger with NYMEX Holdings in 2008, we now own ClearPort. CME ClearPort is the mechanism by which individually negotiated off-exchange trades are submitted for clearing. This platform provides additional clearing functionality for over-the-counter transactions to reduce counterparty risk and create capital efficiencies.

As part of our over-the-counter initiatives, in 2008 we also announced that we would pursue trading and clearing of credit default swaps. In this initiative, Credit Market Derivatives Exchange, LLC (CMDX), a joint venture company that we agreed to form with Citadel, will offer a platform for migration of existing and new credit default swaps to CME Clearing, which will also be able to receive trades in credit default swaps directly from participants. CMDX will also offer an optional electronic trade matching platform for credit default swaps. These initiatives will bring the benefits of multilateral netting and centralized clearing and risk management to the credit default swaps market. In December 2008, we completed regulatory reviews with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the CFTC. We have been working with Citadel and potential market participants to bring this offering to market. Pending completion of the SEC’s review of our request for exemptive relief and the completion of discussions and testing with market participants, we plan to launch CMDX and CME Clearing services for credit default swaps.

 

8


Table of Contents

In March 2008, we acquired Credit Market Analysis Limited (CMA), a leading provider of credit derivatives market data. CMA currently offers two products (CMA QuoteVision and CMA DataVision) to over-the-counter credit derivatives market participants, primarily focused on asset managers, hedge funds and other buy-side participants.

In 2008, we also launched CME Cleared Swaps which offer the first ever, centrally-cleared interest rate swap to all market participants and filed a petition with the CFTC seeking approval to clear corn basis swaps and calendar swaps for corn, wheat and soybeans.

Products

We believe that the range and diversity of our products contribute significantly to our success. We offer markets in futures and options on futures contracts based on the U.S. interest rate yield curve, equity indexes, foreign exchange, agricultural commodities, energy, metals and alternative investment products. Our products are traded through the CME Globex electronic trading platform, our open outcry auction markets in Chicago and New York City or through privately negotiated transactions that we clear. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we derived $2.1 billion, or 83% of our total revenues, from fees associated with trading and clearing our products. These fees include per contract charges for trade execution, clearing and CME Globex fees. Fees are charged at various rates based on the product traded, the method of trade and the trading privileges of the customer making the trade. Generally, members are charged lower fees than non-members. Certain of our customers benefit from volume discounts and limits on fees as part of our efforts to encourage increased liquidity in our markets. Our markets also generate valuable data and information regarding pricing and trading activity in our products. We identify new products by monitoring economic trends and their impact on the risk management and speculative needs of our existing and prospective customers. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” page 56, for the average daily volume of contracts traded in our four principal product lines for the last three years. Although dislocations in credit and lending markets have significantly impacted our interest rate complex, our other product lines, especially equity indexes, showed solid volume growth in 2008. Looking forward, we will continue to focus on expense discipline while providing customers with the best ways to manage risk at a time of economic uncertainty.

Interest Rate Products. Our interest rate products enable banks and other financial institutions worldwide to hedge interest rate risks, and in turn help to reduce the overall cost of borrowing and financing. Our interest rate products allow our customers to execute transactions across the entire U.S. dollar-denominated yield curve using some of the world’s most actively traded futures and options products. Customers may manage short-, medium- and long-term interest rate risk using our products based on Eurodollars, U.S. Treasuries, swaps and other dollar-related instruments. As a result of our acquisition of CBOT, our interest rate products include CBOT’s thirty-year U.S. Treasury bond futures and options on futures; ten-year, five-year and two-year U.S. Treasury note futures and options; and interest rate swap futures and options and federal funds futures and options.

Fifty-two percent of our overall annual trading volume in 2008 and 38% of our clearing and transaction fees was based upon our interest rate products. The overall volume of our interest rate product line was down compared with 2007. The decrease was as a result of decreased trading in our Eurodollar options contract due to increased volatility in the relationship between the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and the overnight federal funds effective rate, declining correlations between risk free Treasury rates and spread products, a slowdown in corporate debt and mortgage originations, industry consolidation, declining assets under management, a severe decrease in mortgage-related structured product transactions and pressure resulting from failures in the repo market.

In 2009, we believe that our interest rate product line will continue to be negatively impacted by the current state of the economy and a zero interest rate policy. We believe that this decline could be partially offset by the increased Treasury issuances and the need to manage the associated interest rate risks as well as transitions to exchange traded and cleared products by over-the-counter participants in response to heightened concerns about counterparty risk and the need for greater balance sheet efficiencies.

Equity Products. Our equity products permit investors to obtain exposure, for hedging or speculative purposes, to changes in the weighting of one or more equity market sectors more efficiently than by buying or selling the underlying securities. By allowing investors to effectively manage stock market risks, our equity products increase investor confidence and overall participation in these important markets.

We are a leading equity index marketplace, offering futures and options products (including our E-mini contracts) on key benchmark equity indexes covering small-, medium- and large-cap companies in the U.S., Europe and Asia. These include the Standard & Poor’s, Dow Jones, NASDAQ, Nikkei, MSCI and FTSE/Xinhua indexes, and others. We have exclusive licensing arrangements with Standard & Poor’s Corporation (S&P), NASDAQ OMX Group, Inc. (NASDAQ OMX) and Dow Jones & Company, Inc. (Dow Jones), which allow us to offer futures and options on futures on their indexes, including our contracts based on the S&P 500 Index, the NASDAQ-100 Index and the Dow Jones Industrial Average. For a detailed description of these licensing arrangements, see the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K entitled “Item 1. Business—Licensing Agreements.”

 

9


Table of Contents

Trading in these products represented 31% of our total trading volume and 32% of our clearing and transaction fees during 2008.

We believe our leading market position in equity products is a result of the liquidity of our markets, the status of the S&P 500, the NASDAQ-100 and the Dow Jones Industrial Average indexes as the principal U.S. financial standards for benchmarking stock market returns, and the appeal to investors and traders of our E-mini products and other equity products and our CME Globex platform. These investors include public and private pension funds, investment companies, mutual funds, insurance companies and other financial services companies that benchmark their investment performance to different segments of the equity markets.

We believe future growth in our equity products will come from increased counterparty credit concerns, continued education of our customers as to the benefits of our equity product portfolio to serve their risk management needs and the benefits of futures products over cash equities. We believe that our equity volumes may also be impacted by the trading volume levels of the underlying markets as well as their level of volatility.

Foreign Exchange Products. We became the first exchange to introduce financial futures when we launched foreign exchange futures in 1972. Our foreign exchange market serves as an effective and efficient means of risk transfer for the global foreign exchange market, bringing together a broad array of client segments by offering investment as well as risk management opportunities. Our customers benefit from dealing anonymously in a fully transparent market, where large and small customers have equal access to the same prices and deep pool of liquidity. Our foreign exchange products provide the tools and resources to hedge foreign exchange risk, facilitating cross-border trade and commerce while mitigating the risks to profitability due to fluctuations in the foreign exchange market. Our foreign exchange market attracts both buy- and sell-side investors, including commercial and investment banks, hedge funds, commodity trading advisors, proprietary trading firms and individual investors. Approximately 95% of our foreign exchange products are traded electronically on the CME Globex platform, ensuring that business is transacted quickly with maximum operational efficiency.

Today, we offer approximately 40 foreign exchange futures and approximately 30 foreign exchange options on futures products, covering major as well as a broad array of emerging market currency pairs in more than 20 different currencies.

In 2008, we saw an average daily volume of 623,000 foreign exchange contracts per day, with a notional value of $84.5 billion a day. Trading in our foreign exchange products represented 5% of our total trading volume in 2008 and 7% of our clearing and transaction fees.

We believe future growth in our foreign exchange product line will come from expanding and diversifying our product suite and customer base. For example, trading in volatility-based options on six of our foreign exchange options began in March 2008. We are expanding our foreign exchange options product suite to appeal to a broader array of customer segments, and we expect continued strong growth in the electronic execution of foreign exchange options on CME Globex in 2009. As we expand our global footprint in the foreign exchange market, we expect increased trading volume from customers outside of the United States. We also expect an increased demand in the over-the-counter market for cleared products, which we are targeting. Firms, however, have reduced their foreign exchange trading volume in light of the current economic conditions and consolidation within the industry.

Commodity and Alternative Investment Products. Our commodity products help establish benchmark prices and play an important role in risk management. These products provide hedging tools for our customers who deal in tangible physical commodities, including agricultural producers of commodities, food processors and consumers of energy. Commodity products were our only products when our exchange first opened for business. We have maintained a strong franchise in our commodity products, including futures contracts based on cattle, hogs, pork bellies, lumber, dairy products, soybeans, corn, wheat, oats and rough rice. Following our acquisition of NYMEX, we also offer contracts based on crude oil, natural gas, heating oil, gasoline, copper and aluminum as well as other soft commodities. Our energy products offer a way for producers, marketers and refiners to manage fuel price risk in a volatile, growing market faced with mounting regulatory and market pressures. In September 2008, we sold the CBOT metals trading complex to NYSE Euronext.

We also provide our customers with non-traditional, alternative investment products to diversify and manage their risk. Our real estate products provide opportunities for risk protection, and extend to the real estate industry the same financial tools that our previous innovations have brought to agriculture and finance. By providing a means of hedging exposure to real estate prices, customers can diffuse the potential impact of sustained declines in real estate prices. We also are the only regulated exchange that offers risk management products on the weather market through our weather contracts based on aggregate temperatures in more than 40 cities around the world as well as hurricane, snowfall and frost indexes.

Commodity and alternative investment products accounted for 12% of our trading volume and 23% of our clearing and transaction fees during 2008.

 

10


Table of Contents

We continue to execute our strategy of growing our customer base and providing side-by-side access to our commodity markets. We believe the changing perception of commodities as an asset class provides an opportunity for growth in our markets. We also anticipate growth in our energy products as a result of price volatility, increased use of CME ClearPort due to credit concerns and continued enhancements to our product portfolio. However, we believe that increases in volume may be offset by the negative impact of the current economic situation.

Market Data and Information Products. Our markets generate valuable information regarding prices and trading activity in our products that we believe enhances the appeal of our products. The dissemination of real-time data generates revenues and supports our customer base with timely market information. We sell our market data, which includes information about bids, offers, trades and trade size in our products, to banks, broker-dealers, pension funds, investment companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, individual investors and other financial services companies or organizations that use our markets or monitor general economic conditions. We distribute our market data directly to our electronic trading customers as part of their access to our markets through our electronic facilities. We also distribute market data via dedicated networks to quote vendors who consolidate our market data with that from other exchanges, other third party data providers and news services, and then resell their consolidated data. Revenues from market data products totaled $279.5 million, or 11% of our total revenues, in 2008.

Sophisticated quantitative approaches to risk management as well as customer time sensitivity have created new needs, uses and demands for trading-related data and analytics. This timely information has become even more important in light of the volatility and uncertainty in today’s markets. We continue to enhance our current market data and information product offerings by creating new value-added services to complement our market data products, including databases, analytical tools and other services to assist end-users. In 2008, we launched the latest version of E-quotes, a real-time streaming market data application that offers quotes, charting, advanced analytics and news on CME Group traded products. E-quotes will enable users to access prices for all CME Group listings. Additionally, to expand our market data product offerings, in 2008 we purchased CMA. CMA provides credit market pricing data and intra-day services to increase productivity, efficiency and speed of transactions in the over-the-counter markets.

As part of our market data and information products business, we also supply services to S&P and OneChicago, our joint venture with the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc. (CBOE) and Interactive Brokers Group, in connection with the usage reporting, contract administration and associated billing and revenue collection for the display and integration of their market data into our standard market data distribution. We are the exclusive distributor of Dow Jones Index data from our market data distribution platform. We also provide access to all prices for products listed on the Minneapolis Grain Exchange and the Kansas City Board of Trade, which are available for electronic trading on CME Globex.

We believe that there has been a decline in subscriptions of market data due primarily to the consolidation of many of our customers and related headcount reductions as a result of the current financial crisis. For example, the number of subscriptions for devices for CME and CBOT market data combined decreased from 293,000 at December 31, 2007 to 290,000 December 31, 2008. To the extent that our customers continue to consolidate, we could experience further declines in our market data revenues derived from such subscriptions.

Execution

Our primary trade execution facilities consist of our CME Globex electronic trading platform and our open outcry trading floors in Chicago and New York City. These execution facilities offer our customers immediate trade execution and price transparency and are supported by substantial infrastructure and technology for order routing, trade reporting, market data dissemination and market surveillance and regulation. In addition, trades can be executed through privately negotiated transactions that are cleared and settled through our clearing house.

Electronic Trading. Our CME Globex electronic trading platform maintains an electronic, centralized order book and trade execution algorithm for futures contracts and options on futures contracts and allows users to enter orders directly into the order book. In January 2008, we completed the migration of CBOT’s products to the CME Globex platform. Pursuant to a previously existing transaction-processing services agreement, we began listing NYMEX’s products on our platform in 2006.

In 2008, 79% of our average daily trading volume was executed electronically, compared with 78% in 2007. During 2008, approximately 76% of our clearing and transaction fees revenue was derived from electronic trading.

Open Outcry Trading. We also offer our members the ability to execute transactions in an open-auction format on our trading floors—a centralized meeting place for traders and floor brokers to trade our products. Orders by market participants not physically located on the trading floor are communicated to floor brokers. Current market information and news are displayed on wallboards hung above the trading pits. In the second quarter of 2008, we integrated the CME and CBOT trading floors at one location at 141 West Jackson Boulevard in Chicago. As a result of our acquisition of NYMEX, we now operate open outcry trading in New York City at One North End Avenue. We plan to integrate the NYMEX and COMEX trading floors into one floor in the second quarter of 2009. Open outcry trading represented 15% of our average daily trading volume in 2008 and accounted for approximately 14% of our clearing and transaction fees revenue.

 

11


Table of Contents

Privately Negotiated and Over- the-Counter Transactions. In addition to offering traditional open outcry and electronic trading through the CME Globex platform, we permit qualified customers to trade our products by entering into privately negotiated transactions, which are reported and included in the market data we distribute. We also clear, settle and guarantee these transactions through our clearing house and CME Clearport. These off exchange transactions, provide our customers with the flexibility to negotiate their own prices and still take advantage of our financial safeguards. During 2008, approximately 10% of our clearing and transaction fees revenue was derived from this type of trading.

Clearing

We operate our own clearing house—CME Clearing—that clears, settles and guarantees the performance of all transactions matched through our execution facilities and on third party exchanges for which we provide clearing services. Our integrated clearing function is designed to ensure the safety and soundness of our markets. Ownership and control of our own clearing house also enables us to retain the revenue associated with both the trading and clearing of our products. By owning our clearing house, we control the cost structure and the technology development cycle for our clearing services. It helps us manage our new product initiatives without being dependent on an outside entity. It also benefits our customers by creating operational, risk management and product benefits. Additionally, owning our own clearing house allows us to generate additional revenue by providing clearing services to other exchanges. Up until the closing of the merger with CBOT Holdings, we provided clearing services to CBOT.

In 2008, our clearing house cleared an average of 11.0 million contracts daily and 3.0 billion contracts overall. As of December 31, 2008, we acted as custodian for approximately $116.1 billion in performance bond, security deposit and other collateral deposited by our clearing firms and, during 2008, we transferred an average of approximately $4.4 billion a day in settlement funds through our clearing system. We are recognized by the United Kingdom’s Financial Services Authority as a Recognised Overseas Clearing House, which enables us to provide global clearing services to market participants in the United Kingdom and serve a wider range of those customers’ risk management needs. In addition, our clearing house guarantees the performance of all our contracts with a financial safeguards package of approximately $6.6 billion (as of December 31, 2008).

The clearing function provides three primary benefits to our markets: a reliable credit guarantee; efficient, high-volume transaction processing; and cost and capital efficiencies. The services we provide can be broadly categorized as follows:

 

   

market protection and risk management;

 

   

transaction processing and position management;

 

   

settlement, collateral and delivery services;

 

   

cross-margining and mutual offset services; and

 

   

investment services.

Market Protection and Risk Management. Our clearing house guarantee of performance is a significant attraction, and an important part of the functioning of our exchange.

Central counterparty guarantee. Because of this guarantee, our customers do not need to evaluate the credit of each potential counterparty or limit themselves to a selected set of counterparties. The benefits of centralized clearing have been made even more apparent during the recent financial uncertainty. Although not a guarantee of future performance, in our more than 100 year history of trading, we have never had a default or a loss of customer funds resulting from the failure of a clearing firm.

Performance bond requirements. Performance bonds are deposits required from our clearing firms to ensure that they can cover potential losses in connection with their trading positions. Performance bonds are calculated by our Standard Portfolio Analysis of Risk (SPAN) system that is used by about 50 exchanges and clearing organizations around the world. SPAN evaluates overall portfolio risk by calculating the worst possible loss that a portfolio of derivative and physical instruments might reasonably incur over a specified time period (typically one trading day). This is done by computing the gains and losses that the portfolio would incur under different market conditions. Additionally, the substitution of our clearing house as the counterparty to every transaction allows our customers to establish a position with one party and then to offset the position with another party. This contract offsetting process provides our customers with flexibility in establishing and adjusting positions and provides for performance bond efficiencies.

Twice daily mark-to-market process. At each settlement cycle, our clearing house values, at the market price prevailing at that time, or marks-to-market, all open positions and requires payments from clearing firms whose positions have lost value and makes payments to clearing firms whose positions have gained value. Our clearing house marks-to-market all open positions at least twice a day, and more often if market volatility warrants. Marking-to-market provides both participants in a transaction with an accounting of their financial obligations under the contract. Having a mark-to-market cycle of a minimum of two times a day helps

 

12


Table of Contents

protect the financial integrity of our clearing house, our clearing firms and market participants. This allows our clearing house to identify quickly any clearing firms that may not be able to satisfy the financial obligations resulting from changes in the prices of their open contracts before those financial obligations become exceptionally large and jeopardize the ability of our clearing house to ensure performance of their open positions. This transparency makes it difficult for traders to hide losses or disguise unusual profits.

Segregation of customer funds. Regulations require our clearing firms to separately account for and segregate customers’ positions and monies from their own (requirements that also extend to CME Clearing). If a clearing firm becomes financially unstable or insolvent due to a financial issue, a customer’s funds held in such a segregated account (provided they are not involved in the financial issue itself) will not be subject to the clearing firm’s creditor claims. In situations where a clearing firm were to become insolvent, the customer accounts could be transferred to another clearing firm.

Twenty-four hour monitoring by risk management team. In order to ensure performance, we establish and monitor financial requirements of our clearing firms. We employ approximately 100 employees who use a variety of sophisticated tools to observe risk in our markets 24 hours a day, six days a week. These employees work closely with other teams across the organization in products and services, legal and market regulation as well as with our clearing firms to help our customers manage risk during periods of economic uncertainty.

Multi-billion dollar safeguards package. CME Clearing’s approximately $6.6 billion financial safeguard system (as of December 31, 2008) is designed for the benefit and protection of both clearing members and their customers and is described in more detail on page 71 of “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Credit default swaps margining regime. In connection with our decision to enter the market for clearing credit default swaps, we modified our framework to address the unique characteristics of this product. In addition to our traditional risk management procedures described above, we will be using a multi-factor model for margining designed to address the unique risk factors relating to these products.

Transaction Processing and Position Management . Our CLEARING 21 system, developed with NYMEX in the early 1990s, processes reported trades and positions on a real-time basis, providing users with instantaneous information on trades, positions and risk exposure. CLEARING 21 is able to process trades in futures and options products, securities and cash instruments. CLEARING 21 can also support complex new product types, including combinations, options on combinations, options on options, swaps, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and other instruments. Through CLEARING 21 user interfaces, our clearing firms can electronically manage their positions, exercise options, enter transactions related to foreign exchange deliveries, manage collateral posted to meet performance bond requirements and access all of our other online applications. Together with our order routing and trade matching services, we offer straight-through electronic processing of transactions in which an order is electronically routed, matched, cleared and made available to the clearing firm’s back-office systems for further processing.

Settlement, Collateral and Delivery Services. We manage final settlement in all of our contracts, including cash settlement, physical delivery of selected commodities, and option exercises and assignments. Because some initial and maintenance performance bonds from clearing firms, as well as mark-to-market obligations on some of our contracts, are denominated in various foreign currencies, we offer multi-currency performance bond and settlement services.

Generally, although most of our futures contracts are liquidated before the expiration of the contract, the underlying financial instruments or commodities for the remainder of the contracts must be delivered. We act as the delivery agent for all contracts, ensuring timely delivery by the seller of the exact quality and quantity specified in a contract and full and timely payment by the buyer.

To administer its system of financial safeguards efficiently, our clearing house has developed banking relationships with a network of major U.S. banks and banking industry infrastructure providers, such as the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications. Among the key services provided to our clearing house by these banks and service providers are a variety of custody, credit and payment services that support the substantial financial commitments and processes backing the guarantee of our clearing house to market participants.

Cross-Margining and Mutual Offset Services. Cross-margining arrangements reduce capital costs for clearing firms and customers. These agreements permit an individual clearing house to recognize a clearing firm’s open positions at other participating clearing houses, and clearing firms are able to offset risks of positions held at one clearing house against those held at other participating clearing houses. This arrangement reduces the need for collateral deposits by the clearing firm. For example, our cross-margining program with the Options Clearing Corporation reduced performance bond requirements for our members by an average of approximately $1.5 billion per day utilized in 2008. We have implemented cross-margining arrangements with the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation and LCH.Clearnet Group for positions at the London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange Limited that are cleared through LCH.Clearnet Group. In addition, our mutual offset agreement with the Singapore Exchange allows a clearing firm of either exchange initiating trades in certain products on either exchange to execute after-hours trades at the other exchange in those products and then transfer them back to the originating exchange. This mutual offset arrangement enables firms to execute trades at either exchange virtually 24 hours per day. This arrangement has been in place since 1984 and was renewed in October 2006 for an additional three-year term with automatic renewals for one year each unless terminated by either party.

 

13


Table of Contents

Investment Services. In order to achieve collateral efficiencies for our clearing firms, we have established a number of collateral programs under the designation Interest Earning Facility (IEF). Under this program, our clearing firms may select from four different IEF programs to meet their individual needs. The programs are designed to enable our clearing firms to make optimal use of the demand deposit cash accounts and security accounts they have established to satisfy our performance bond requirements. We earn fee income in return for providing these value-added services to our clearing firms.

Our clearing house launched a securities lending program in 2001 using a portion of certain securities deposited to meet the proprietary performance bond requirements of our clearing firms. Under this securities lending program, we lend a security to a third party and receive collateral in the form of cash. The majority of the cash is then invested to generate interest income. The related interest expense represents payment to the borrower of the security for the cash collateral retained during the duration of the lending transaction. Securities on loan are marked-to-market daily and compared to collateral received. The CME program is currently suspended due to high volatility in the credit markets.

Technology

Our operation of both electronic and open outcry trading facilities and a clearing house has influenced the design and implementation of the technologies that support our operations.

Trading Technology. We have a proven track record of operating successful electronic and open outcry markets by developing and integrating multiple, evolving technologies that support a growing and substantial trading volume. The integrated suite of technologies we employ to accomplish this has been designed to support a significant expansion of our current business and provides us with an opportunity to leverage our technology base into new markets, products and services.

As electronic trading activity expands, we continue to provide greater match engine functionality unique to various markets, market models and product types. We have adopted a modular approach to technology development and engineered an integrated set of solutions that support multiple specialized markets. We continually monitor and upgrade our capacity requirements. Our goal is to design our systems to handle at least one and a half times our historical peak transactions in our highest volume products. Significant investments in production planning, quality assurance and certification processes have enhanced our ability to expedite the delivery of the system enhancements that we develop for our customers. In January 2008, we completed the migration of CBOT products onto the CME Globex platform. We continue to implement technology upgrades that provide speed and functionality enhancements for our customers. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we completed server upgrades for our interest rate match engines to allow for sizeable speed improvements and the launch of implied, intercommodity spreads for Treasury futures and swap futures.

Speed, reliability, scalability, capacity and functionality are critical performance criteria for electronic trading platforms. A substantial portion of our operating budget is dedicated to system design, development and operations in order to achieve high levels of overall system performance. In 2008, we continued our efforts to grow and enhance our electronic trading capabilities. For example, we enhanced our CME Globex credit controls to provide pre-execution risk controls that enable our customers to set defined trading limits and select real-time notifications if those limits are exceeded, including e-mail notification, order blocking and order cancellation. We also maintain remote data facilities to provide additional system capacity and redundancy for our trading and clearing technology. Our data centers support our customer interfaces, trading and execution systems, as well as clearing and settlement operations.

The technology systems supporting our trading operations can be divided into five major categories:

 

Distribution    Technologies that support the ability of customers to access our trading systems from terminals through network access to our trading floor and/or electronic trading environments.
Order routing/order management    Technologies that control the flow of orders to the trading floor or electronic trading systems and that monitor the status of and modify submitted orders.
Trade matching (electronic market)    Technologies that aggregate submitted orders and electronically match buy and sell orders when their trade conditions are met.
Market data    Technologies that distribute order information to our end user customers on our market data platform.
Trading floor operations    Technologies that maximize market participants’ ability to capitalize on opportunities present in both the trading floor and electronic markets that we operate.

 

14


Table of Contents

The CME Globex electronic trading platform includes the distribution, order routing, order management, trade matching and market data technology. CME Globex’s modularity and functionality enable us to selectively add products with unique trading characteristics onto the trading platform.

The distribution technologies we offer differentiate our platform and bring liquidity and trading volume to our execution facilities. As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 980 direct connections with our systems for customers across the globe. Many of these customers connect through a dedicated private network that is readily available, has wide distribution and provides fast connections in the Americas, Europe and Asia. We have telecommunications hubs in Amsterdam, Dublin, London, Milan, Paris, Sao Paulo and Singapore to respond to customer requests and reduce the cost of trading for our foreign customers. We plan to add hubs in Seoul and Shanghai.

In order routing and management, we offer a range of mechanisms and were among the first U.S. derivatives exchanges to implement the FIX protocol—the standard order routing protocol used within the securities industry. In addition, our order routing and order management systems are capable of supporting multiple electronic trading match engines. This functionality gives us great latitude in the types of markets that we choose to serve.

Several key technology platforms and standards are used to support these activities, including fault-tolerant Hewlett Packard Integrity NonStop servers that incorporate Intel Itanium processors, IBM mainframes, Microsoft software, Hitachi and EMC Storage Area Network (SAN equipment), Sun Microsystems and Hewlett Packard servers, Oracle and DB2 databases, LINUX, UNIX, Novell, TIBCO middleware and multi-vendor network solutions.

Our futures match engine design was based upon a computerized trading and match software known as the NSC system. We are in the early stages of enhancing our options engine to support the migration of our futures products from the NSC system to our internally designed options platform. Our options match engine was designed and built at CME with focus on the speed of matching buy and sell orders and fault tolerance for 24-hour trading. This transition to a single match engine will bring better system performance and more opportunity for combination futures/options trading, while allowing us to more easily and cost-effectively scale our system for future growth. All existing functionality will be present and we expect that the migration will be relatively seamless to the end customer. In February 2009, we migrated our FX currency futures to the options platform and plan to move our other product lines to the system in the future. We continue to work on enhancements to our match engine to build a fully-functional electronic marketplace for unique trading demands where our customers can offset their risk with as much ease as in our open outcry trading facilities.

Over the last three years we have made significant investments in market data technologies to support increased trading and messaging volumes. Enhancements include performance improvements, scalability with a new multicast distribution platform, and a FIX 5.0 compliant messaging format. These implementations benefit our customers through reducing required bandwidth and costs as well improving performance.

Clearing Technology. CLEARING 21, our clearing and settlement software, SPAN, our margining and risk management software and CME ClearPort, form the core of our clearing technology.

CLEARING 21 is a system for high-volume, high-capacity clearing and settlement of exchange-based transactions that we developed jointly with NYMEX in the early 1990s. The system offers clearing firms improved efficiency and reduced costs. CLEARING 21’s modular design gives us the ability to rapidly introduce new products. The software can be customized to meet the unique needs of specialized markets.

Our SPAN system is a highly sophisticated methodology that calculates performance bond requirements by analyzing the “what-ifs” of virtually any market scenario. Developed and implemented in 1988 by CME, SPAN was the first system ever to calculate performance bond requirements exclusively on the basis of overall portfolio risk at both the clearing firm and customer level. In the years since its inception, SPAN has become the industry standard for portfolio risk assessment. It is the official performance bond (margin) mechanism of 50 registered exchanges, clearing organization, service bureaus and regulatory agencies throughout the world.

CME ClearPort is our flexible, internet-based system we acquired through our acquisition of NYMEX that provides clearing services of over-the-counter transactions. The system lets market participants take advantage of the financial depth and security of our clearing house. Through this technology, customers can conduct their own transactions off-exchange, negotiate their own prices, and still take advantage of our central counterparty clearing.

Building Services

Following our mergers with CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings, we now own and manage real estate, with approximately 1.5 million square feet of commercial space in the central business district of Chicago and approximately 500,000 square feet in downtown New York City. As of December 31, 2008, our real estate was approximately 95% occupied, with nearly 40% of the total space used by us. In 2008, we completed the renovations of the CBOT trading floor and migrated the CME trading floors from 20 South Wacker Drive to 141 West Jackson Boulevard in Chicago. We expect to consolidate the NYMEX and the COMEX trading floors located at One North End Avenue in New York City in the second quarter of 2009.

 

15


Table of Contents

Tenants pay market rates for rent. The majority of tenant leases have terms of three to five years, with large tenants generally having leases for up to fifteen years. As of December 31, 2008, the largest tenant in Chicago, other than us, leased approximately 8% of the total area and the next five largest tenants leased about 14% of the total area. In New York City, the largest tenant leased approximately 12% of the total area. We manage both the real estate and the general services relating to our real estate such as cleaning, power and telephone services. Building services generated about 1% of our total revenues in 2008.

Business Continuity Planning

We continue to strengthen and upgrade our disaster recovery facilities and capabilities. We have dedicated significant resources to improve our continuity planning. For example, our disaster recovery infrastructure and activities include:

 

   

Formal disaster recovery testing conducted twice a year at each of our data centers.

 

   

Network disaster recovery testing conducted monthly.

 

   

Participation in an annual industry-wide disaster recovery test sponsored by the Futures Industry Association.

 

   

Bi-annual table top exercises utilizing remote access to our systems with employees responsible for our critical business unit procedures.

Additionally, in order to ensure proper coordination during a potential crisis, we have established relationships with the local business community, law enforcement, and local and regional governmental emergency agencies.

Strategic Relationships

We continually review our growth strategy and whether it is in the interests of our shareholders to engage in discussions with other parties regarding various strategic acquisitions, partnerships, divestitures and other arrangements and alliances.

The following is a summary of our key strategic relationships:

BM&F. To increase liquidity and expand the international market for our customers, we have established a partnership with BM&F, the leading exchange in Latin America. Pursuant to an order routing agreement, BM&F products can be traded by participants connected to the CME Globex electronic trading platform, and CME Group products can be traded by participants connected to the BM&F’s Global Trading System electronic trading platform. We own an equity stake of approximately 5% in BM&F and BM&F owns an equity stake of approximately 1.7% in CME Group.

Confirm Hub. ConfirmHub, LLC is a joint venture founded in 2004 by the leaders in the energy brokerage and exchange industry. The current membership consists of the GFI Group, Amerex, ICAP, Tullett Prebon and NYMEX. ConfirmHub allows users to manage confirmation processing of brokered, exchange-traded, and bilateral transactions through a single web services application programming interface and an interactive, web-based trade confirmation application.

Dubai Mercantile Exchange. In February 2009, DME futures contracts became exclusively traded electronically on the CME Globex platform. The listing of the DME Oman crude oil futures contract and the DME Oman crude oil financial contract on CME Globex will further increase opportunities for improved risk management by Asian refiners through sophisticated hedging strategies, as well as arbitrage opportunities and other advanced trading strategies.

Green Exchange. In 2008, NYMEX announced its intention to establish the Green Exchange as a joint venture among NYMEX and a number of major market participants. In anticipation of completing negotiations among these parties, NYMEX launched a comprehensive range of environmental futures, options and swap contracts for markets focused on solutions to climate change and renewable energy. These products will be committed to the Green Exchange upon completion of definitive documentation establishing the Green Exchange as a separate entity. Negotiations with the founding members of the Green Exchange are ongoing.

Korea Exchange. In 2008, we finalized our five-year agreement with KRX to list the KOSPI 200 futures contract on CME Globex during nighttime trading hours in Korea. As part of the agreement, we will create a telecommunications hub in Seoul.

Singapore Exchange Limited. In October 2006, we renewed our mutual offset agreement with the Singapore Exchange for an additional three-year term with automatic renewals for one year each unless terminated by either party. This relationship allows a clearing firm of either exchange initiating trades in certain products on either exchange to execute after-hours trades at the other exchange in those products, then transfer them back to the originating exchange.

As a result of the merger with CBOT Holdings, we also list the products of the Minneapolis Grain Exchange and the Kansas City Board of Trade on the CME Globex platform and act as their sole distributor of market data.

 

16


Table of Contents

In 2008, we agreed to wind down FXMarketSpace, our joint venture with Reuters Group PLC that created a centrally cleared, global over-the-counter foreign exchange marketplace.

Marketing Programs and Advertising

Our marketing programs align our core business objectives and product line goals with positioning, messaging and customer targeting strategies designed to increase awareness and use of our products. The marketing strategy and tactics include conducting market research to gather customer insight, and the implementation of our marketing campaigns, which may include online and print advertising, direct marketing, public relations, online marketing and educational programs.

Our marketing programs primarily target institutional customers and, to a lesser extent, individual traders. Our marketing programs for institutional customers aim to inform traders, portfolio managers, corporate treasurers and other market professionals about novel uses of our products, such as new hedging and risk management strategies. We also strive to educate these users about changes in product design, performance bond requirements and new clearing services. We participate in major domestic and international trade shows and seminars regarding futures contracts and options on futures contracts and other derivatives products. In addition, we sponsor educational workshops and marketing events designed to educate market users about our products. Through these relationships and programs, we attempt to understand the needs of our customer base and use information provided by them to drive our product development efforts.

Our advertising strategies seek to increase awareness and strengthen perceptions of CME Group among our institutional and retail customers, as well as support an increase in our trading volume. We increased our event-driven marketing to respond to current trends. For example, in light of the recent financial crisis, we created a targeted marketing program to highlight the benefits of our central counterparty clearing model and our financial safeguards package. The campaign included print advertising, online marketing and educational programs. Additionally in September 2008, we hosted our first-ever Global Financial Leadership Conference, where participants had an opportunity to interact with some of the world’s leaders in business, finance and politics to discuss emerging geopolitical trends and debate critical economic issues. We were privileged to have former U.K. Prime Minister Tony Blair and former Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker as our keynote speakers.

Our primary method of advertising has been through print media, utilizing trade magazines and newsletters as well as daily business publications. However, we also use online, television sponsorship and other direct advertisements to reach our target audiences.

Our marketing program includes corporate and product brochures, designed to communicate the depth and breadth of our capabilities; our annual report to shareholders, designed to showcase how key customers globally use our products to mitigate risk, in addition to presenting our financial results; and CME Group Magazine, a quarterly publication, designed to keep our customers up to date on developments that can enhance their successful participation in the derivatives industry. The magazine features customer case histories, new product information, technology updates, trend stories and news briefs and is made available on our Web site.

Competition

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive and we expect competition to continue to intensify. We encounter competition in all aspects of our business, including from entities having substantially greater capital and resources and offering a wider range of products and services and some operating under a different and possibly less stringent regulatory regime. Prior to the passage of the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000 (CFMA), futures trading was required to take place on, or subject to the rules of, a federally designated contract market. The costs and difficulty of obtaining contract market designation and corresponding regulatory requirements created significant barriers to entry for competing exchanges. The passage of the CFMA and other changing market dynamics have led to increasing competition from a number of different domestic and international sources of varied size, business objectives and resources. For example, the CFMA permits SEC-regulated and bank clearing organizations to clear a broad array of derivatives products in addition to the products that clearing organizations have traditionally cleared. The CFMA also permits banks and broker-dealers, and some of their affiliates, to offer and sell foreign exchange futures to retail customers without being subject to regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA). We now face competition from other futures, securities and securities option exchanges; over-the-counter markets; clearing organizations; consortia formed by our members and large market participants; alternative trade execution facilities; technology firms, including market data distributors and electronic trading system developers; and others.

Competition in our Derivatives Business

We believe competition among exchanges in the derivatives and securities business is based on a number of factors, including, among others:

 

   

depth and liquidity of markets;

 

   

transaction costs;

 

17


Table of Contents
   

breadth of product offerings and rate and quality of new product development;

 

   

transparency, reliability and anonymity in transaction processing;

 

   

connectivity;

 

   

technological capability and innovation;

 

   

efficient and secure settlement, clearing and support services; and

 

   

reputation.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors, and that our deep, liquid markets; diverse product offerings; rate and quality of new product development; and efficient, secure settlement, clearing and support services distinguish us from our competitors. We believe that in order to maintain our competitive position, we must continue to expand globally; develop new and innovative products; enhance our technology infrastructure, including its reliability and functionality; and maintain liquidity and low transaction costs.

Over the past few years there have been significant changes in the industry’s landscape as a result of the wave of consolidation and increased competition. For example, during the past three years, in addition to our mergers with CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings, the following consolidations occurred:

 

   

NYSE Group acquired Archipelago Exchange, merged with Euronext and acquired the American Stock Exchange

 

   

IntercontinentalExchange (ICE) acquired the New York Board of Trade (NYBOT), the Winnipeg Commodity Exchange and Creditex Group Inc.

 

   

Deutsche Borse acquired the International Securities Exchange

ICE also has a pending agreement to acquire the Clearing Corporation, an independent clearing house owned by large derivatives dealers. At the end of 2008, there were 52 futures exchanges located in 29 countries, including 6 exchanges in the United States. Additionally, there has been an increase in activity among derivative dealers, banks and other entities to form competing exchanges. In 2007, a consortium of 12 financial institutions formed an exchange, Electronic Liquidity Exchange (ELX), to enter the futures market initially listing interest rate products and targeting our U.S. Treasuries product line. Options Clearing Corporation will provide clearing and delivery service for the exchange and the National Futures Association will provide regulatory oversight. In November 2008, ELX filed an application with the CFTC for designation as a contract market. ELX is expected to become operational following receipt of regulatory approval. Additionally, other financial firms have invested in a number of projects in an effort to compete with existing futures exchanges, including Project Rainbow (targeting short-term Euribor and Sterling interest rate contracts) and Turquoise. These entrants into our industry may increase competitive pressure on us.

Because equity futures contracts are alternatives to underlying stocks and a variety of equity option and other contracts provide an alternative means of obtaining exposure to the equity markets, we also compete with NYSE Euronext and other securities and options exchanges, dealer markets and alternative trading systems in this product line as well ICE in connection with its futures and options on futures contracts based on the Russell indexes.

We face competition from the over-the-counter market with the trading of contracts similar to those traded or cleared on our exchanges, such as swaps, forward contracts and other exchange “look-alike” contracts, in which parties directly negotiate the terms of their contracts.

We also face a threat of trading volume loss if a significant number of our traditional participants decide to trade futures or similar products among themselves without using any exchange or specific trading system. The CFMA allows nearly all of our largest customers to transact futures or similar products directly with each other. While those transactions raise liquidity and credit concerns, they may be attractive based on execution costs, flexibility of terms, negotiability of margin or collateral deposits, or other considerations. Additionally, changes under the CFMA permitting the establishment of stand-alone clearing facilities for futures and over-the-counter derivatives transactions will facilitate the mitigation of credit-risk concentrations arising from such transactions.

Competition in our Transaction Processing Business

In addition to the competition we face in our derivatives business, we face a number of competitors in our transaction processing and other business services, including:

 

   

other exchanges and clearing houses seeking to leverage their infrastructure; and

 

   

technology firms, including front-end developers, back-office processing systems firms and match-engine developers.

In the past few years, there has been increased competition in the provision of clearing services. We compete with other derivatives exchanges that provide clearing services as well as with some of our largest customers who are part of clearing organizations. The

 

18


Table of Contents

Clearing Corporation is owned by 17 shareholders, many of whom represent derivatives marketplace participants and market makers, and provides clearing services to third parties. As part of our strategic initiatives, we have been targeting the over-the-counter market, including our credit default swap initiative to facilitate the clearing of bilaterally executed trades. In December 2008, NYSE Euronext began clearing credit default swaps in Europe following regulatory approval. EUREX and ICE are also undertaking steps to provide these services. The Clearing Corp. has entered into a memorandum of understanding with ICE in connection with a cleared credit default swaps initiative to be acquired by ICE. ICE operates three regulated clearing houses to provide clearing services to its futures exchange. We believe that other exchanges may also undertake to provide clearing services.

We believe competition in the transaction processing and business services market is based on, among other things, the cost of the services provided; quality and reliability of the services; timely delivery of the services; reputation; and value of linking with existing products, markets and distribution.

Competition in our Market Data Business

Technology companies, market data and information vendors and front-end software vendors also represent potential competitors because, as purveyors of market data, these firms typically have substantial distribution capabilities. As technology firms, they also have access to trading engines that can be connected to their data and information networks. Additionally, technology and software firms that develop trading systems, hardware and networks that are otherwise outside of the financial services industry may be attracted to enter our markets. This may lead to decreased demand for our market data.

Regulatory Matters

Our operations as a futures exchange have historically been subject to extensive regulation by the CFTC. The CFTC is an independent federal agency with exclusive jurisdiction over the futures market. The Commission consists of five Commissioners, appointed to staggered five-year terms by the President, with the advice and consent of the Senate. The CFTC carries out the regulation of the futures markets in accordance with the provisions of the CEA and the CFMA. The CFTC is subject to reauthorization every five years, which most recently occurred in 2008.

Although the CFMA significantly reduced our regulatory burdens, we remain extensively regulated by the CFTC. In light of the widespread financial and economic difficulties, particularly acute in the latter half of 2008 and early 2009, there have been many calls for a restructuring of the regulation of financial markets. In light of the transition to a new Presidential administration, these new proposals as well as previous proposals calling for the merger of the CFTC and the SEC, such as the Department of Treasury’s Blueprint for a Modernized Financial Regulatory Structure , we cannot predict what a restructured regulatory framework will look like or what impact it may have on our business. The President’s appointee to lead the CFTC has recently called for more regulation of futures markets and expressed concern respecting the impact of speculation on price volatility. Draft bills circulating in Congress call for restrictions on speculative trading by means of hard position limits in all contracts and limitations on hedge exemptions that could affect trading volume. In addition, future regulations could limit speculation in our markets or include a more rules-based approach rather than our current principles-based approach under the CFTC regulatory regime. To the extent the regulatory environment is less beneficial for us, our business, financial condition and operating results could be negatively affected.

The CFMA amended the CEA in 2000 and created the current principles-based regulatory approach. For regulated markets, the CFMA codified a three-tiered regulatory structure for the trading of derivatives that distinguishes among markets based on the types of contracts traded and the sophistication of the market participants. The CFMA generally requires that contract markets, such as our primary exchanges (CME, CBOT, NYMEX and COMEX), register with the CFTC and establish their compliance with seventeen core principles: rule compliance and enforcement; listing of contracts not readily susceptible to market manipulation; trade monitoring system; position limits; emergency authority; information availability; daily publication of trading information; contract execution; procedures for recording and safe storage of trade information; financial integrity; market participant protections; dispute resolution; fitness standards; conflict of interest management; governing board composition; recordkeeping; and antitrust considerations. Additionally, the CFMA generally requires that derivatives clearing organizations, like our clearing house, register with the CFTC and demonstrate their compliance with thirteen core principles: financial, operational and managerial resources; member and product eligibility; risk management procedures and tools; adequate settlement procedures; treatment of customer funds; member default procedures; rule monitoring and enforcement system; clearing system safeguards; reporting; recordkeeping; public information; information sharing; and antitrust considerations.

Under the oversight of the CFTC, our exchanges are operated as separate self-regulatory organizations. Generally this requires the promotion of market integrity; protection of investors; and enforcement of financial requirements, sales and trading practices of members. CBOT, NYMEX and COMEX outsource responsibility for trade matching, regulatory and clearing services to CME. Our integrated compliance and market surveillance functions allow detailed tracking of all trading and clearing activities. Our regulatory processes are reviewed and audited by the CFTC. Demutualization and the increasing utilization of electronic trading systems by traders from remote locations may, among other developments, impact our ability to continue the traditional form of “self-regulation” that has been an integral part of the CFTC regulatory program.

 

19


Table of Contents

We have also “notice registered” with the SEC as a special purpose national securities exchange solely for the purpose of trading security futures products. As a result, the SEC is authorized to review some of our rules relating to these security futures products. Our members trading those products are subject to registration requirements and duties and obligations to customers under the securities laws that do not pertain to their other futures business.

The proposed Presidential budget has, from time to time, included a proposal to impose a transaction tax on futures traded domestically. Additionally, recently proposed legislation has included a tax on certain transactions in an effort to generate additional funding to support the costs of the recently enacted economic stimulus package. While many participants in the futures industry, including us, oppose these proposals, we cannot guarantee that such proposals will not be enacted. The imposition of any such tax would increase the cost of using our products and, consequently could adversely impact our trading volumes, revenues and profits and may also adversely impact our ability to compete on an international level.

Our Members

We operate four separate self-regulatory exchanges: CME, CBOT, NYMEX and COMEX. Individuals may be members at any or all of the exchanges to trade our products. Members are individual traders, as well as most of the world’s largest banks, hedge funds, brokerages and investment houses. Trading on our open outcry trading floors is conducted exclusively by members in Chicago and New York City. Members can execute trades for their own accounts, for clearing firm accounts, for the accounts of other members or for the accounts of customers of clearing firms. Members who trade for their own account, including those who lease trading rights, qualify for lower transaction fees in recognition of the market liquidity that their trading activity provides. These members also benefit from market information advantages that may accrue from their proximity to activity on the trading floors. In 2008, our members were responsible for 79% of our total trading volume. As of December 31, 2008, there were approximately 130 clearing firms. Membership enables a customer to trade specific products at reduced rates and lower fees, and to trade directly from the applicable trading floor or electronically through CME Globex. Memberships can be bought, sold and leased. A customer can apply for and hold a membership at CME, CBOT, NYMEX or COMEX – depending on the products that will be traded. Rights and privileges of membership are exchange-specific. A potential member must file with the National Futures Association (NFA) either as a floor trader or floor broker if they intend to access one of our trading floors. If a customer will use the membership for the purpose of filling orders for other members or customers they must apply to the NFA for a floor broker’s license.

Applicants for membership are required to be of good moral character, reputation and business integrity. They must also have adequate financial resources and credit to assume the responsibilities and privileges of membership. All members must understand the rules and regulations of the applicable exchange and agree to abide by them. Additionally, they must comply with the provisions of the CEA and the rules and regulations issued by the CFTC.

Our market regulation department is the investigative and enforcement arm of our exchanges with regard to exchange rules. Members who are found to have violated a rule can be subject to sanctions such as fines, trading suspensions and/or expulsion from the particular exchange.

Our shareholder relations and membership services department maintains an auction market for trading rights at our exchanges.

CME Memberships

There are four divisions of membership at CME: the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME) division; the International Monetary Market (IMM) division; the Index and Option Market (IOM) division; and the Growth and Emerging Markets (GEM) division. Each membership division has different trading rights.

Under the terms of CME Group’s certificate of incorporation, members of the CME exchange, as Class B shareholders, have the ability to protect their rights to trade by means of special approval rights over changes to the operation of the markets and are entitled to elect six of the directors on our board, which is currently comprised of a total of 33 individuals. In particular, the certificate of incorporation grants the holders of our Class B common stock the right to approve any changes to the trading floor rights, access rights and privileges that a member has, the number of memberships in each membership class and the related number of authorized shares in each class of Class B common stock and the eligibility requirements to exercise trading rights or privileges. Class B shareholders must approve any changes to these special rights. We are also required to maintain open outcry trading so long as certain liquidity thresholds are met. Class B shares have the same equitable interest in our earnings and receive the same dividend payments as our Class A shares.

 

20


Table of Contents

CBOT Memberships

There are five series of Class B memberships in CBOT represented by memberships in our CBOT subsidiary: Series B-1 (Full) members, Series B-2 (Associate) members, Series B-3 (GIM) members, Series B-4 (IDEM) members and Series B-5 (COM) members.

Class B members of CBOT do not possess the right to receive any dividends or distributions, including the proceeds from liquidation, from CBOT. Series B-1 and B-2 members have the right to vote on amendments to certain provisions of the certificate of incorporation of CBOT, including the number of authorized memberships; the relative voting rights of the Series B-1 and B-2 members; the trading rights, voting rights and core rights of Class B members and certain other covenants; and the commitment to maintain open outcry markets for so long as they meet certain liquidity thresholds.

Additionally, during the five-year period following the CBOT merger, we are required to provide the CBOT directors, as defined in the bylaws of CME Group, with five business days’ advance notice of any change to CBOT’s rules and regulations. If a majority of the CBOT directors determine in their sole discretion that the proposed change will materially impair the business of CBOT or the business opportunities of the holders of the Class B memberships of CBOT, such change will be submitted to a committee of the board of directors of CBOT comprised of three CBOT directors and two CME directors as defined in the bylaws.

NYMEX Memberships

In connection with the NYMEX Holdings merger, we made certain commitments to the NYMEX Class A members to maintain a trading floor in New York City as long as certain profitability and revenue thresholds are met, to limit our rights to relocate open outcry trading to Chicago for NYMEX products, which are no longer available for trading on the NYMEX floor, and to maintain fee differentials for NYMEX Class A members for as long as we maintain differentials for our CME and/or CBOT members. Substantially all other rights, including the revenue sharing rights contained in Section 311(G) of the previous bylaws of NYMEX, were eliminated in connection with the transaction. NYMEX Class A members do not have the right to receive dividends or distributions from NYMEX.

COMEX Memberships

Membership in COMEX entitles an individual or firm to trading rights, trading fees, access to open outcry trading and other benefits of membership. There are also COMEX Option memberships which exist on COMEX. The COMEX Transaction Agreement, executed in November 2006, provides COMEX Division members with certain trading right protections as well as a commitment to provide a trading facility in New York City for as long as open outcry trading exists on the COMEX Division and for a five-year period following the expiration of the COMEX Transaction Agreement. COMEX Division members maintain certain petition rights as it relates to proposed amendments to certain COMEX by-laws and rules.

Subsidiaries

Substantially all of our business operations are conducted through our exchange subsidiaries: CME, CBOT, and NYMEX. The following is a summary of the activities of our other operating subsidiaries:

Credit Market Analysis. In March 2008, we acquired CMA and its subsidiaries. CMA is a leading provider of credit derivatives market data designed to enhance the performance of over-the-counter credit market professionals. CMA’s real-time pricing services (CMA QuoteVision) and data (CMA DataVision) are used by investment professionals in leading investment banks, hedge funds and asset managers worldwide. CMA entities accounted for less than 1% of our consolidated total revenues in 2008.

C-B-T Corporation. C-B-T Corporation manages both our owned real estate and the general services relating to such real estate such as cleaning, power and telephone services in Chicago.

GFX Corporation. GFX Corporation (GFX) was established for the purpose of maintaining and creating liquidity in our electronically traded foreign exchange futures contracts. Experienced foreign exchange traders employed by GFX buy and sell our foreign exchange contracts using our CME Globex system. They limit risk from these transactions through offsetting transactions using forward contracts and spot foreign exchange transactions with approved counterparties in the interbank market. On occasion, GFX has also engaged in the trading of CME Eurodollars and equity index contracts. GFX accounted for less than 1% of our consolidated total revenues in 2008, 2007 and 2006.

Swapstream. In August 2006, we completed the acquisition of Swapstream and its subsidiaries. The Swapstream entities accounted for less than 1% of our consolidated total revenues in 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

21


Table of Contents

Licensing Agreements

Standard & Poor’s

We have had a licensing arrangement with S&P since 1980. In September 2005, all of our previous licensing agreements with S&P were consolidated into one agreement that terminates on December 31, 2017. Under the terms of the agreement, as amended, S&P granted us a license to use certain S&P stock indexes and the related trade names, trademarks and service marks in connection with the creation, marketing, trading, clearing and promoting of futures contracts and/or options on futures contracts that are indexed to certain S&P stock indexes. The license is exclusive through December 31, 2016 and non-exclusive from that date through December 31, 2017 with some exceptions. Our license for the S&P 500 Index remains exclusive through December 31, 2016 so long as certain minimum average trading volume is met or other circumstances exist that relate to the reduction in trading volume. We may pay an additional fee to retain the exclusivity if the minimum average trading volume is not met. For certain products based on S&P stock indexes that we list after the effective date of the amended and restated agreement, we will have an exclusive license for two or three years depending upon the nature of the index, after which we will retain our exclusive rights so long as certain minimum average trading volumes are met. Under the agreement, we maintain our right of first refusal for new stock indexes developed by S&P during the term of the agreement. In the event we fail to launch a product based on a new index within one year, subject to certain considerations for regulatory delays, S&P may elect to terminate the license for such new index or terminate the exclusivity of the license. In exchange for the license, we pay S&P a per trade fee. If S&P discontinues compilation and publication of any license or index, we may license, on a non-exclusive and royalty-free basis, the information regarding the list of companies, shares outstanding and divisors for that index or terminate the obligations regarding the index. The licenses become non-exclusive in the event we list certain competitive products.

NASDAQ

We have had a licensing arrangement with NASDAQ OMX since 1996 to license the NASDAQ-100 Index and related trade names, trademarks and service marks. The license was extended and expanded in October 2003 to license us both the NASDAQ-100 Index and the NASDAQ Composite Index and in April 2005 to add the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index for trading futures and options on futures contracts that are based on the indexes. In 2008, we agreed to extend the exclusive license agreement through 2019. With respect to the NASDAQ Composite Index, NASDAQ OMX may terminate the exclusivity or the entire license if trading volume fails to meet certain performance criteria on each anniversary of the agreement in October. During the applicable period of exclusivity, NASDAQ OMX will not grant a license to use the indexes in connection with the trading, marketing and promotion of futures contracts and options on those futures contracts that are based on an index that is exclusive to us. We pay per trade fees to NASDAQ OMX under the license. We have a right of first refusal for new indexes that are licensed for futures products where the index is substantially equivalent to an index licensed to us or is a subset of an index licensed to us.

Dow Jones License Agreement

We have a licensing agreement with Dow Jones to license certain Dow Jones stock indexes and the related trade names, trademarks and service marks in connection with the creation, marketing, trading, clearing and promoting of futures contracts and/or options on futures contracts that are based upon such Dow Jones stock indexes. Our license of the Dow Jones Composite Index, the Dow Jones Industrial Average Index, the Dow Jones Transportation Average Index and the Dow Jones Utility Average Index is exclusive, and non-exclusive for the Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index. We also have a right of first refusal for new indexes developed by Dow Jones prior to December 31, 2010 and the right to sublicense our exclusive license rights under the agreement to any other exchange for the trading of futures contracts and options on futures contracts. The initial term of the agreement is from January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2014. Following the initial term, the agreement shall automatically renew for a first renewal term of five years and then for successive annual renewal terms thereafter unless terminated by either party in writing prior to the end of the applicable term. In exchange for the license, we pay a per trade fee with a guaranteed annual minimum license fee and an upfront fee paid in January 2008.

The Frank Russell Company

We previously maintained a licensing arrangement with the Frank Russell Company to license the Russell 2000 Index and related trade names, trademarks and service marks. In June 2007, Russell provided notice to us that it did not intend to renew the agreement. In response to customer demands and to ensure an orderly transfer of liquidity, we listed our Russell contracts through the September 2008 expiration date.

Intellectual Property

We regard substantial elements of our brand name, marketing elements and logos, products, market data, software and technology as proprietary. We attempt to protect these elements by relying on trademark, service mark, copyright and trade secret laws, restrictions on disclosure and other methods. For example, with respect to trademarks, we have registered marks in numerous countries all over the world. We have filed numerous patent applications in the United States and internationally to protect our technology. In December, 2006, the United States Patent and Trademark Office granted CME its first patent. We now have 15 granted U.S. patents.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our rights to stock indexes for our futures products principally derive from license agreements that we have obtained from S&P, NASDAQ OMX and Dow Jones and others. For a more detailed discussion of these licenses, see the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K entitled “Item 1. Business—Licensing Agreements.” Various other CME Group products rely on license agreements from third parties. We cannot assure you that competitors will not attempt to enter these markets or create similar products. Nor can we assure you that we will be able to renew or maintain those license agreements beyond their current terms.

We regularly review our intellectual property to identify property that should be protected, the extent of current protection for that property and the availability of additional protection. We believe our various trademarks and service marks have been registered or applied for where needed. We also seek to protect our software and databases as trade secrets and under copyright law. We have copyright registrations for certain of our software, user manuals, and databases. Legal developments allowing patent protection for methods of doing business hold the possibility of additional protection, which we continue to pursue.

Patents of third parties may have an important bearing on our ability to offer certain of our products and services. It is possible that, from time to time, we may face claims of infringement that could interfere with our ability to use technology or other intellectual property that is material to our business.

Employees

As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 2,300 employees.

We consider relations with our employees to be good. We have never experienced a work stoppage. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 40 of our employees were represented by one of the following unions:

 

   

Chicago Regional Council of Carpenters;

 

   

International Union of Operating Engineers Local 399, AFL-CIO; and

 

   

Service Employees International Union, SEIU Local 1 and 25, AFL-CIO.

In January 2009, we outsourced the group of employees in the Services Employees International Union along with their associated responsibilities, representing approximately 30 employees.

Our Executive Officers

The following are our executive officers, including a description of their business experience over the last five years. Ages are as of February 1, 2009.

Terrence A. Duffy, 50

Mr. Duffy has served as our Executive Chairman since October 2006, as our Chairman from 2002 until 2006 and has been a member of our board of directors since 1995. He also has served as President of TDA Trading, Inc. since 1981.

Craig S. Donohue, 47

Mr. Donohue has served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since January 2004. Mr. Donohue joined us in 1995 and since then has held various positions of increasing responsibility within the organization including Managing Director and Chief Administrative Officer, Managing Director, Business Development and Corporate/Legal Affairs of CME and Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Mr. Donohue also serves as our representative on the board of directors of BM&F.

Kathleen M. Cronin, 45

Ms. Cronin has served as our Managing Director, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since August 2003. Previously she served as Corporate Secretary and Acting General Counsel from November 2002 through August 2003. Prior to joining us, Ms. Cronin was a corporate attorney at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom from September 1989 through July 1995 and from April 1997 through November 2002.

Bryan T. Durkin, 48

Mr. Durkin has served as our Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer since July 2007. Mr. Durkin joined us in connection with the CBOT merger and he previously held a variety of leadership roles with CBOT from 1982 to 2007, most recently as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.

 

23


Table of Contents

Phupinder Gill, 48

Mr. Gill has served as President of CME Group since July 2007. Previously he served as President and Chief Operating Officer since January 2004. Mr. Gill joined us in 1988 and has held various positions of increasing responsibility within the organization, including Managing Director and President of CME Clearing and GFX.

Barry C. Goldblatt, 49

Mr. Goldblatt has served as Managing Director, Commodities, Energy and Metals since February 23, 2009. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Goldblatt most recently served as Managing Director, Commodities, Derivative Sales and Global Securities for Merrill Lynch from 2004 to February 2009. He also served as Head of Derivative Sales and Structured Risk for Koch Energy Trading from 1998 to 2004 and previously held a variety of senior positions at a number of financial services organizations.

Jill Harley, 46

Ms. Harley has served as Managing Director and Chief Accounting Officer since March 2008. Ms. Harley served as the Chief Accounting Officer of CBOT from 2004 to 2007 and as its Vice President and Treasurer from 1998 to 2004 and as Controller from 1995 to 1998. Ms. Harley is a registered certified public accountant.

Julie Holzrichter, 41

Ms. Holzrichter has served as Managing Director, Global Operations of CME Group since August 2007. Ms. Holzrichter rejoined us in July 2006 as our Managing Director, CME Globex Services and Technology Integration. Ms. Holzrichter previously held positions of increasing responsibility in our organization from 1986 to 2003 in trading operations.

Kevin Kometer, 44

Mr. Kometer has served as Managing Director and Chief Information Officer since July 2008. He previously served as Managing Director and Deputy Chief Information Officer from 2007 to July 2008. Since joining the company most recently in 1998, he has held senior leadership positions in the Technology Division, including Managing Director, Trading Execution Systems and Director, Advanced Technology. Mr. Kometer was also with the company from 1994 to 1996.

James E. Parisi, 44

Mr. Parisi has served as Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer since November 2004. Mr. Parisi joined us in 1988 and has held positions of increasing responsibility within the organization, including Managing Director & Treasurer and Director, Planning & Finance.

Hilda Harris Piell, 41

Ms. Piell has served as Managing Director and Chief Human Resources Officer since August 2007. Previously she served as Managing Director and Senior Associate General Counsel, as Director and Associate General Counsel and as Associate Director and Assistant General Counsel since joining us in 2000.

Richard H. Redding, 47

Mr. Redding has served as Managing Director, Products & Services since March 2004. He had held this position on an interim basis since January 2004 and, prior to that appointment, served as head of the company’s equity product line for 10 years. Mr. Redding joined us in 1988 and, since then, had held positions of increasing responsibility in our market surveillance and product marketing functions.

Kimberly S. Taylor, 47

Ms. Taylor has served as Managing Director and President of the Clearing House Division since January 2004 and as Managing Director, Risk Management in the Clearing House Division, from 1998 to 2003. Ms. Taylor has held a variety of positions in the Clearing House, including Vice President and Senior Director. She joined us in 1989.

Kendal Vroman, 37

Mr. Vroman has served as Managing Director and Chief Corporate Development Officer since March 2008. Mr. Vroman joined us in 2001 and, since then, held positions of increasing responsibility, including most recently as Managing Director, Corporate Development and Managing Director, Information and Technology Services.

 

24


Table of Contents

Available Information

Our Web site is www.cmegroup.com . Information made available on our Web site does not constitute part of this document. We make available on our Web site our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the SEC. Our corporate governance materials, including our Corporate Governance Principles, Director Conflict of Interest Policy, Board of Directors Code of Ethics, Categorical Independence Standards, Employee Code of Conduct and the charters for all the standing committees of our board, may also be found on our Web site. Copies of these materials are also available to shareholders free of charge upon written request to Shareholder Relations and Membership Services, Attention Ms. Beth Hausoul, CME Group Inc., 20 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating us and our business.

Risks Relating to Our Business

There can be no assurance that recently enacted legislation and stimulus programs will help stabilize the U.S. financial system.

In light of the current financial crisis, legislation has been enacted, including the the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and the President’s economic stimulus program, and additional legislation has been proposed for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets and improving the overall economy. There can be no assurance, however, as to the actual impact that this legislation will have on the financial markets, including the extreme levels of volatility and limited credit availability currently being experienced. The government investment in financial services firms could also lead to new regulations and governmental oversight. The failure of these regulations to help stabilize the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions or the imposition of additional regulations in the financial services industry could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Current levels of the capital and credit market volatility are unprecedented.

The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for more than 12 months. During this period, the volatility and disruption has reached unprecedented levels. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our ability to access capital, including future commercial paper issuances, and on our business, financial condition and results of operations as well as on our ability to pay off our fixed and floating rate notes as they become due.

Current market developments may adversely affect our industry, business and results of operations.

We generate revenues primarily from our clearing and transaction fees. Declines in trading volumes and market liquidity would adversely affect our business and financial condition. During 2008 and 2009, the global financial services industry and securities markets have experienced significant and adverse conditions, including significantly increased volatility, outflows of customer funds and securities, losses resulting from declining asset values, defaults on securities and reduced liquidity. As a result, many financial institutions have required additional capital infusions, merged with larger and stronger institutions, become bank holding companies that are regulated by the Federal Reserve Bank and, in some cases, have failed. As a result of this instability of the financial markets and the lack of readily available credit, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds and other of our customers have already decreased and could in the future further decrease their risk exposure and trading volume. This circumstance has resulted in a decrease in the trading of our benchmark interest rate products. In addition, interest rates have stabilized at low levels and we have experienced a decreased demand to hedge interest rate exposure using our markets. For example, the average daily volume for CME Eurodollar options decreased by 27% to 0.9 million contracts per day in 2008 when compared with 2007. Overall, average daily volume for our entire interest rate product line was down compared with 2007. If our customers further reduce their level of trading activity for any reason, including a reduction in the number of traders, reduced trading demand by their customers or a decision to curtail or cease speculative trading, our business and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

25


Table of Contents

Current trends in the global financial markets could cause significant fluctuations in our stock price.

Stock markets in general, and stock prices of participants in the financial services industry in particular, including us, have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market price for securities. The market price of our Class A common stock may continue to be subject to similar market fluctuations which may be unrelated to our operating performance or prospects, and increased volatility could result in a further decline in the market price of our Class A common stock. Factors that could significantly impact the volatility of our stock price include:

 

   

developments in our business or in the financial sector generally, including the effect of direct governmental action in financial markets generally and with respect to futures exchanges in particular;

 

   

regulatory changes affecting our industry generally or our business and operations;

 

   

the operating and securities price performance of companies that investors consider to be comparable to us;

 

   

changes in global financial markets and global economies and general market conditions, such as interest or foreign exchange rates, stock, commodity or asset valuations or volatility;

 

   

operating results that may be worse than the expectations of management, securities analysts and investors; and

 

   

market developments that affect our customers causing a decrease in the use of our products.

Any reduction in our credit rating could increase the cost of our funding from the capital markets.

Our long-term debt is currently rated investment grade by two of the major rating agencies. These rating agencies regularly evaluate us and their ratings of our long-term debt are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength as well as factors not entirely within our control, including conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. In light of the difficulties in the financial services industry and the financial markets, there can be no assurance that we will maintain our current ratings. Our failure to maintain those ratings could adversely affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain funding and increase our cost of capital.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and operations and prevent us from fulfilling our debt service obligations. We may still be able to incur more debt, intensifying these risks.

As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately $3.2 billion of total indebtedness. Additionally, on February 9, 2009, we issued an additional $750 million of unsecured notes at an interest rate of 5.75% due 2014. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to repay the outstanding commercial paper borrowings backstopped by our $1.3 billion 364-day revolving bridge facility and subsequently terminated the bridge facility. After the termination of the bridge facility, we have excess borrowing capacity for general corporate purposes of approximately $0.2 billion.

Our indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, our indebtedness may:

 

   

require us to dedicate a significant portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow to fund capital expenditures, pursue acquisitions or investments in new technologies, to pay dividends and for general corporate purposes;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic conditions;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in or challenges relating to our business and industry;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage against any less leveraged competitors; and

 

   

subject us to interest rate exposure for our variable interest rate debt, to the extent not hedged.

The occurrence of any one of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, and ability to satisfy our debt service obligations. In addition, the agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness do not significantly limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, which could increase the risks described above.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our investment in BM&F subjects us to investment and currency risk.

We own an interest in BM&F representing approximately 5%. As an exchange, BM&F’s ability to maintain or expand their trading volume and operate their business is subject to the same types of risks to which we are subject. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we took a pre-tax, non-cash impairment charge of $275 million on our cross-equity investment in BM&F, due to the decline in BM&F’s stock price relative to our original investment. In connection with this charge, we also reduced stockholder’s equity by $94 million due to unfavorable movements in the Brazilian real compared with the U.S. dollar because BM&F’s stock is valued in Brazilian real. To mitigate our financial exposure to the currency risk of the investment, we purchased an option to hedge against fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the Brazilian real with Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc. As a result of the bankruptcy filing of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., our hedging arrangement was terminated and our currency exposure is no longer mitigated. There is no guarantee that our investment in BM&F will be profitable. Under the terms of the transaction, we may not sell our shares in BM&F until February 2012.

Any impairment of our goodwill and other intangible assets or investments may result in material, non-cash write downs and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and shareholders’ equity.

In connection with our acquisitions, including our mergers with CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings, we have recorded goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. We assess goodwill and intangible assets for impairment by applying a fair-value based test looking at historical performance, capital requirements and projected cash flows on an annual basis or more frequently if indicators of impairment arise. In the fourth-quarter 2008, we recorded a pre-tax, non-cash impairment charge of $275 million on our cross-equity investment in BM&F and, in connection with this charge, we reduced stockholder’s equity by $94 million due to unfavorable movements in the Brazilian real compared with the U.S. dollar. In the third-quarter 2008, we recorded an impairment charge of $15 million relating to our Swapstream acquisition. Although we did not experience any other events or circumstances in the year that indicated that the carrying amounts of our other intangible assets and goodwill were impaired, we could experience future events that result in impairments. The risk of impairment losses may increase to the extent our market capitalization and earnings decline. For example, during 2008, we experienced a significant decline in our stock price. While we believe this decline was principally driven by external circumstances, such as the decline in the stock market overall, and is not necessarily a reflection of changes in our business model, a continued decline in our stock value would be a factor in future assessments whether due to external factors and/or a continued decline in our volumes. An impairment of the value of our existing goodwill and intangible assets could have a significant negative impact on our future operating results and could have an adverse impact on our ability to satisfy the financial ratios or other covenants under our existing or future debt agreements.

Shareholders who own trading rights or are officers or directors of firms who own trading rights on our exchanges account for 20 of the 33 directors on our board. These shareholders may have interests that differ from or conflict with those of shareholders who are not also members. Our dependence on the trading and clearing activities of our members, combined with their rights to elect directors, may enable them to exert substantial influence over the operation of our business.

Twenty of our 33 directors on our board own or are officers or directors of firms who own trading rights on our exchange. We are dependent on the revenues from the trading and clearing activities of our members. This dependence may give them substantial influence over how we operate our business.

Many of our members and clearing firms derive a substantial portion of their income from their trading or clearing activities on or through our exchanges. In addition, trading rights on our exchanges have substantial independent value. The amount of income that members derive from their trading, brokering and clearing activities and the value of their trading rights are, in part, dependent on the fees they are charged to trade, broker, clear and access our markets and the rules and structure of our markets. As a result, holders of our Class A common stock may not have the same economic interests as our members. In addition, our members may have differing interests among themselves depending on the role they serve in our markets, their method of trading and the products they trade. Consequently, members may advocate that we enhance and protect their clearing and trading opportunities and the value of their trading privileges over their economic interest in us.

The rights of our members, including the board representation rights of the members of our CME exchange to elect six directors and the rights described in the immediately following risk factor, could be used to influence how our business is changed or developed, including how we address competition and how we seek to grow our volume and revenue and enhance shareholder value.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our members have been granted special rights, which protect their trading privileges, require that we maintain open outcry trading until volumes are not significant and, in the case of our Class B shareholders, provide them with special board representation.

Under the terms of the organizational documents of our exchanges, our members have certain rights that relate primarily to trading right protections, certain trading fee protections and certain membership benefit protections. Additionally, our Class B shareholders, who are members of our CME exchange, are also entitled to elect six of the 33 directors on our board; even if their Class A share ownership interest is very small or non-existent. In connection with these rights, our ability to take certain actions that we may deem to be in the best interests of the company and its shareholders, including actions relating to the operation of our open outcry trading facilities and certain pricing decisions, may be limited by the rights of our members.

Our business is subject to the impact of domestic and international market and economic conditions, which are beyond our control and which could significantly reduce our trading volumes and make our financial results more volatile.

Our revenue is substantially dependent on the trading volume in our markets. Our trading volume is directly affected by U.S. domestic and international factors that are beyond our control, including the factors described in the preceding risk factor as well as:

 

   

economic, political and geopolitical market conditions;

 

   

natural disasters and other catastrophes;

 

   

broad trends in industry and finance;

 

   

changes in price levels and volatility in the derivatives markets and in underlying fixed-income, equity, foreign exchange and commodity markets;

 

   

legislative and regulatory changes;

 

   

competition;

 

   

changes in government monetary policies;

 

   

consolidation in our customer base and within our industry; and

 

   

inflation.

Any one or more of these factors may contribute to reduced activity in our markets. Historically, our trading volume has tended to increase during periods of uncertainty due to increased hedging activity and needs to manage the risks associated with or speculate on volatility in the U.S. equity markets, fluctuations in interest rates and price changes in the foreign exchange, commodity and other markets. However, during the current economic volatility, we have experienced decreased volume due primarily to our customers decreasing their risk exposure, stable low interest rates and the lack of available capital. Recent events in the economic environment, including the sub-prime lending crisis, the downturn in the housing market, decreases in consumer spending and the failure of major financial institutions have resulted in an economic recession. As a result, period-to-period comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful. This trend as well as future economic uncertainty may result in continued decreased trading volume and a more difficult business environment for us. Material decreases in trading volume would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

Our quarterly operating results fluctuate due to seasonality. As a result, you will not be able to rely on our operating results in any particular quarter as an indication of our future performance.

Generally, we have historically experienced relatively higher trading volume during the first and second quarters and sequentially lower trading volume in the third and fourth quarters. As a result of this seasonality, you will not be able to rely on our operating results in any particular period as an indication of our future performance. If we fail to meet securities analysts’ expectations regarding our operating results, the price of our Class A common stock could decline substantially.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our average rate per contract is subject to fluctuation due to a number of factors. As a result, you will not be able to rely on our average rate per contract in any particular period as an indication of our future average rate per contract.

Our average rate per contract, which impacts our operating results, is subject to fluctuation due to shifts in the mix of products traded, the trading venue and the mix of customers (whether the customer receives member or non-member fees or participates in one of our various incentive programs) and the impact of our tiered pricing structure. For example, we earn a higher rate per contract for trades executed electronically. In addition, our members and participants in our various incentive programs generally are charged lower fees than our non-member customers. Variation in each of these factors is difficult to predict and will have an impact on our average rate per contract in the particular period. Because of this fluctuation, you may not be able to rely on our average rate per contract in any particular period as an indication of our future average rate per contract. If we fail to meet securities analysts’ expectations regarding our operating results, the price of our Class A common stock could decline substantially.

Our cost structure is largely fixed. If our revenues decline and we are unable to reduce our costs, our profitability will be adversely affected.

Our cost structure is largely fixed. We base our cost structure on historical and expected levels of demand for our products and services. If demand for our products and services and our resulting revenues decline, we may not be able to adjust our cost structure on a timely basis. In that event, our profitability will be adversely affected.

The success of our markets will depend on our ability to complete development of and successfully implement electronic trading systems that have the functionality, performance, reliability and speed required by our customers.

The future success of our business depends in large part on our ability to create interactive electronic marketplaces in a wide range of derivatives products that have the required functionality, performance, capacity, reliability and speed to attract and retain customers. A significant portion of our current overall volume is generated through electronic trading on our CME Globex electronic platform.

We must continue to enhance our electronic trading platform to remain competitive. As a result, we will continue to be subject to risks, expenses and uncertainties encountered in the rapidly evolving market for electronic transaction services. These risks include our failure or inability to:

 

   

provide reliable and cost-effective services to our customers;

 

   

develop, in a timely manner, the required functionality to support electronic trading in our key products in a manner that is competitive with the functionality supported by other electronic markets;

 

   

match fees of our competitors that offer only electronic trading facilities;

 

   

attract independent software vendors to write front-end software that will effectively access our electronic trading system and automated order routing system;

 

   

respond to technological developments or service offerings by competitors; and

 

   

generate sufficient revenue to justify the substantial capital investment we have made and will continue to make to enhance our electronic trading platform.

If we do not successfully enhance our electronic trading platform, or our current or potential customers do not accept it, our revenues and profits will be adversely affected.

In addition, if we are unable to develop our electronic trading systems to include other products and markets, or if our electronic trading systems do not have the required functionality, performance, capacity, reliability and speed, we may not be able to compete successfully in an environment that is increasingly dominated by electronic trading.

 

29


Table of Contents

If we experience systems failures or capacity constraints, our ability to conduct our operations and execute our business strategy could be materially harmed and we could be subjected to significant costs and liabilities.

We are heavily dependent on the capacity, reliability and security of the computer and communications systems and software supporting our operations. We receive and/or process a large portion of our trade orders through electronic means, such as through public and private communications networks. Our systems, or those of our third party providers, may fail or operate slowly, causing one or more of the following to occur:

 

   

unanticipated disruptions in service to our customers;

 

   

slower response times;

 

   

delays in our customers’ trade execution;

 

   

failed settlement of trades;

 

   

incomplete or inaccurate accounting, recording or processing of trades;

 

   

financial losses;

 

   

security breaches;

 

   

litigation or other customer claims;

 

   

loss of customers; and

 

   

regulatory sanctions.

We cannot assure you that we will not experience systems failures from power or telecommunications failure, acts of God, war or terrorism, human error, natural disasters, fire, sabotage, hardware or software malfunctions or defects, computer viruses, acts of vandalism or similar events. If any of our systems do not operate properly or are disabled, including as a result of system failure, employee or customer error or misuse of our systems, we could suffer financial loss, liability to customers, regulatory intervention or reputational damage that could affect demand by current and potential users of our market.

From time to time, we have experienced system errors and failures that have resulted in some customers being unable to connect to our electronic trading platform or erroneous reporting, such as transactions that were not authorized by any customer or reporting of filled orders as cancelled. For example, we have experienced technical failures that resulted in a temporary suspension of trading on the CME Globex platform. We cannot assure you that if we experience system errors or failures in the future that they will not have a material impact on our business. Any such system failures that cause an interruption in service or decrease our responsiveness could impair our reputation, damage our brand name or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our status as a CFTC registrant generally requires that our trade execution and communications systems be able to handle anticipated present and future peak trading volume. Heavy use of our computer systems during peak trading times or at times of unusual market volatility could cause our systems to operate slowly or even to fail for periods of time. We constantly monitor system loads and performance and regularly implement system upgrades to handle estimated increases in trading volume. However, we cannot assure you that our estimates of future trading volume and order messaging traffic will be accurate or that our systems will always be able to accommodate actual trading volume and order messaging traffic without failure or degradation of performance. Increased CME Globex trading volume and order messaging traffic may result in connectivity problems or erroneous reports that may affect users of the platform. System failure or degradation could lead our customers to file formal complaints with industry regulatory organizations, to file lawsuits against us or to cease doing business with us or could lead the CFTC or other regulators to initiate inquiries or proceedings for failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

We will need to continue to upgrade, expand and increase the capacity of our systems as our business grows and we execute our business strategy. Generally, our goal is to design our systems to handle at least one and a half times our peak historical transactions in our highest volume products. As volumes of transactions grow, the ability of our systems to meet this goal on an ongoing basis depends on our ability to increase our system capacity on a timely basis while maintaining system reliability. Although many of our systems are designed to accommodate additional volume and products and services without redesign or replacement, we will need to continue to make significant investments in additional hardware and software to accommodate the increases in volume of transactions and order transaction traffic and to provide processing services to third parties. If we cannot increase the capacity and capabilities of our systems to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions and to execute our business strategy, our ability to maintain or expand our businesses would be adversely affected.

 

30


Table of Contents

We face intense competition from other companies, including some of our members. If we are not able to successfully compete, our business will not survive.

The derivatives, securities and financial services industries are highly competitive. We expect that competition will continue to intensify. Our current and prospective competitors, both domestically and around the world, are numerous. They include securities and securities option exchanges, futures exchanges, over-the-counter markets, clearing organizations, market data and information vendors, electronic communications networks, crossing systems and similar entities, consortia of large customers, consortia of some of our clearing firms and electronic brokerage and dealing facilities. The global derivatives industry has grown increasingly competitive. Exchanges, intermediaries, and even end users are consolidating, and over-the-counter and unregulated entities are constantly evolving. Additionally, in response to growing competition, many marketplaces in both Europe and the United States have demutualized to provide greater flexibility for future growth. In 2007, we completed our merger with CBOT Holdings, NYSE Group completed its merger with Euronext and ICE acquired the New York Board of Trade and the Winnipeg Commodity Exchange. In 2008, we completed our acquisition of NYMEX Holdings. ICE also has a pending agreement to acquire the Clearing Corp., an independent clearing house owned by large derivatives dealers. In the last two years there has been a significant increase in activity among derivative dealers, banks and other entities to form competing exchanges. In 2007, a consortium of 12 financial institutions formed an exchange, ELX, to enter the futures market, initially listing interest rate products. In November 2008, ELX filed an application with the CFTC for designation as a contract market. ELX is expected to become operational following receipt of regulatory approval. Additionally, other financial firms have invested in a number of projects in an effort to compete with existing futures exchanges, including Project Four Seasons and Turquoise. These entrants into our industry may increase competitive pressure on us.

We believe we may also face competition from large computer software companies and media and technology companies. The number of businesses providing internet-related financial services is rapidly growing. Other companies have entered into or are forming joint ventures or consortia to provide services similar to those provided by us. Others may become competitive with us through acquisitions. Federal law allows institutions that have been major participants on our exchange to trade the same or similar products among themselves without utilizing any exchange or trading system. Many of our competitors and potential competitors have greater financial, marketing, technological and personnel resources than we do. These factors may enable them to develop similar products, to provide lower transaction costs and better execution to their customers and to carry out their business strategies more quickly and efficiently than we can. In addition, our competitors may:

 

   

respond more quickly to competitive pressures, including responses based upon their corporate governance structures, which may be more flexible and efficient than our corporate governance structure;

 

   

develop products that are preferred by our customers;

 

   

develop risk transfer products that compete with our products;

 

   

price their products and services more competitively;

 

   

develop and expand their network infrastructure and service offerings more efficiently;

 

   

utilize better, more user-friendly and more reliable technology;

 

   

take greater advantage of acquisitions, alliances and other opportunities;

 

   

more effectively market, promote and sell their products and services;

 

   

better leverage existing relationships with customers and alliance partners or exploit better recognized brand names to market and sell their services; and

 

   

exploit regulatory disparities between traditional, regulated exchanges and alternative markets that benefit from a reduced regulatory burden and lower-cost business model.

If our products, markets and services are not competitive, our business, financial condition and operating results will be materially harmed.

A decline in our fees or any loss of customers could lower our revenues, which would adversely affect our profitability.

Future changes in regulations as a result of the recent focus on the regulation of the financial industry in connection with the financial crisis, the combination of the SEC and the CFTC or otherwise, may adversely impact our ability to compete.

 

31


Table of Contents

Our trading volume, and consequently our revenues and profits, would be adversely affected if we are unable to retain our current customers or attract new customers to our exchange.

The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and increase our trading volume. To do so, we must maintain and expand our product offerings, our customer base and our trade execution alternatives. Our success also depends on our ability to maintain our trading volume and to offer competitive prices and services in an increasingly price sensitive business. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to expand our product lines, or that we will be able to retain our current customers or attract new customers. The majority of the clearing and transaction fees we receive from our clearing firms represent charges for trades executed on behalf of their customers. We believe that in the event one of our clearing firms discontinues operations, the customer portion of that firm’s trading activity would likely transfer to another clearing firm. However, we cannot guarantee you that the discontinuation of any clearing firm would not result in our loss of customers or a loss of trading volume as a result of the consolidation of trading accounts at the acquiring firm which could have an adverse effect on our trading volumes or revenues. We also cannot assure you that we will not lose customers to low-cost competitors with comparable or superior products, services or trade execution facilities. If we fail to maintain our trading volume, expand our product offerings or execution facilities, or we lose a substantial number of our current customers, or a subset of customers representing a significant percentage of trading volume in a particular product line; or are unable to attract new customers, our business will be adversely affected. Furthermore, declines in trading volume due to loss of customers may negatively impact market liquidity, which could lead to further loss of trading volume.

Any significant decline in the trading volume of our Eurodollar or S&P 500 futures and options on futures contracts would adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

We are substantially dependent on trading volume from two product offerings for a significant portion of our clearing and transaction fee revenues and profits. The clearing and transaction fees revenue attributable to transactions in Eurodollar contracts and all our contracts based on the S&P 500 (including E-mini products) approximated 18% and 24%, respectively, of our total clearing and transaction fees revenue during the year ended December 31, 2008 and 32% and 24%, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2007. Any significant decline in our trading volume in either of these products would negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our Eurodollar futures and options on futures reflect LIBOR for a 3-month, $1 million offshore deposit maturing at some point in the future. The accuracy of LIBOR rates has come under scrutiny in recent months due to discrepancies in the borrowing costs in the currency forwards market and the rates reported by the British Bankers Association. As a result of this inconsistency, interest rate markets continue to reflect dislocations between Eurodollar and overnight rates. For example, in December 31, 2008, the average daily trading volume of our Eurodollar options contract was down 27% compared with 2007. The trading volumes of our Eurodollar contract may continue to be negatively impacted to the extent that LIBOR continues to be scrutinized.

We also cannot assure you that competitors will not enter the Eurodollar market. Our members may also elect to trade Eurodollars in privately negotiated bilateral transactions without the use of our clearing house. In either of these events, our trading volume, revenues and profitability could be adversely affected.

Our license agreement with S&P provides that the S&P 500 Index futures products will be exclusive through December 31, 2016 so long as certain minimum average trading volume is met or other circumstances exist that relate to the reduction in trading volume.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain the exclusivity of our licensing agreement with S&P. In addition, we cannot assure you that others will not succeed in creating stock index futures based on information similar to that which we have obtained by license or that market participants will not increasingly use other instruments, including securities and options based on the S&P indexes, to manage or speculate on U.S. stock risks. Parties may also succeed in offering indexed products that are similar to our licensed products without being required to obtain a license or in countries that are beyond the jurisdictional reach of us and/or our licensors.

Our clearing house operations expose us to substantial credit risk of third parties and the soundness of our clearing firms could adversely affect us.

CME, our subsidiary, owns and operates its own clearing house, which acts as the counterparty to all trades consummated on or through our futures exchanges or on third-party exchanges for which we provide clearing services. As a result, we have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely guarantee transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional customers. As a result of the recent financial crisis, many financial institutions have required additional capital infusions, merged with larger and stronger institutions, become bank holding companies that are regulated by the Federal Reserve Bank and, in some cases, have failed. For example, during 2008, The Bear Stearns Companies, Inc., Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and American International Group, Inc., all of which were parent companies of clearing firms of our exchange, have experienced significant financial write-downs and in some cases failed. Although none of these cases resulted in a default of a clearing firm, additional companies, including our clearing firms, may encounter economic difficulties as a result of the market turmoil and the tightening of the credit market.

 

32


Table of Contents

As part of our overall growth initiatives we are expanding our clearing services to the over-the-counter market in addition to standard futures and options on futures products, including through CME ClearPort and as a result of our proposed joint venture with Citadel to clear credit default swaps. The process for deriving margins and performance bonds for over-the-counter products is different and, in part, seeks to assess and capture different risks than our historical practices applied to our futures products. Although we believe that we have carefully analyzed the process for setting our financial safeguards for over-the-counter products, there is no guarantee that our risk management procedures will adequately protect us from the unique risks of these products as we have not historically provided clearing services to this market.

A substantial part of our working capital is at risk if a clearing firm defaults on its obligations to our clearing house and its margin and security deposits are insufficient to meet its obligations. Although we have policies and procedures to help ensure that our clearing firms can satisfy their obligations, these policies and procedures may not succeed in detecting problems or preventing defaults. We also have in place various measures intended to enable us to cover any default and maintain liquidity. However, we cannot assure you that these measures will be sufficient to protect us from a default or that we will not be materially and adversely affected in the event of a significant default.

The required capital and posted collateral of our clearing firms may lose value given the volatility of the market.

To become a clearing member a firm must meet certain minimum capital requirements and must deposit a certain amount of funds with our clearing house as collateral for their trading activity. The funds used to satisfy these requirements may be cash or held in a variety of investments, such as regulated money market mutual funds, U.S. Treasury securities and asset-backed securities. Given the level of market volatility, there is no guarantee that these investments will continue to maintain their value. To the extent a clearing firm was not in compliance with these requirements, it would be required to acquire additional funds, decrease its proprietary trading activity and/or transfer customer accounts to another clearing firm. These actions could result in a decrease in trading activity in our products.

A key element of our strategy is to provide transaction processing, clearing and related services to third parties. Our failure to identify future opportunities to provide these services will have a negative impact on our ability to grow our business.

Providing third-party transaction processing, clearing and related services is a key element of our strategy. Pursuant to transaction-processing agreements we previously provided these services to NYMEX and to CBOT. Prior to our acquisition of these companies, we derived a significant amount of revenue from these services agreements. We have entered into other transaction-processing arrangements with BM&F, KRX and DME. We cannot assure you that such arrangements will be as profitable as our previous arrangements with NYMEX and CBOT or that we will enter into additional agreements to provide processing services in the future. Our failure to capitalize on our existing arrangement and to identify future opportunities may have a negative impact on our ability to generate additional revenues and grow our business.

Our market data fees may be reduced or eliminated by decreased demand or the growth of electronic trading and electronic order entry systems. If we are unable to offset that reduction through terminal usage fees or transaction fees, we will experience a reduction in revenue.

We sell our market data to individuals and organizations that use our markets or monitor general economic conditions. Revenues from our market data totaled $279.5 million, representing 11% of our total revenues, and $145.1 million, or 8% of our total revenues, during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. A decrease in overall trading volume may also lead to a decreased demand for our market data from the market data vendors. For example, we believe that the decrease in the number of devices for CME and CBOT market data from approximately 293,000 at December 31, 2007 to approximately 290,000 at December 31, 2008 is due primarily to the consolidation of our customers and related headcount reductions as a result of the current financial crisis. Additionally, electronic trading systems do not usually impose separate charges for supplying market data to trading terminals. If we do not separately charge for market data supplied to trading terminals, and trading terminals with access to our markets become widely available, we could lose market data fees from those who have access to trading terminals. We will experience a reduction in our revenues if we are unable to recover that lost market data revenue through terminal usage fees or transaction fees.

 

33


Table of Contents

We operate in a heavily regulated environment that imposes significant costs and competitive burdens on our business.

Although the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000 significantly reduced our regulatory burdens, we remain extensively regulated by the CFTC. In light of the widespread financial and economic difficulties, particularly acute in the latter half of 2008 and early 2009, there have been many calls for a restructuring of the regulation of financial markets. In light of the transition to a new Presidential administration, these new proposals as well as previous proposals calling for the merger of the CFTC and the SEC, such as the Department of Treasury’s Blueprint for a Modernized Financial Regulatory Structure , we cannot predict what a restructured regulatory framework will look like or what impact it may have on our business. The President’s appointee to lead the CFTC has recently called for more regulation of futures markets and expressed concern respecting the impact of speculation on price volatility. Draft bills circulating in Congress call for restrictions on speculative trading by means of hard position limits in all contracts and limitations on hedge exemptions that could affect trading volume. In addition, future regulations could limit speculation in our markets or include a more rules-based approach rather than our current principles-based approach under the CFTC regulatory regime. To the extent the regulatory environment is less beneficial for us, our business, financial condition and operating results could be negatively affected.

The CFTC has broad powers to investigate and enforce compliance and punish non-compliance with its rules and regulations. We cannot assure you that we and/or our directors, officers, employees and affiliates will be able to fully comply with these rules and regulations. We also cannot assure you that we will not be subject to claims or actions by the CFTC or other agencies. If we fail to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations, we may be subject to censure, fines, cease-and-desist orders, suspension of our business, removal of personnel or other sanctions, including revocation of our designations as a contract market and derivatives clearing organization.

Our international operations may be subject to similar regulations in specific jurisdictions. We are registered in a number of countries outside the United States. In some cases, our registrations are subject to annual review and such reviews may subject us to additional requirements in the future. We may also be required to register or become subject to regulation in other jurisdictions in order to accept business from customers in those jurisdictions.

Also, from time to time, the President’s budget includes a proposal that a transaction tax be imposed on futures and options on futures transactions. Additionally, recently proposed legislation has included a tax on certain transactions in an effort to generate additional funding to support the costs of the recently enacted economic stimulus package. While those proposals have not been adopted to date, except for a limited per-contract fee on single stock futures and futures on narrow-based stock indexes, the imposition of any such tax would increase the cost of using our products and, consequently, could adversely impact our trading volumes, revenues and profits. We cannot assure you that such a tax will not be imposed in the future.

Some of our largest clearing firms have indicated their belief that clearing facilities should not be owned or controlled by exchanges and should be operated as utilities and not for profit. These clearing firms have sought, and may seek in the future, legislative or regulatory changes that would, if adopted, enable them to use alternative clearing services for positions established on our exchanges. Even if they are not successful, these factors may cause them to limit the use of our markets.

Some of our largest clearing firms, which are significant customers and intermediaries in our products, have stressed the importance to them of centralizing clearing of futures contracts and options on futures contracts in order to maximize the efficient use of their capital, exercise greater control over their value at risk and extract greater operating leverage from clearing activities. Many clearing firms have expressed the view that clearing firms should control the governance of clearing houses or that clearing houses should be operated as utilities rather than as part of for-profit enterprises. Some of these firms, along with the Futures Industry Association and the U.S. Department of Treasury, have sought, and may seek in the future, legislative or regulatory changes to be adopted that would facilitate mechanisms or policies that allow market participants to transfer positions from an exchange-owned clearing house to a clearing house owned and controlled by clearing firms. Our strategic business plan is to operate a vertically integrated transaction execution, clearing and settlement business for our futures and options on futures business. If these legislative or regulatory changes are adopted, our strategy and business plan may lead clearing firms to establish, or seek to use, alternative clearing houses for clearing positions established on our exchanges. Even if they are not successful in their efforts, the factors described above may cause clearing firms to limit or stop the use of our products and markets. If any of these events occur, our revenues and profits would be adversely affected.

 

34


Table of Contents

The imposition in the future of regulations requiring that clearing houses establish linkages with other clearing houses whereby positions at one clearing house can be transferred to and maintained at, or otherwise offset by a fungible position existing at, another clearing house may have a material adverse effect on the operation of our business.

In connection with the trading of single stock futures and futures on narrow-based stock indexes, the CFMA contemplates that, once certain market penetration thresholds are crossed, clearing houses will establish linkages enabling a position in any such product executed on an exchange for which it clears these products to be offset by an economically linked or fungible position on the opposite side of the market that is executed on another exchange utilizing a different clearing house. If, in the future, a similar requirement is imposed with respect to futures contracts generally, the resulting unbundling of trade execution and clearing services would have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profits.

We, as well as many of our customers, depend on third party suppliers and service providers for a number of services that are important. An interruption or cessation of an important supply or service by any third party could have a material adverse effect on our business, including revenues derived from our customers’ trading activity.

We depend on a number of suppliers, such as banking, clearing and settlement organizations, telephone companies, online service providers, data processors, and software and hardware vendors for elements of our trading, clearing and other systems, as well as communications and networking equipment, computer hardware and software and related support and maintenance.

Many of our customers rely on third parties to provide them with front-end systems to access our CME Globex platform, such as independent software vendors. While these third parties are committed to keeping current with our enhancements and changes to our interfaces and functionality, we cannot guarantee that these third parties will continue to make the necessary monetary and time investments to keep up with our changes. In the event that these software programs do not interact with our platform seamlessly, our customers could be impacted which could lead to a decrease in trading volume.

To the extent any of our service providers or the organizations that provide services to our customers in connection with their trading activities cease to provide these services in an efficient, cost-effective manner or fail to adequately expand their services to meet our needs, we could experience decreased trading volume, lower revenues and higher costs.

Our networks and those of our third party service providers may be vulnerable to security risks, which could result in wrongful use of our information or cause interruptions in our operations that cause us to lose customers and trading volume and result in significant liabilities. We could also be required to incur significant expense to protect our systems.

We expect the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks to continue to be a critical element of our operations. Our networks and those of our third party service providers and our customers may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other security problems. Persons who circumvent security measures could wrongfully use our information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Any of these events could cause us to lose customers or trading volume. We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of security breaches or to alleviate problems, including reputational harm and litigation, caused by breaches. Although we intend to continue to implement security measures, these measures may prove to be inadequate and result in system failures and delays that could cause us to lose customers, experience lower trading volume and incur significant liabilities.

Our compliance and risk management methods might not be effective and may result in outcomes that could adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

Generally, the CFTC has broad enforcement powers to censure, fine, issue cease-and-desist orders, prohibit us from engaging in some of our businesses or suspend or revoke our designation as a contract market or the registration of any of our officers or employees who violate applicable laws or regulations. Our ability to comply with applicable laws and rules is largely dependent on our establishment and maintenance of compliance, audit and reporting systems, as well as our ability to attract and retain qualified compliance and other risk management personnel. We face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities, including extensive examination and surveillance activity. In the case of non-compliance or alleged non-compliance with applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to investigations and judicial or administrative proceedings that may result in substantial penalties or civil lawsuits, including by customers, for damages, which can be significant. Any of these outcomes would adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and operating results. In extreme cases, these outcomes could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our policies and procedures to identify, monitor and manage our risks may not be fully effective. Some of our risk management methods depend upon evaluation of information regarding markets, customers or other matters that are publicly available or otherwise accessible by us. That information may not in all cases be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. Management of operational, financial, legal, regulatory and strategic risk requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events. We cannot assure you that our policies and procedures will always be effective or that we will always be successful in monitoring or evaluating the risks to which we are or may be exposed.

We could be harmed by misconduct or errors that are difficult to detect and deter.

There have been a number of highly publicized cases involving fraud or other misconduct by employees of financial services firms in recent years. For example, in 2008 a mid-level trader at Societe Generale, engaged in unauthorized trading which cost Societe approximately $7 billion and a trader at MF Global, one our clearing firms, lost approximately $140 million in connection with unauthorized trades. Misconduct by our employees and agents, including employees of GFX, our wholly-owned subsidiary that engages primarily in proprietary trading in foreign exchange futures, could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of customers or improper use of confidential information. Misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. It is not always possible to deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Our employees and agents, including our GFX employees, also may commit errors that could subject us to financial claims for negligence, as well as regulatory actions.

As a financial services provider, we are subject to significant litigation risk and potential securities law liability.

Many aspects of our business involve substantial liability risks. While we enjoy governmental immunity for some of our market-related activities, we could be exposed to substantial liability under federal and state laws and court decisions, as well as rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC and the CFTC. These risks include, among others, potential liability from disputes over terms of a trade, the claim that a system failure or delay caused monetary losses to a customer, that we entered into an unauthorized transaction or that we provided materially false or misleading statements in connection with a transaction. Dissatisfied customers frequently make claims regarding quality of trade execution, improperly settled trades, mismanagement or even fraud against their service providers. We may become subject to these claims as a result of failures or malfunctions of our systems and services we provide. We could incur significant legal expenses defending claims, even those without merit. In addition, an adverse resolution of any future lawsuit or claim against us could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may have difficulty executing our growth strategy and maintaining our growth effectively.

We continue to focus on strategic initiatives to grow our business. For example, among our current growth initiatives is our goal to enter into the over-the-counter market. Some of our initiatives in this area are subject to additional regulatory approval, such as CFTC approval of new over-the-counter swap products and our pending exemption with the SEC relating to CMDX. There is no guarantee that our efforts will be successful. Continued growth will require additional investment in personnel, facilities, information technology infrastructure and financial and management systems and controls and may place a significant strain on our management and resources. We may not be successful in implementing all of the processes that are necessary to support our growth organically or, as described in the following risk factor, through acquisitions or other strategic alliances. Unless our growth results in an increase in our revenues that is proportionate to the increase in our costs (both hard and soft) associated with our growth, our future profitability could be adversely affected, and we may have to incur significant expenditures to address the additional operational and control requirements as a result of our growth.

Our acquisition, investment and alliance strategy involves risks. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks, our business will be materially harmed.

To achieve our strategic objectives, in the future we may seek to acquire or invest in other companies, businesses or technologies. Acquisitions entail numerous risks, including the following:

 

   

difficulties in the assimilation of acquired businesses or technologies;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

assumption of unknown material liabilities;

 

   

difficulties in implementing adequate compliance and risk management methods for new operations;

 

   

failure to achieve financial or operating objectives;

 

   

potential loss of customers or key employees of acquired companies;

 

   

exposure to foreign currency, which exposure may or may not be hedged or partially hedged; and

 

36


Table of Contents
   

difficulties in receiving approval from governmental authorities.

We may not be able to integrate successfully any operations, personnel, services or products that we have acquired or may acquire in the future. See “Risks Relating to the Merger with NYMEX Holdings” for additional risks.

We also may seek to expand or enhance some of our operations by forming joint ventures or alliances with various strategic partners throughout the world. Entering into joint ventures and alliances also entails risks, including difficulties in developing and expanding the business of newly formed joint ventures, exercising influence over the activities of joint ventures in which we do not have a controlling interest, and potential conflicts with our joint venture or alliance partners. We also cannot assure you that any joint venture or alliance that we have entered into, including our agreement with Citadel as discussed in the following risk factor, or may enter into in the future, will be successful.

There is no guarantee that our credit default swap joint venture will be successful.

In December 2008, we announced that we had entered into a binding agreement with Citadel to launch a joint venture company that would offer a clearing solution and trading platform for the credit default market. The joint venture company intends to provide a compression facility linked to clearing for existing credit default swaps, known as credit default swaps contracts, a trading platform for credit default swaps contracts and various forms of access to our clearing house to clear credit default swaps. The current regulatory environment for trading and clearing credit default swaps is uncertain. Draft bills that would severely curtail the trading of credit default swaps or that might have the effect of regulating such transactions as insurance are being considered. Several state insurance commissioners have given notice that they may assert jurisdiction. While we have completed the review process with the Federal Reserve Board of New York and the CFTC and are in the process of seeking certain exemptive relief from the SEC, we cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain and retain all regulatory relief necessary to begin operations. We cannot be certain that we will be able to operate profitably under the conditions imposed to secure regulatory approval or if legislation or regulation adversely affects trading of credit default swaps contracts or reduces the demand for the joint venture’s offerings. In addition, a number of market participants and exchanges are developing competing platforms. Government backed initiatives in the European Union may favor clearing platforms in the European Union. We cannot be certain that our platform will be able to compete effectively with these or other alternative platforms.

Expansion of our operations internationally involves special challenges that we may not be able to meet, which could adversely affect our financial results.

We plan to continue to expand our operations internationally, including by directly placing order entry terminals with customers outside the United States and by relying on distribution systems established by our current and future strategic alliance partners. We face certain risks inherent in doing business in international markets, particularly in the regulated derivatives exchange business. These risks include:

 

   

restrictions on the use of trading terminals or the contracts that may be traded;

 

   

becoming subject to extensive regulations and oversight, tariffs and other trade barriers;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

general economic and political conditions in the countries from which our markets are accessed, which may have an adverse effect on our volume from those countries; and

 

   

potentially adverse tax consequences.

In addition, as a result of our expanding global operations, we may become subject to the laws and regulations of foreign governmental and regulatory authorities. These may include laws, rules and regulations relating to any aspect of the derivatives business. To date, we have had limited experience in marketing and operating our products and services internationally. We cannot assure you that we will be able to succeed in marketing our products and services in international markets. We may also experience difficulty in managing our international operations because of, among other things, competitive conditions overseas, management of foreign exchange risk, established domestic markets, language and cultural differences and economic or political instability. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the success of our international operations and, consequently, on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

37


Table of Contents

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights, which may materially harm our business.

We rely primarily on trade secret, copyright, service mark, trademark and patent law and contractual protections to protect our proprietary technology and other proprietary rights. We have filed several patent applications covering our technology in the United States and certain other jurisdictions. Notwithstanding the precautions we take to protect our intellectual property rights, it is possible that third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe on our rights. We also seek to protect our software and databases as trade secrets and under copyright law. We have copyright registrations for certain of our software, user manuals and databases. The copyright protection afforded to databases, however, is fairly limited. While the arrangement and selection of data generally are protectable, the actual data may not be, and others may be free to create databases that would perform the same function. In some cases, including a number of our most important products, there may be no effective legal recourse against duplication by competitors. In addition, in the future, we may have to rely on litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Any such litigation, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversions of our resources, either of which could adversely affect our business.

Any infringement by us on patent rights of others could result in litigation and adversely affect our ability to continue to provide, or increase the cost of providing, our products and electronic execution services.

Patents of third parties may have an important bearing on our ability to offer certain of our products and services. Our competitors as well as other companies and individuals may obtain, and may be expected to obtain in the future, patents related to the types of products and services we offer or plan to offer. We cannot assure you that we are or will be aware of all patents containing claims that may pose a risk of infringement by our products and services. In addition, some patent applications in the United States are confidential until a patent is issued and, therefore, we cannot evaluate the extent to which our products and services may be covered or asserted to be covered by claims contained in pending patent applications. These claims of infringement are not uncommon in our industry.

In general, if one or more of our products or services were to infringe on patents held by others, we may be required to stop developing or marketing the products or services, to obtain licenses to develop and market the services from the holders of the patents or to redesign the products or services in such a way as to avoid infringing on the patent claims. We cannot assess the extent to which we may be required in the future to obtain licenses with respect to patents held by others, whether such licenses would be available or, if available, whether we would be able to obtain such licenses on commercially reasonable terms. If we were unable to obtain such licenses, we may not be able to redesign our products or services to avoid infringement, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may be at greater risk from terrorism than other companies.

We may be more likely than other companies to be a direct target of, or an indirect casualty of, attacks by terrorists or terrorist organizations.

It is impossible to predict the likelihood or impact of any terrorist attack on the derivatives industry generally or on our business. For example, the September 11, 2001 terrorist attack on the World Trade Center resulted in the closing of NYMEX’s trading and clearing operations for four business days and rendered its backup data and recovery center inoperable. While we have undertaken significant measures to develop business continuity plans and to establish backup sites, in the event of an attack or a threat of an attack, these security measures and contingency plans may be inadequate to prevent significant disruptions in our business, technology or access to the infrastructure necessary to maintain our business. Damage to our facilities due to terrorist attacks may be significantly in excess of any amount of insurance received, or we may not be able to insure against such damage at a reasonable price or at all. The threat of terrorist attacks may also negatively affect our ability to attract and retain employees. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

38


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to our Merger with NYMEX Holdings

We may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of our acquisition of NYMEX Holdings

On August 22, 2008, we completed our acquisition of NYMEX Holdings. The success of the transaction will depend, in part, on our ability to achieve the anticipated cost synergies and other strategic benefits from combining the businesses of CME Group and NYMEX Holdings. We expect CME Group to benefit from operational synergies resulting from the consolidation of capabilities and elimination of redundancies as well as greater efficiencies from increased scale, market integration and more automation. However, to realize these anticipated benefits, we must successfully combine the businesses of CME Group and NYMEX Holdings. If we are not able to achieve these objectives, the anticipated cost synergies and other strategic benefits of the transaction may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected. We may fail to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of the transaction in the amounts and times projected for a number of reasons, including that the integration may take longer than anticipated or be more costly than anticipated.

The failure to integrate successfully the businesses and operations of CME Group and NYMEX Holdings in the expected time frame may adversely affect CME Group’s future results.

Prior to the completion of the transaction, CME Group and NYMEX Holdings historically operated as independent companies. The management of CME Group may face significant challenges in consolidating the functions of CME Group and NYMEX Holdings and their subsidiaries, integrating their technologies, organizations, procedures, policies and operations, as well as addressing differences in the business cultures of the two companies and retaining key personnel. In connection with the acquisition, CME Group expects to integrate certain operations of CME Group and NYMEX Holdings, including, among other things, back-office operations, information technology and regulatory compliance. However, the combined company will continue to operate a NYMEX trading floor at its existing location or an alternative location in New York, New York, as long as both revenue and profitability thresholds are achieved going forward. Given that historically CME Group has not operated a trading floor in a geographic location that is remote from its headquarters in Chicago, Illinois, continuing to operate a NYMEX trading floor in New York, New York may present unique challenges. The integration of the two companies will be complex and time consuming, and require substantial resources and effort. The integration process and other disruptions resulting from the transaction may disrupt ongoing businesses or cause inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect our relationships with our members and other market participants, employees, regulators and others with whom we have business or other dealings. If we fail to manage the integration of these businesses effectively, our growth strategy and future profitability could be negatively affected, and we may fail to achieve the intended benefits of the transaction.

We have incurred costs in connection with our acquisition of NYMEX Holdings and will continue to incur costs in connection with the transaction.

CME Group and NYMEX Holdings have incurred significant costs associated with transaction fees, professional services and other costs related to the transaction and we will continue to incur additional costs, including restructuring costs, in connection with the integration of the business. Specifically, through December 31, 2008, CME Group and NYMEX Holdings have incurred approximately $104.5 million for transaction costs related to the transaction. Although CME Group expects that the realization of efficiencies related to the integration of the businesses will offset incremental transaction, merger-related and restructuring costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters are located at 20 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. Effective as of August 24, 2007, we entered into a new lease at 20 South Wacker Drive, which was subsequently amended to include an expansion, providing for approximately 463,000 square feet of office, lobby and support space which includes the space that previously housed our lower trading floor space. The initial term of the lease expires in 2022 with two consecutive options to extend the term for seven and ten years, respectively. The lease also includes various expansion and contraction options.

As a result of our merger with CBOT Holdings, we own three buildings located at 141 West Jackson Boulevard in Chicago, which consist of a total of approximately 1,500,000 square feet. We occupy approximately 441,000 square feet of office, trading floor and support space at this location. In May 2008, we completed the migration of the CME trading facilities to this location.

 

39


Table of Contents

In connection with our acquisition of NYMEX, we own a 16-story building in downtown New York, New York. This building, which is on land leased from the Battery Park City Authority for a term expiring in June 2069, is one of five office buildings in a complex known as the World Financial Center. The construction of the 507,000 square foot building was completed in 1997 and houses open outcry trading for NYMEX and COMEX. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 152,000 square feet was leased to third parties. Our largest tenant at this location is ICE Futures U.S., Inc. (formerly known as NYBOT).

We also lease additional office space at 550 West Washington in Chicago for approximately 220,000 square feet of office space on a phased-in basis through 2011 pursuant to a lease that expires in 2023.

We maintain back up and remote data center locations as part of our disaster recovery initiative on property owned or leased in Illinois and New York. We also lease administrative office space in Washington, D.C.; Houston, Texas; Tokyo, Japan; Hong Kong, China; Mumbai, India; Shanghai, China; Singapore and Sydney, Australia and both administrative and communication equipment space in London, England.

We believe our facilities are adequate for our current operations and that additional space can be obtained if needed.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we are not a party to or, to our knowledge, threatened with any litigation or other legal proceeding that, in our opinion, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

NYMEX Holdings Merger Class Actions

There are two purported class action complaints pending against the former NYMEX Holdings, the former NYMEX Holdings board of directors and CME Group in the Delaware Court of Chancery related to the merger between CME Group and NYMEX Holdings.

The first complaint, amended as of October 6, 2008, is a purported consolidated class action on behalf of former NYMEX Holdings’ shareholders (the shareholder complaint) which alleges, among other things, that the NYMEX Holdings board of directors breached their fiduciary duties in approving the merger agreement by exclusively negotiating a transaction with CME Group without regard to the fairness of the transaction to the NYMEX Holdings shareholders, failing to take steps to maximize shareholder value, capping the minimum price of NYMEX Holdings’ stock, failing to properly value NYMEX Holdings, making changes to NYMEX Holdings’ change of control severance plan weeks before announcing that it was engaged in discussions with CME Group, requiring the Class A members to execute a waiver and release that allegedly is coercive because it is intended to deprive them of their rights to participate in this lawsuit as well as their rights to past, present and future royalty payments under Section 311(G) of the former bylaws of NYMEX, and failing to fully disclose material information related to the merger, including financial information and information necessary to prevent statements contained in the preliminary proxy from being misleading. The shareholder complaint further alleges that CME Group aided and abetted the alleged breach of fiduciary duties.

The shareholder plaintiffs initially sought to enjoin the merger; however, they pulled the preliminary injunction hearing from the court’s calendar on August 5, 2008 after becoming satisfied that there had been adequate disclosures by NYMEX Holdings and CME Group. The shareholder plaintiffs now seek damages for the alleged breaches of fiduciary duties and a declaration that the waiver and release is invalid and unenforceable. On October 24, 2008, CME Group moved to dismiss the shareholder plaintiffs’ complaint.

The second complaint, amended as of September 18, 2008, is a purported consolidated class action on behalf of NYMEX Class A members (the member complaint) which alleges claims substantially similar to those raised in the shareholder complaint. The member plaintiff initially sought to enjoin the merger; however, she pulled the preliminary injunction hearing from the court’s calendar on August 5, 2008 after becoming satisfied that there had been adequate disclosures by NYMEX Holdings and CME Group. The member plaintiff now seeks damages for the alleged breaches of fiduciary duties and a declaration that the waiver and release is invalid and unenforceable. On September 22, 2008, CME Group filed a motion to dismiss and stay discovery.

On September 26, 2008, the member plaintiffs, jointly with the shareholder plaintiffs, filed a motion for declaratory judgment and requested an expedited hearing on their motion. On October 2, 2008, the Court denied the plaintiffs’ request for expedition and granted CME Group’s request to stay discovery in both actions. In March 2009, the court is expected to hear all outstanding motions (our motion for summary judgment and motion to dismiss and the plaintiffs’ motion for partial summary judgment). Based on its investigation to date and advice from counsel, the company believes this suit is without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously against these charges.

 

40


Table of Contents

EUREX Action

On October 14, 2003, the U.S. Futures Exchange, L.L.C. (Eurex U.S.) and U.S. Exchange Holdings, Inc., filed suit against CBOT and CME in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia. The suit alleges that CBOT and CME violated the antitrust laws and tortiously interfered with the business relationship and contract between Eurex U.S. and The Clearing Corporation. Eurex U.S. and U.S. Exchange Holdings, Inc. are seeking a preliminary injunction and treble damages. On December 12, 2003, CBOT and CME filed separate motions to dismiss or, in the event the motion to dismiss is denied, to move the venue to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. On September 2, 2004, the judge granted CBOT’s and CME’s motion to transfer venue to the Northern District of Illinois. In light of that decision, the judge did not rule on the motions to dismiss. On March 25, 2005, Eurex U.S. filed a second amended complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. On June 6, 2005, CME and CBOT filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 25, 2005, the judge denied the joint CME/CBOT motion to dismiss. The parties are currently engaged in discovery. On April 9, 2007, CME and CBOT filed two joint motions for summary judgment. Based on its investigation to date and advice from legal counsel, the company believes this suit is without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously against these charges.

CBOE Class Action

On August 23, 2006, CBOT Holdings and CBOT, along with a class consisting of certain CBOT full members, filed a lawsuit in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware against the Chicago Board Options Exchange (CBOE). The lawsuit seeks to enforce and protect the exercise right privileges (ERPs). The lawsuit alleges that these ERPs allow CBOT’s full members who hold them to become full members of CBOE and to participate on an equal basis with other members of CBOE in CBOE’s announced plans to demutualize. On June 2, 2008, the parties reached a settlement in principle. Under the proposed settlement terms with CBOE, which are subject to execution of a class settlement agreement and to its approval by the Delaware Court, participating Class A members will share in an aggregate of 18 percent of the CBOE Holdings equity through the issuance of warrants that will be converted into non-voting common stock of CBOE Holdings convertible into voting common stock upon CBOE Holdings’ initial public offering. Class members will also be entitled to receive non-interest bearing notes for their pro rata share of $300.0 million. Participating Class B members will be paid $250,000 for each ERP owned. In December 2008, the judge heard objections to the proposed settlement. We are currently awaiting the court’s ruling on the approval of the settlement.

Fifth Market

On August 19, 2008, Fifth Market filed a complaint against CME Group and CME seeking a permanent injunction against CME’s Globex system and enhanced damages for what the plaintiff alleges is willful infringement, in addition to costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees. The suit alleges that CME infringes two U.S. patents. Based on its investigation to date and advice from legal counsel, the company believes this suit is without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously against these charges.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Not applicable.

 

41


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Class A Common Stock

Our Class A common stock is currently listed on NASDAQ under the ticker symbol “CME.” In June 2008, we elected to delist from the New York Stock Exchange and become solely listed on NASDAQ. As of February 18, 2009, there were approximately 2,200 holders of record of our Class A common stock.

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of our Class A common stock on a quarterly basis, as reported on NASDAQ .

 

2008

   High    Low   

2007

   High    Low
First Quarter    $ 686.43    $ 399.01    First Quarter    $ 596.26    $ 510.00
Second Quarter      526.98      375.38    Second Quarter      565.00      497.00
Third Quarter      422.24      282.00    Third Quarter      609.92      506.50
Fourth Quarter      440.00      155.49    Fourth Quarter      714.48      593.58

Class B Common Stock

Our Class B common stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an organized over-the-counter market. Each class of our Class B common stock is associated with a membership in a specific division of our CME exchange. CME’s rules provide exchange members with trading rights and the ability to use or lease these trading rights. Each share of our Class B common stock can be transferred only in connection with the transfer of the associated trading rights. The memberships by class are CME (Chicago Mercantile Exchange), IMM (International Monetary Market), IOM (Index and Option Market) and GEM (Growth and Emerging Markets).

Class B shares and the associated trading rights are bought and sold through our shareholder relations and membership services department. In addition, trading rights may be leased through the department. Trading rights sales are reported on our Web site. Although our Class B shareholders have special voting rights, because our Class B shares have the same equitable interest in our earnings and the same dividend payments as our Class A shares, we expect that the market price of our Class B common stock, if reported separately from the associated trading rights, would be determined by the value of our Class A common stock. As of February 18, 2009, there were approximately 1,800 holders of record of our Class B common stock.

Dividends

The following table sets forth the dividends we paid on our Class A and Class B common stock in the last two years:

 

Record Date

   Dividend per Share   

Record Date

   Dividend per Share

March 10, 2008

   $ 1.15    March 9, 2007    $ 0.86

June 10, 2008

     1.15    June 8, 2007      0.86

September 10, 2008

     1.15    September 10, 2007      0.86

September 25, 2008

     5.00    December 10, 2007      0.86

December 10, 2008

     1.15      

We intend to pay regular quarterly dividends to our shareholders. The decision to pay a dividend, however, remains within the discretion of our board of directors and may be affected by various factors, including our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness and other considerations our board of directors deems relevant. Our existing credit facility as well as future credit facilities, other future debt obligations and statutory provisions may limit our ability to pay dividends. The September 25, 2008 dividend was a special dividend. On February 4, 2009, the board of directors declared a regular quarterly dividend of $1.15 per share to be paid on March 25, 2009, to shareholders of record on March 10, 2009.

 

42


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph compares the cumulative five-year total return provided shareholders on our Class A common stock relative to the cumulative total returns of the S&P 500 index, and a customized peer group described below as of the end of the year. An investment of $100 (with reinvestment of all dividends) is assumed to have been made in our Class A common stock, in the peer group, and the index on December 31, 2003 and its relative performance is tracked through December 31, 2008. As a result of our acquisition of NYMEX Holdings, Inc. in August 2008, NYMEX Holdings, Inc. is no longer included in the customized peer group.

Peer Group.

 

   

IntercontinentalExchange, Inc.

 

   

The Nasdaq OMX Group Inc.

 

   

NYSE Euronext

LOGO

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance

 

     2004    2005    2006    2007    2008

CME Group Inc.

   $ 318.54    $ 515.50    $ 719.00    $ 973.31    $ 302.37

S&P 500

     110.88      116.33      134.70      142.10      89.53

Peer Group

     107.94      308.83      480.48      588.42      221.66

 

43


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Period

   (a) Total Number
of Class A
Shares

Purchased(1)
   (b) Average Price
Paid Per Share
   (c) Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Trading
Plans or Programs
   (d) Maximum Number
(or Approximate
Dollar Value) of
Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans or Programs
October 1 to October 31    221,361    $ 338.79    221,361    $ 1,001,000,000
November 1 to November 30    253,136      296.26    253,136      926,000,000
December 1 to December 31    246,016      203.25    245,979      876,000,000
Total    720,513      277.57    720,476      876,000,000

 

(1) Shares purchased consist of 37 shares surrendered on December 15, 2008 to satisfy employee tax obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock and shares purchased in the open market pursuant to the company’s share buyback program. Under the terms of the share buyback program announced on June 23, 2008, the company is authorized to purchase Class A common stock with a value of up to $1.1 billion, subject to market conditions. The buyback program will take place over a period of up to 18 months. The authorization of the board of directors permits the repurchase of shares through the open market, an accelerated program, a tender offer or privately negotiated transactions. The shares purchased under the buyback program in the fourth quarter were purchased pursuant to the terms of a pre-arranged trading plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1. The share buyback authorization remains in place, however, the company has stopped purchasing shares in the near-term and is focused on paying down debt.

 

44


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

On July 12, 2007, CBOT Holdings, Inc. (CBOT Holdings) merged with and into Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. (CME Holdings). At the time of this merger, the combined company was renamed CME Group Inc. (CME Group). On March 23, 2008, CME Group acquired Credit Market Analysis Ltd., a private company incorporated in the United Kingdom, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, CMA). On August 22, 2008, NYMEX Holdings, Inc. (NYMEX Holdings) merged with CME Group.

The following data includes the financial results of CBOT Holdings beginning July 13, 2007, the financial results of CMA beginning on March 24, 2008, and the financial results of NYMEX Holdings beginning August 23, 2008.

 

                     Year Ended or At December 31

(in millions, except per share data)

   2008     2007    2006    2005    2004

Income Statement Data:

             

Total revenues

   $ 2,561.0     $ 1,756.1    $ 1,089.9    $ 889.8    $ 721.6

Operating income

     1,582.2       1,051.9      621.5      477.5      367.4

Non-operating income (expense)

     (334.2 )     43.9      50.2      30.9      12.1

Income before income taxes

     1,248.0       1,095.8      671.7      508.4      367.7

Net income

     715.5       658.5      407.3      306.9      219.6

Earnings per common share:

             

Basic

   $ 12.18     $ 15.05    $ 11.74    $ 8.94    $ 6.55

Diluted

     12.13       14.93      11.60      8.81      6.38

Cash dividends per share

     9.60       3.44      2.52      1.84      1.04

Balance Sheet Data:

             

Total assets

   $ 48,158.7     $ 20,306.2    $ 4,306.5    $ 3,969.4    $ 2,857.5

Short-term debt

     249.9       164.4      —        —        —  

Long-term debt

     2,966.1       —        —        —        —  

Shareholders’ equity

     18,688.6       12,305.6      1,519.1      1,118.7      812.6

 

The following table presents key statistical information on the volume of contracts traded, expressed in round turn trades, and notional value of contracts traded. The 2008 volume data includes average daily volume for NYMEX products for the period August 23 through December 31, 2008. The 2007 volume data includes average daily volume for CBOT products for the period July 13 through December 31, 2007. All amounts exclude our TRAKRS, Swapstream and auction-traded products.

 

                     Year Ended or At December 31

(in thousands, except notional value)

   2008     2007    2006    2005    2004

Average Daily Volume:

             

Product Lines:

             

Interest rates

     6,085       7,093      3,078      2,380      1,705

Equities

     3,663       2,744      1,734      1,389      1,161

Foreign exchange

     623       569      453      334      202

Commodities and alternative investments

     2,513       728      78      55      43
                                   

Total Average Daily Volume

     12,884       11,134      5,343      4,158      3,111
                                   

Method of Trade:

             

Open outcry

     1,956       2,276      1,483      1,214      1,281

Electronic

     10,181       8,661      3,808      2,895      1,786

Privately negotiated

     747       197      52      49      44
                                   

Total Average Daily Volume

     12,884       11,134      5,343      4,158      3,111
                                   

Other Data:

             

Total Notional Value (in trillions)

   $ 1,227     $ 1,134    $ 824    $ 638    $ 463

Total Trading Volume (round turn trades)

     2,988,253       2,249,632      1,341,111      1,047,909      787,186

Open Interest at Year End (contracts)

     63,049       53,981      35,107      30,083      22,478

 

45


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTRODUCTION

Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is organized as follows:

 

   

Overview : Includes a discussion of our business structure; current economic and industry-wide trends relevant to our business; our current business strategy; and our primary sources of operating and non-operating revenues and expenditures.

 

   

Critical Accounting Policies : Provides an explanation of accounting policies which may have a significant impact on our financial results and the estimates, assumptions and risks associated with those policies.

 

   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements : Includes an evaluation of recent accounting pronouncements and the potential impact of their future adoption on our financial results.

 

   

Results of Operations : Includes a discussion of our 2008, 2007 and 2006 financial results and any known events or trends which are likely to impact future results.

 

   

Liquidity and Capital Resources : Includes a discussion of our future cash requirements, capital resources, significant planned expenditures and financing arrangements.

On July 12, 2007, CBOT Holdings, Inc. (CBOT Holdings) merged with and into Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. (CME Holdings). At the time of this merger, the combined company was renamed CME Group Inc. (CME Group). On March 23, 2008, CME Group acquired Credit Market Analysis Ltd., a private company incorporated in the United Kingdom, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, CMA). On August 22, 2008, NYMEX Holdings, Inc. (NYMEX Holdings) merged with CME Group. The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations includes the financial results of CBOT Holdings beginning July 13, 2007, the financial results of CMA beginning on March 24, 2008, and the financial results of NYMEX Holdings beginning August 23, 2008.

References in this discussion and analysis to “we” and “our” are to CME Group and its consolidated subsidiaries, collectively. References to “exchange” are to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. (CME), Board of Trade of the City of Chicago, Inc. (CBOT) and New York Mercantile Exchange, Inc. (NYMEX), collectively.

OVERVIEW

Business Structure

CME Group, a Delaware stock corporation, is the holding company for CME, CBOT, NYMEX and their respective subsidiaries. The holding company structure is designed to provide strategic and operational flexibility. CME Group’s Class A common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (NASDAQ) under the ticker symbol “CME.”

Our exchange consists of designated contract markets for the trading of futures and options on futures contracts. Futures contracts and options on futures contracts provide investors with vehicles for protecting against, and potentially profiting from, price changes in financial instruments and physical commodities.

We are a global exchange with customer access available all over the world. Our customers consist of professional traders, financial institutions, individual and institutional investors, major corporations, manufacturers, producers and governments. Customers include both members of the exchange and non-members.

We offer our customers the opportunity to trade futures contracts and options on futures contracts on a range of products including those based on interest rates, equities, foreign exchange, commodities and alternative investments. Our products provide a means for hedging, speculating and allocating assets. We identify new products by monitoring economic trends and their impact on the risk management and speculative needs of our existing and prospective customers.

Our major product lines are traded through our electronic trading platforms and our open outcry trading floors. These execution facilities offer our customers immediate trade execution and price transparency. In addition, trades can be executed through privately negotiated transactions that are cleared and settled through our clearing house.

 

46


Table of Contents

Our clearing house clears, settles and guarantees every futures and options contract traded through our exchange. We also provide clearing services to the over-the-counter market through CME Clearport and have announced our intention to provide clearing services for credit default swap contracts. Our clearing house performance guarantee is an important function of our business. Because of this guarantee, our customers do not need to evaluate the credit of each potential counterparty or limit themselves to a selected set of counterparties. This flexibility increases the potential liquidity available for each trade. Additionally, the substitution of our clearing house as the counterparty to every transaction allows our customers to establish a position with one party and then to offset the position with another party. This contract offsetting process provides our customers with flexibility in establishing and adjusting positions and provides for performance bond efficiencies.

To ensure performance of counterparties, we establish and monitor financial requirements for our clearing firms and mark-to-market their positions at least twice a day. We also set minimum performance bond requirements for our traded products and will set requirements for credit default swaps in the future when we begin servicing that market. In the unlikely event of a payment default by a clearing firm, we would first apply assets of that clearing firm to cover its payment obligation. These assets include security deposits, performance bonds and any other available assets, such as the proceeds from the sale of pledged Class A and Class B common stock and associated trading rights of the clearing firm at our exchange that are owned by or assigned to the clearing firm. In addition, we would make a demand for payment pursuant to any applicable guarantee provided to the exchange by the parent company of a clearing firm. Thereafter, if the payment default remains unsatisfied, we would use, in order, CME’s surplus funds, security deposits of other clearing firms and funds collected through an assessment against all other solvent clearing firms to satisfy the deficit.

Industry Trends

Economic Environment. Despite the economic turbulence experienced in 2007 and 2008, our markets continue to provide an effective and transparent forum for our customers to manage risk. However, ongoing instability in the financial markets, a decline in assets under management and a decrease in the availability of credit have led to a decline in trading activity in the markets in which we participate. Our goal is to continue to maintain quality product execution and service in support of our customers while they navigate through the current economic environment.

Competitive Environment. Our industry is highly competitive and we expect competition to continue to intensify. We face competition in derivatives trading, transaction processing services and quotation data services. Our competitors include futures, securities options and securities exchanges; over-the-counter markets; clearing organizations; consortia formed by our members and large market participants; alternative trade execution facilities; technology firms, including market data distributors, and electronic trading system developers.

Regulatory Environment. Historically, our industry has been subject to extensive regulation. Due to recent financial and economic difficulties, there have been many calls to restructure the regulation of the financial markets. The change in Presidential administrations has made it difficult to predict what a restructured regulatory framework will look like or what impact it will have on our business. Certain proposals currently under consideration by Congress may restrict trading at derivatives exchanges. To the extent the regulatory environment is less beneficial for us, our business, financial condition and operating results could be negatively impacted.

Business Strategy

Our current strategy seeks to capitalize on opportunities created by the increased awareness and acceptance of derivatives, increased price volatility, technological advances and the increasing need for counterparty risk mitigation and clearing services. Our strategy focuses specifically on leveraging our benchmark products, scalable infrastructure, clearing and trading technologies as well as the benefits afforded by our integrated clearing house. This strategy will enable us to continue to evolve into a more broadly diversified financial exchange that offers trading and clearing solutions across additional products and asset classes. Our strategy includes coordinated efforts to:

 

   

Grow our core business through diversification of our customer base and extension of our current product lines;

 

   

Globalize our business by targeting international customers through strategic investments and by leveraging our diverse product offerings; and

 

   

Serve the over-the-counter market via the continued development of products and services and by exploring opportunities for acquisitions, alliances and commercial agreements.

 

47


Table of Contents

Primary Sources of Operating Revenue

Clearing and transaction fees. A majority of our revenue is derived from clearing and transaction fees, which include electronic trading fees, surcharges for privately-negotiated transactions and other volume-related charges for contracts executed through our trading venues. Because clearing and transaction fees are assessed on a per-contract basis, revenues and profitability fluctuate with changes in trading volume. In addition to the industry trends noted earlier, our revenues and trading volume tend to increase during periods of economic and geopolitical uncertainty. This is because our customers seek to manage their exposure to, or speculate on, the market volatility resulting from uncertainty. However, in 2008, we believe the extreme volatility and the decoupling of related markets have reduced customers’ ability to assume and maintain positions, which has resulted in a decrease in volume. In addition, our volume can be seasonal, and historically, we have experienced higher sequential volume during the first and second quarters followed by decreases in the third and fourth quarters of the calendar year. However, these patterns may be altered by the impact of economic and political events, the launch of new products, mergers and acquisitions as well as other factors.

While volume has the most significant impact on our clearing and transaction fees revenue, there are four other factors that also influence the source of revenues:

 

   

rate structure;

 

   

product mix;

 

   

trading venue; and

 

   

the percentage of trades executed by customers who are members compared with non-member customers.

Rate structure. Customers benefit from volume discounts and limits on fees as part of our effort to increase liquidity in certain products. We may periodically change fees, volume discounts, limits on fees and member discounts, perhaps significantly, based on our review of operations and the business environment.

As a result of their rate structure, Total Return Asset Contracts (TRAKRS), Swapstream products and auction-traded products are excluded from disclosures of trading volume and average rate per contract in this discussion and analysis. Clearing and transaction fees on these products are immaterial relative to our other products. TRAKRS are exchange-traded non-traditional futures contracts that trade electronically on the CME Globex electronic platform. Auction-traded products, which included CME economic derivatives, were previously traded on the CME Auction Markets platform through July 2007.

Product mix. We offer trading of futures and options on futures contracts on a wide-ranging set of products based on interest rates, equities, foreign exchange, commodities and alternative investments. Rates are varied by product in order to optimize revenue on existing products and support introduction of new products to encourage trading volume.

Trading venue. Our exchange is an international marketplace that brings together buyers and sellers mainly through our electronic trading platforms as well as through open outcry trading on our trading floors and privately negotiated transactions. Any customer guaranteed by a clearing firm is able to obtain direct access to our electronic platforms. Open outcry trading is conducted exclusively by our members, who may execute trades on behalf of customers or for themselves.

Typically, customers executing trades through our electronic platforms are charged fees for using the platform in addition to the fees assessed on all transactions executed on our exchange. Customers entering into privately negotiated transactions also incur additional charges beyond the fees assessed on all transactions.

Member/non-member mix. Generally, member customers are charged lower fees than our non-member customers. Holding all other factors constant, revenue decreases if the percentage of trades executed by members increases, and increases if the percentage of non-member trades increases.

 

48


Table of Contents

Quotation data fees. We receive revenue from the dissemination of our market data to subscribers. Our market data services are provided primarily through third-party distributors.

Subscribers can obtain access to real-time, delayed and end-of-day quotation, trade and summary market data for our products. Users of our basic service receive real-time quotes and pay a flat monthly fee for each screen, or device, displaying our market data. Alternatively, customers can subscribe to market data provided on a limited group of products. The fee for this service is also a flat rate per month.

Pricing for our market data services is based on the value of the service provided, our cost structure for the service and the price of comparable services offered by our competitors. Increases or decreases in our quotation data fees revenue is influenced by changes in our price structure for existing market data offerings, introduction of new market data services and changes in the number of devices in use. General economic factors that affect the financial services industry, which constitutes our primary customer base, also influence revenue from our market data services.

Processing services. To further diversify the range of services we offer, we have entered into clearing and transaction processing agreements with third parties. Prior to our merger with NYMEX Holdings in August 2008, we collected fees for listing energy and metal futures products on the CME Globex platform. Prior to our merger with CBOT Holdings in July 2007, we collected fees for clearing services for CBOT products. Our processing services revenues with NYMEX and CBOT ended upon the completion of our mergers with each entity. Additionally, we provided clearing and risk management services for trades executed at FXMarketSpace Limited (FXMS), our joint venture with Reuters Group PLC (Reuters), beginning in 2007 until FXMS terminated operations in the fourth quarter of 2008. We collect fees for processing trades for certain CME clearing firms that execute trades at OneChicago, LLC (OneChicago), our joint venture in single stock futures and futures on narrow-based stock indexes.

Other sources. Other sources of revenue include access and communication fees and revenue from various services related to our operations.

 

   

Access and communication fees are the connectivity charges to customers of the CME Globex platform, to our market data vendors and to direct market data customers as well as charges to members and clearing firms that utilize our various telecommunications networks and communications services. Access fee revenue varies depending on the type of connection provided to customers. Revenue from communication fees is largely dependent on open outcry trading, as a significant portion relates to telecommunications on our trading floors.

 

   

Other revenues include rent charged to third party tenants as well as ancillary charges for utilities, parking and miscellaneous services provided to tenants. We maintain three commercial buildings in Chicago’s central business district. The retail and office space is rented primarily to third party tenants, including company shareholders and exchange customers. As part of our merger with NYMEX Holdings, we also acquired office space in New York City that is rented to third party tenants. All tenants pay market rates for rent. Revenues related to our real estate operations are generally affected by market rental rates, lease renewals and business conditions in the financial services industry in which most of our tenants operate.

Additionally, other revenues includes fees for administrating our Interest Earnings Facility (IEF) program, trade order routing, and various services to members and clearing firms. We offer clearing firms the opportunity to invest cash performance bonds in our various IEF offerings. These clearing firms receive interest income, and we receive a fee based on total funds on deposit. In addition, other revenues include trading gains and losses generated by GFX Corporation (GFX), our wholly-owned subsidiary that trades primarily in foreign exchange futures contracts to enhance liquidity in our electronic markets for these products.

 

49


Table of Contents

Primary Operating Expenses

Most of our expenses do not vary directly with changes in our trading volume, except licensing and other fee agreements and the majority of our employee bonuses.

Compensation and benefits. Compensation and benefits expense is our most significant expense and includes employee wages, bonuses, stock-based compensation, benefits and employer taxes. Changes in this expense are driven by fluctuations in the number of employees, increases in wages as a result of inflation or labor market conditions, rates for employer taxes and other cost increases affecting benefit plans. In addition, this expense is affected by the composition of our work force. The expense associated with our bonus and stock-based compensation plans can also have a significant impact on this expense category and may vary from year to year.

The bonus component of our compensation and benefits expense is based on our financial performance. Under the performance criteria of our annual incentive plan, the bonus funded under the plan would be the “target” level if we achieve the cash earnings target established by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Cash earnings are defined as net income less capital expenditures and excludes tax-effected amortization of purchased intangibles, depreciation and amortization expense, tax-effected stock-based compensation expense, valuation losses on investments, tax adjustments and net interest income (expense). Under the plan, if our actual cash earnings equal 80% of the established target for a given year, the bonus will be reduced by approximately 50% of the target bonus amount. There will be no bonus if our cash earnings are less than 80% of the cash earnings target, other than for non-exempt employees who may receive a bonus under our discretionary bonus program. If our actual cash earnings equal 120% of the target or higher, the bonus is increased by approximately 50% from the targeted bonus amount, which is the maximum amount established by the compensation committee. If our performance is between the threshold performance level of 80% of the cash earnings target and the maximum performance level of 120% of the cash earnings target, the bonus will be calculated based on the level of performance achieved. The compensation committee may adjust the cash earnings calculation and the target level of performance for material, unplanned revenue, expense or capital expenditures to meet intermediate to long-term growth opportunities. The cash earnings calculation for bonus purposes excludes items as approved at the discretion of the compensation committee.

Stock-based compensation is a non-cash expense related to stock options and restricted stock grants. Stock-based compensation varies depending on the quantity and fair value of options granted. Fair value is derived using the Black-Scholes model with assumptions about our dividend yield, the expected volatility of our stock price based on an analysis of implied and historical volatility, the risk-free interest rate and the expected life of the options granted.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense results from the depreciation of long-lived assets purchased, as well as the amortization of purchased and internally developed software. This expense has increased consistently from year to year due to significant investments in technological equipment and software. As a result of our merger with CBOT Holdings, we acquired three commercial buildings. We utilize space in these buildings as offices and a trading floor. Depreciation and amortization on the building and building improvements as well as other furniture, fixtures and equipment acquired in the merger has been recorded since the merger closed on July 12, 2007. We also acquired property in our recent merger with NYMEX Holdings. Depreciation and amortization on these building and building improvements, hardware and software have been recorded since the merger closed on August 22, 2008.

Amortization of purchased intangibles. This expense includes amortization of intangible assets obtained in our mergers with CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings as well as other asset and business acquisitions. Intangible assets subject to amortization consist primarily of customer relationships, licensing agreements, and lease-related intangible assets.

Other expenses. We incur additional ongoing expenses for communications, technology support services and various other activities necessary to support our operations.

 

   

Communications expense consists primarily of costs for network connections to our electronic trading platforms and some market data customers; telecommunications costs of our exchange; and fees paid for access to external market data. This expense is affected primarily by the growth of electronic trading, our capacity requirements and by changes in the number of telecommunications hubs and connections which allow customers outside the United States access to our electronic trading platforms directly.

 

50


Table of Contents
   

Technology support services consist of costs related to maintenance of the hardware and software required to support our technology. Our technology support services costs are driven by system capacity, functionality and redundancy requirements.

 

   

Professional fees and outside services expense includes costs of consulting services provided for major strategic and technology initiatives as well as legal and accounting fees. This expense fluctuates primarily as a result of changes in services required to complete initiatives.

 

   

Occupancy and building operations expense consists of costs related to leased and owned property including rent, maintenance, real estate taxes, utilities and other related costs. Our office space is located primarily in Chicago and New York City with smaller offices located in Washington, D.C., Houston, London, Hong Kong, Sydney, Singapore and Tokyo. Additionally, we have trading facilities in Chicago and New York City as well as data centers in various U.S. locations.

 

   

Licensing and other fee agreements expense consists primarily of license fees paid as a result of trading volume in equity index products, and royalty and broker rebates on metals and energy products, subsequent to the merger with NYMEX Holdings. This expense fluctuates with changes in equity index and ClearPort product trading volumes and fee structure changes in the agreements.

 

   

Restructuring expense consists primarily of transitional employees’ severance, retention bonuses and associated payroll taxes as well as outplacement costs and post-employment healthcare subsidies resulting from our mergers with CBOT Holdings in July 2007 and with NYMEX Holdings in August 2008.

 

   

Other expenses includes marketing-related as well as general and administrative costs. Marketing, advertising and public relations expense consists primarily of media, print and other advertising costs, as well as costs associated with our brand campaign and product promotion.

Non-Operating Income and Expense

Income and expenses incurred through activities outside of our core operations are considered non-operating. These activities include investments in debt and equity securities for both short-term and long-term strategic purposes and our securities lending program as well as financing activities.

 

   

Investment income represents income generated by short-term investment of excess cash, clearing firms’ cash performance bonds and security deposits; income and net realized gains and losses from our marketable securities and long-term equity method investments; gains and losses on trading securities in our non-qualified deferred compensation plans and dividend income. Investment income is influenced by the availability of funds generated by operations, market interest rates and changes in the levels of cash performance bonds deposited by clearing firms.

 

   

We use derivative financial instruments for the purpose of hedging exposures to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Any ineffective or excluded portion of our hedges is recognized in earnings immediately.

 

   

Under the securities lending program, we lend a portion of the securities that clearing firms deposit with us and we receive collateral in the form of cash in return. The cash is invested in either bank money market mutual funds, overnight repurchase agreements, corporate debt securities or other asset-back securities to generate interest income. The balance of securities on deposit fluctuates as a result of changes in the clearing firms’ open positions and how clearing firms elect to satisfy their performance bond requirements. Securities lending interest expense represents the payment to the borrower of the security for the cash retained during the duration of the lending transaction. Net interest income from securities lending is impacted by changes in short-term interest rates and the level of demand for the securities on deposit.

 

   

Interest and other borrowing costs are associated with various short-term and long-term funding facilities. In 2007, we initiated a commercial paper program with various financial institutions to fund a tender offer to repurchase Class A common stock. In 2008, we issued short-term and long-term debt in conjunction with our merger with NYMEX Holdings. The interest rates on our debt balances are primarily fixed, but some debt-related costs fluctuate with the funding needs of our business.

 

51


Table of Contents
   

Income (expense) related to our guarantee of exercise right privileges (ERPs) is a result of our merger with CBOT Holdings. Under the terms of the merger agreement, eligible holders of Chicago Board Options Exchange (CBOE) ERPs could elect to sell us their ERP for $250,000 per privilege. Eligible holders that did not elect to sell their ERPs are entitled to a maximum guaranteed payment of $250,000 from us upon resolution of the lawsuit between CBOT and CBOE. The balance in this account represents the change in estimated fair value of our guarantee during the period, which is based in part on the expected outcome of the litigation.

 

   

Equity in losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries includes losses from our investments in Dubai Mercantile Exchange (DME), FXMS and OneChicago. Our investment in DME was acquired with the assets of NYMEX Holdings as part of our merger in August 2008.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The notes to our consolidated financial statements include disclosure of our significant accounting policies. In establishing these policies within the framework of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, management must make certain assessments, estimates and choices that will result in the application of these principles in a manner that appropriately reflects our financial condition and results of operations. Critical accounting policies are those policies that we believe present the most complex or subjective measurements and have the most potential to affect our financial position and operating results. While all decisions regarding accounting policies are important, there are certain accounting policies that we consider to be critical. These critical policies, which are presented in detail in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, relate to valuation of financial instruments, goodwill and intangible assets, derivative investments, revenue recognition, income taxes, internal use software costs and stock-based compensation.

Valuation of Financial Instruments. In January 2008, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities by defining fair value and establishing a framework for measuring fair value. SFAS No. 157 applies to all financial instruments that are measured and reported on a fair value basis.

SFAS No. 157 defines “fair value” as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, or an exit price. The standard establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect our assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

We have categorized our financial instruments measured at fair value into a three-level classification in accordance with SFAS No. 157. The hierarchy is categorized into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

 

   

Level 1 – Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date. Assets and liabilities carried at Level 1 fair value generally include U.S. Treasury and Government agency securities, equity securities listed in active markets, and investments in publicly traded mutual funds with quoted market prices.

 

   

Level 2 – Inputs are either directly or indirectly observable and corroborated by market data or are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active. Assets and liabilities carried at Level 2 fair value generally include municipal bonds, corporate debt and certain derivatives.

 

   

Level 3 – Inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Generally, assets and liabilities at fair value utilizing Level 3 inputs include certain complex over-the-counter derivative contracts and certain other assets and liabilities with inputs that require management’s judgment.

 

52


Table of Contents

To corroborate the reasonableness of our Level 3 fair value models, we have obtained valuations for Level 3 assets and liabilities from independent third parties where available. For further discussion regarding the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, see note 24 in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” we review goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The provisions of SFAS No. 142 require that a two-step impairment test be performed on goodwill. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount, no impairment exists and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, the second step must be performed to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to that excess. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. Valuation techniques we use to measure fair value include the market approach and the income approach. The market approach encompasses comparable data sets within our peer group, and the income approach includes discounted cash flow measurements using a discount rate based on our market capitalization. Additionally we have used a discounted cash flow to convert future amounts to present value. Our valuation techniques could yield variable results based on changes in assumptions such as the discount rate and long-term growth rate and forecasted revenue and expense.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for impairment by comparing their fair values to their carrying values. If the carrying value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference. Intangible assets subject to amortization are also evaluated for impairment, when indicated by a change in circumstances, pursuant to SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” The impairment testing requires management to estimate the fair value of the assets and record an impairment loss for the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. The estimate of the fair value of all intangible assets is generally determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows. In estimating the fair value, management must make assumptions and projections regarding such items as future cash flows, future revenues, future earnings and other factors. Such assumptions are subject to change as a result of changing economic and competitive conditions.

Derivative Investments. We use derivative financial instruments for the purpose of hedging exposures to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Derivatives are recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended. SFAS No. 133 also requires that changes in our derivatives’ fair values be recognized in earnings, unless the instruments are accounted for as hedges. For a derivative designated as a fair value hedge, any gain or loss on the derivative is recognized in earnings in the period of change, to the extent the hedge is effective, together with the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. We record the effective portions of our derivative financial instruments that are designated as cash flow hedges in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. When the hedged item affects earnings, the gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is transferred to the same line in the consolidated statements of income as the hedged item. Any ineffective or excluded portion of a hedge is recognized in earnings immediately. Any realized gains and losses from hedges are classified in the consolidated statements of income consistent with the accounting treatment of the items being hedged.

Revenue Recognition. Our revenue recognition policies comply with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101 on revenue recognition. Our revenue is derived primarily from the clearing and transaction fees we assess on each contract executed through our trading venues and cleared through our clearing house. Clearing and transaction fees are recognized as revenue when a buy and sell order are matched and when the trade is cleared. On occasion, the customer’s exchange trading privileges may not be properly entered by the clearing firm and incorrect fees are charged for the transactions in the affected accounts. When this information is corrected within the time period allowed by the exchange, a fee adjustment is provided to the clearing firm. An accrual is established for estimated fee adjustments to reflect corrections to customer exchange trading privileges. The accrual is based on the historical pattern of adjustments processed as well as specific adjustment requests. Occasionally, market data customers will pay for services in a lump sum payment. When these circumstances occur, revenue is recognized as services are provided.

Income Taxes. Calculation of the income tax provision includes an estimate of the income taxes that will be paid for the current year as well as an estimate of income tax liabilities or benefits deferred into future years, as determined in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” and Financial Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, “Accounting for

 

53


Table of Contents

Uncertain Tax Positions.” As required, our deferred tax assets are reviewed to determine if all assets will be realized in future periods. To the extent it is determined that some deferred tax assets may not be fully realized, the assets must be reduced by a valuation allowance. The calculation of our tax provision involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize potential liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the United States and other applicable tax jurisdictions using a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold based on the technical merits of the tax position taken or expected to be taken. If payment of these amounts varies from our estimate, our income tax provision would be reduced or increased at the time that determination is made. This determination may not be known for several years. Past tax audits have not resulted in tax adjustments that would result in a material change to the income tax provision in the year the audit was completed. The effective tax rate, defined as the income tax provision as a percentage of income before income taxes, will vary from year to year based on changes to tax rates and regulations. In addition, the effective tax rate will vary with changes to income that are not subject to income tax, such as municipal interest income, and changes in expenses or losses that are not deductible, such as certain foreign net operating losses.

Internal Use Software Costs. Certain costs for employees and consultants that are incurred in connection with work on development or implementation of software for our internal use are capitalized in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” Costs capitalized are for application development or implementation, as required by SOP 98-1, for software projects that will result in significant new functionality and that are generally expected to cost in excess of $0.5 million. The amount capitalized is determined based on the time spent by the individuals completing the eligible software-related activity and the compensation and benefits or consulting fees incurred for these activities. Projects are monitored during the development cycle to assure that they continue to meet the capitalization criteria of SOP 98-1 and that the project will be completed and placed in service as intended. Any previously capitalized costs are expensed at the time a decision is made to abandon a software project. Completed internal use software projects, as well as work-in-progress projects, are included as part of property in the consolidated balance sheets. Once completed, the accumulated costs for a particular software project are amortized over the anticipated life of the software, generally three years. Costs capitalized for internal use software will vary from year to year based on our technology-related business requirements.

Stock-Based Compensation. We expense stock options using the fair value method under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.” We have elected the accelerated method for recognizing the expense related to stock grants. Due to this election and the vesting provisions of our stock grants, a greater percentage of the total expense is recognized in the first and second years of the vesting period than would be recorded if we used the straight-line method. We include an estimate of expected forfeitures of stock grants in our expense recognition calculations.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations,” was issued in December 2007 to replace SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” SFAS No. 141(R) requires that an acquirer recognize the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their fair values as of that date. This new statement also changes the requirements for recognizing assets acquired and liabilities assumed arising from contingencies, restructuring liabilities and acquisition costs. Under the new requirements, acquisition-related costs will be expensed in the periods in which the costs are incurred instead of being capitalized as part of the purchase price. The provisions of this statement are applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We are currently assessing the impact of this standard’s adoption on our financial statements.

In March 2008, SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” was issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). The statement requires entities to enhance disclosures about its derivative and hedging activities in order to improve the transparency of financial reporting. Entities will be required to provide enhanced disclosures about how and why they use derivative instruments, how derivative instruments are accounted for under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect their financial position, financial performance and cash flows. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We will make the required disclosures upon adoption.

 

54


Table of Contents

In June 2008, FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) Emerging Issue Task Force No. 03-6, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions are Participating Securities.” FSP No. 03-6 clarifies the treatment of unvested equity awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents in calculating earnings per share under SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share.” This position is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those years. We are currently assessing the impact of this standard’s future adoption on our consolidated financial reporting.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Financial Highlights

The comparability of our operating results for 2006, 2007 and 2008 is significantly impacted by our mergers with CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings in July 2007 and August 2008, respectively. In the discussion and analysis that follows, we have quantified the incremental revenue or expense resulting from these transactions wherever such amounts were material and identifiable. While identified amounts may provide indications of general trends, the analysis cannot completely address the effects attributable to integration efforts.

The following summarizes significant changes in our financial performance for the periods presented.

 

                       Year-over-Year Change  

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2006     2008-2007     2007-2006  

Total operating revenues

   $ 2,561.0     $ 1,756.1     $ 1,089.9     46 %   61 %

Total operating expenses

     978.8       704.2       468.5     39     50  

Operating margin

     62 %     60 %     57 %    

Non-operating income (expense)

   $ (334.2 )   $ 43.9     $ 50.2     n.m.     (13 )

Effective tax rate

     43 %     40 %     39 %    

Net income

   $ 715.5     $ 658.5     $ 407.3     9     62  

Diluted earnings per share

     12.13       14.93       11.60     (19 )   29  

Cash flows from operations

     1,197.2       814.4       471.7     47     73  

n.m. not meaningful

 

   

The most significant increases in revenue from 2006 to 2008 occurred in clearing and transactions fees and quotation data fees. These increases were partially offset by a decline in processing services revenues.

 

   

Total expenses increased driven mostly by a rise in compensation and benefits costs, incremental amortization of purchased intangibles as well as depreciation and amortization.

 

   

In 2008, we recorded a $274.5 million non-cash impairment charge on our investment in BM&F Bovespa S.A. (BM&F) along with smaller impairments of our equity method investment in FXMS and certain securities lending assets which led to a decline in net non-operating income from prior years. A decline in market interest rates which reduced investment income contributed to the decrease in 2007.

 

   

Our effective tax rate increased in 2008 due primarily to an increase in our state and local tax rates as a result of our merger with NYMEX Holdings. This increase was partially offset by the impact of an Illinois tax law change in the first quarter of 2008.

 

   

The trend in diluted earnings per share reflects the impact of common stock issuances made in conjunction with the CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings mergers.

 

   

The positive trend in operating cash flows from 2006 through 2008 is primarily the result of year-over-year increases in trading volumes combined with the scalable nature of our cost structure.

 

55


Table of Contents

Operating Revenues

 

                      Year-over-Year Change  

(dollars in millions)

   2008    2007    2006    2008 - 2007     2007 - 2006  

Clearing and transactions fees

   $ 2,115.4    $ 1,427.3    $ 866.1    48 %   65 %

Quotation data fees

     279.5      145.1      80.8    93     79  

Processing services

     54.1      106.4      90.2    (49 )   18  

Access and communication fees

     43.6      36.5      29.0    19     26  

Other

     68.4      40.8      23.8    68     71  
                                 

Total Revenues

   $ 2,561.0    $ 1,756.1    $ 1,089.9    46 %   61 %
                                 

Clearing and Transaction Fees. From 2006 through 2008, revenues have increased primarily as a result of incremental trading volume generated from our mergers with CBOT and NYMEX. Organic volume growth also contributed to an increase in revenue from 2006 to 2007. The average rate per contract increased from 2007 to 2008 while declining from 2006 to 2007.

Trading Volume

The following table summarizes average daily trading volume. For comparative purposes, CME, CBOT and NYMEX products have been presented separately. For 2007 CBOT volume information, average daily volumes have been calculated for the period from July 13 through December 31, 2007. The NYMEX trading volume has been calculated for the period August 23 through December 31, 2008. All amounts exclude TRAKRS, Swapstream and auction-traded products.

 

                       Year over Year Change  

(amounts in thousands)

   2008     2007     2006     2008 - 2007     2007 - 2006  

Product Line Average Daily Volume:

          

Interest rate:

          

CME

   3,266     3,701     3,078     (12 )%   20 %

CBOT

   2,819     3,392     —       (17 )   n.m.  

Equity:

          

CME

   3,438     2,549     1,734     35     47  

CBOT

   225     195     —       15     n.m.  

Foreign exchange:

          

CME

   623     569     453     10     26  

Commodity and alternative investment:

          

CME

   94     81     78     16     5  

CBOT

   754     647     —       17     n.m.  

NYMEX

   1,665     —       —       n.m.     —    

Aggregate Average Daily Volume:

          

CME

   7,421     6,900     5,343     8     29  

CBOT

   3,798     4,234     —       (10 )   n.m.  

NYMEX

   1,665     —       —       n.m.     —    

Electronic Volume:

          

CME

   6,240     5,288     3,808     18     39  

CBOT

   3,049     3,373     —       (10 )   n.m.  

NYMEX

   892     —       —       n.m.     —    

Electronic Volume as a Percentage of Total Volume

   79 %   78 %   71 %    

n.m. not meaningful

 

56


Table of Contents

The addition of the CBOT and NYMEX product lines in 2007 and 2008, respectively, contributed to the overall trading volume increase in 2007 and 2008. In addition, there was also a significant surge in overall market volatility in the second half of 2007 through 2008, which contributed to the overall increase in volume, specifically within equity products. We believe the increase in market volatility is largely due to concerns surrounding the subprime debt market which evolved into a credit crisis in 2008. In the discussion of volume that follows, NYMEX volume information for the periods prior to August 23, 2008 is provided for comparative purposes only and does not correspond to revenue recognized by CME Group prior to that date. CBOT volume information for periods prior to July 13, 2007 is also provided for comparative purposes only.

Interest Rate Products

In 2008, the overall decline in interest rate volume was due largely to the global credit crisis. We believe the credit crisis has led to firm deleveraging, industry consolidation, increased risk aversion, reduced debt issuance and has distorted historical relationships between fixed income and interest rate derivative securities.

The decrease in Eurodollar options is the primary driver for the overall decrease in CME interest rate volume. Eurodollar options, which are primarily traded through open outcry, decreased by 27% to an average of 0.9 million contracts per day in 2008 when compared with 2007. Average daily volume for Eurodollar futures contracts decreased by 4% to 2.4 million contracts in 2008 when compared with 2007. We believe extreme volatility and the decoupling of related markets have reduced certain customers’ ability to assume and maintain positions, which has resulted in a decrease in volume. The increase in market volatility is believed to have been generated from uncertainty regarding interest rate expectations as a result of the credit crisis. Eurodollar option volume levels are more sensitive to volatility compared with Eurodollar futures contracts.

Average daily volume for the 10-Year U.S. Treasury note futures and options was 1.2 million during 2008 and 1.7 million during the period July 13 through December 31, 2007. Volume for the 5-Year U.S. Treasury note futures and options averaged 0.7 million contracts per day during 2008 and 0.8 million contracts per day for the period July 13 through December 31, 2007. We believe the credit crisis contributed to some fixed income market participants shifting from long-term debt to short-term debt, which led to a decrease in volume for products on the long end of the yield curve relative to products on the short end of the yield curve.

The increase in interest rate trading volume in 2007 when compared with 2006 is due primarily to the addition of the CBOT interest rate products subsequent to the merger. Overall trading volume growth for interest rate products also resulted from uncertainty regarding inflation and market interest rates as well as concerns about the sub-prime debt market. Eurodollar futures traded electronically increased to an average of 2.2 million contracts per day in 2007, an increase of 30% when compared with 2006. Additionally, volume for Eurodollar options traded via open outcry increased 14% to an average of 1.1 million contracts per day in 2007.

Equity Products

There has been significant volatility in the equity markets in the second half of 2007 through 2008, which we believe is attributable to concerns regarding the subprime debt market and inflation in late 2007 that evolved into a recession, which resulted in escalating volatility throughout the period. Average volatility, as measured by the CBOE Volatility Index, increased by 86% in 2008 when compared with 2007. Average volatility increased by 77% in the last six months of 2007 when compared with the same period in 2006. We believe this increase in volatility is the primary reason for the growth in our equity trading volume during 2008 and 2007.

Average daily volume for our E-mini equity products increased by 37% to 3.3 million contracts in 2008 when compared with 2007. This increase includes growth in E-mini S&P 500 futures and options contracts, which grew by 52% to an average of 2.6 million contracts per day when compared with 2007. Trading volume for E-mini equity products increased by 50% to 2.4 million contracts per day in 2007 compared with 2006 with E-mini S&P 500 futures and options contracts increasing 60% to 1.7 million contracts.

Our license to list Russell-based contracts terminated in September 2008 when the last contract expired. Average daily volume for the Russell-based contracts was 261,000, 252,000 and 173,000 contracts per day for January 1 through September 22, 2008 and for the years 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

57


Table of Contents

Foreign Exchange

Trading volume for foreign exchange products increased in 2008 when compared with 2007 due largely to increased volatility of the U.S. dollar relative to other major currencies, particularly the euro and Japanese yen. The average daily volume for euro products increased by 26% to 223,000 contracts. The Japanese yen products increased 6% to an average of 133,000 contracts per day during 2008. In 2008, electronically-traded foreign exchange volume was 95% of total foreign exchange volume compared with 92% in 2007 and 88% in 2006.

The increase in trading of foreign exchange products in 2007 when compared with 2006 was fueled in part by the decline of the U.S. dollar relative to the Japanese yen, the euro and the British pound. We believe that market reaction to events in the fixed income market also contributed to volume growth during 2007.

Commodity and Alternative Investment Products

The increase in overall commodities trading volume in 2008 when compared with 2007 is primarily attributable to the addition of the NYMEX products to our existing product lines. NYMEX products consist mainly of energy futures and options as well as futures and options on precious and base metals. Average daily trading volume for NYMEX products increased 19% to 1.7 million contracts per day during 2008 when compared with 2007. NYMEX contracts traded electronically increased 37% to an average of 1.0 million contracts per day during 2008 when compared with 2007. Trading volume for over-the-counter products increased by 39% to an average of 468,000 contracts per day in 2008.

In addition, the increase in CBOT corn and soybean products also contributed to an increase in overall commodities trading volume in 2008. During 2008, volume for basic corn products increased by 17% to an average of 320,000 contracts per day. Average daily volume for basic soybean products grew by 16% to 183,000 contracts per day during 2008. We believe that the increases in volume are due primarily to changes in global supply and demand resulting in increased volatility as well as increased use of commodities as an asset class.

On September 5, 2008, CME Group completed the sale of CBOT metals trading products, including open interest. Average volume for these metals products was 23,000 contracts per day in 2008 through the date of the sale.

From 2006 to 2007, trading volume grew primarily due to the volume generated, subsequent to the merger, by the addition of CBOT commodities products.

Average Rate per Contract

In 2008, the increase in the average rate per contract also contributed to an increase in overall revenue when compared with 2007. In 2007, the average rate per contract decreased when compared with 2006, which offset the overall increase in volume. For 2007, CBOT total volume and fees have been included for the period from July 13 through December 31, 2007. The NYMEX total volume and fees have been included for the period August 23 through December 31, 2008. All amounts in the following table exclude TRAKRS, Swapstream and auction-traded products.

 

               Year over Year Change  
     2008    2007    2006    2008 - 2007     2007 - 2006  

Total Volume (in millions)

     2,988.3      2,249.6      1,341.1    33 %   68 %

Clearing and Transaction Fees (in millions)

   $ 2,114.7    $ 1,426.2    $ 864.4    48     65  

Average Rate per Contract

   $ 0.708    $ 0.634    $ 0.645    12     (2 )

During 2008, the addition of the NYMEX products to our existing product lines was the primary contributor to an increase in the overall rate per contract as the NYMEX average rate per contract was $1.641 for the period August 23 through December 31, 2008. The increase in average rate per contract when compared with 2007 was also attributable to a lower portion of CME interest rate products as a percentage of total volume compared with CME equity products, which have a higher rate per contract. As a percentage of total volume, CME equity products trading volume increased by 9% in 2008, while CME interest rate products trading volume decreased by 10% when compared with 2007. In addition, the overall increase in the average rate per contract was partially attributable the full year impact in 2008 of the average rate per contract for the CBOT products. The average rate per contract for the CBOT products in 2008 was $0.712.

 

58


Table of Contents

The increase in average rate per contract during 2008 was partially offset by a decrease in the average rate per contract for the E-mini S&P futures and options because incremental volume exceeded the CME Globex fee cap.

The average rate per contract decreased in 2007 when compared with 2006 due primarily to growth in member trading. Member trading volume increased faster than non-member trading in 2007. We believe that higher volumes by automated trading systems, which typically receive member rates, contributed to this increase in member trading. In addition, the average rate per contract of the E-mini S&P futures and options contracts decreased due to incremental volume exceeding the CME Globex surcharge cap, resulting in a decrease in the overall average rate per contract.

The decrease in average rate per contract in 2007 was partially offset by the addition of CBOT products to our existing product lines. The average rate per contract for CBOT products was $0.657 for the period July 13 through December 31, 2007. The increase in average rate per contract is attributable primarily to an increase in commodities volume, which has a higher average rate per contract, during the fourth quarter of 2007. Additionally, CME interest rate product volume decreased as a percentage of total volume compared with an increase in E-mini equity products, which have a higher rate per contract. As a percentage of total volume, E-mini equity volume increased by 5% in 2007 when compared with 2006 while interest rate product volume decreased by 4%.

Concentration of Revenue

We bill a substantial portion of our clearing and transaction fees to our clearing firms. The majority of clearing and transaction fees received from clearing firms represent charges for trades executed on behalf of their customers. As of December 31, 2008, we have approximately 130 clearing firms. Two firms represented 12% and 10% of our clearing and transaction fees revenue for 2008. Should a clearing firm discontinue operations, we believe the customer portion of the firm’s trading activity would likely transfer to another clearing firm of the exchange. Therefore, we do not believe a concentration would expose us to significant risk from the loss of revenue earned from a particular firm.

Quotation Data Fees. The growth in revenue from 2006 through 2008 is attributable primarily to increasing device screen counts as well as annual increases in the monthly fee for basic services. The increase in basic device counts is largely due to the addition of CBOT’s existing customers to CME’s customer base subsequent to the merger in July 2007. In addition, the revenue generated from the NYMEX services subsequent to the merger also contributed to an increase in revenues in 2008.

Revenue from CMA services includes fees for data services provided to CMA customers from March 24 through December 31, 2008. NYMEX services includes revenue generated from basic and other services provided to NYMEX’s existing customers from August 23 through December 31, 2008.

We currently have no plans to increase the monthly fee for any of our basic services in 2009.

 

     2008    2007    2006    Year-over-Year Change
              2008-2007    2007-2006

Average estimated monthly basic device screen count

     296,000      219,000      145,000      77,000      74,000

Basic device monthly fee per device

   $ 55.00    $ 50.00    $ 40.00    $ 5.00    $ 10.00

Estimated increase in revenue (in millions):

              

Due to an increase in screen counts

            $ 46.1    $ 35.3

Due to an increase in the monthly fee per device

              17.7      26.3

Data feed surcharges

              10.1      1.0
                      

CME and CBOT services

              73.9      62.6

NYMEX services

              40.1      —  

CMA services

              10.3      —  

Data feed surcharges are charges billed primarily to quote vendors for access to various data feeds. In 2008, we also recognized additional revenue of $4.4 million related to audits of customer-reported device counts, which represents revenue that would have otherwise been recognized in prior periods.

 

59


Table of Contents

The two largest resellers of our market data generated approximately 56%, 67% and 55% of our quotation data fees in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. However, we consider exposure to significant risk of revenue loss to be minimal despite this concentration. In the event that one of these vendors no longer subscribes to our market data, we believe the majority of that vendor’s customers would likely subscribe to our market data through another reseller. Additionally, several of our largest institutional customers that utilize services from the two largest quote vendors report usage and remit payment for exchange market data fees directly to us.

Processing Services. The decrease in revenues in 2008 when compared with 2007 is largely attributable to the termination of our prior service agreements with CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings as a result of the mergers. Our clearing agreement with CBOT Holdings, which was terminated on July 12, 2007, resulted in a decrease of $48.2 million in 2008. Fees generated from our trade matching agreement with NYMEX Holdings, which was terminated on August 22, 2008, decreased by $10.7 million when compared with 2007. Additionally, the operations of FXMS terminated in the fourth quarter of 2008. Consequently, we recognized incremental revenues of $6.4 million for upfront fees paid by FXMS for clearing and trade matching services which would have been provided by CME through January 2012.

Revenues grew in 2007 when compared with 2006 due primarily to an increase in NYMEX volume. Revenues generated from trade matching services provided to NYMEX, which began at the end of the second quarter of 2006, increased by $42.1 million in 2007 when compared with 2006. The total volume of NYMEX products available on the CME Globex platform increased to 191.5 million in 2007 from 35.6 million contracts in 2006. The increase in 2007 was partially offset by a decrease in revenue resulting from the elimination of fees generated by the clearing agreement with CBOT. The decrease in processing services revenue resulting from this termination was $27.6 million in 2007 when compared with 2006.

Access and Communication Fees. The revenue growth from 2006 through 2008 is primarily attributable to the telecommunication services provided to CBOT customers subsequent to the merger with CBOT Holdings in July 2007. In addition, the ongoing upgrade of customer bandwidth connections and expansion of our co-location program also contributed to growth in revenue year-over-year throughout the period. Incremental revenue resulting from our merger with NYMEX Holdings was not material in 2008.

Other Revenues. The increase in revenues over the periods presented is due largely to the rental income and related revenues generated from the building operations acquired as a result our mergers with CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings. Rental income and associated revenues from CBOT Holdings’ building operations totaled $25.2 million in 2008 and $11.2 million in 2007. NYMEX Holdings’ operations contributed incremental revenues of $4.4 million for the period August 23 through December 31, 2008. The other revenues for the NYMEX Holdings’ building operations primarily include rental income.

The Interest Earning Facility programs generated incremental revenues of $3.4 million in 2008 when compared with 2007 due to an increase in the average funds invested by our clearing firm members in these programs. Additionally, GFX trading gains increased by $1.5 million and $2.6 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, when compared with the prior years.

 

60


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     2008    2007    2006    Year-over-Year Change  

(dollars in millions)

            2008-2007     2007-2006  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 317.6    $ 263.3    $ 203.0    21 %   30 %

Communications

     52.3      43.5      31.6    20     38  

Technology support services

     59.6      50.5      31.2    18     62  

Professional fees and outside services

     71.9      53.1      33.2    35     60  

Amortization of purchased intangibles

     98.7      33.9      1.3    n.m.     n.m.  

Depreciation and amortization

     137.3      105.7      72.8    30     45  

Occupancy and building operations

     71.4      48.2      29.6    48     63  

Licensing and other fee agreements

     70.3      35.6      25.7    97     39  

Restructuring

     4.8      8.9      —      (46 )   n.m.  

Other

     94.9      61.5      40.1    54     53  
                                 

Total Expenses

   $ 978.8    $ 704.2    $ 468.5    39 %   50 %
                                 

n.m. not meaningful

Compensation and Benefits. Annual increases in compensation and benefits expense consisted primarily of the following:

 

     Year-over-Year Change

(in millions)

   2008-2007     2007-2006

Average headcount

   $ 45.5     $ 37.2

Stock-based compensation

     14.7       6.5

Change in average salaries, benefits and employer taxes

     7.3       3.8

Bonus

     (6.9 )     11.9

Non-qualified deferred compensation plan

     (10.4 )     0.3

 

   

Average headcount increased by 22% or about 380 employees in 2008 and 23% or about 320 employees in 2007. The increases resulted from the addition of approximately 400 employees in our merger with NYMEX Holdings and approximately 690 employees in our merger with CBOT Holdings, the impacts of which were partially offset by a restructuring program initiated in July 2007. Additionally, headcount increased by 50 employees as a result of the CMA acquisition in March 2008. As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we had approximately 2,300, 1,970 and 1,430 employees, respectively.

 

   

Stock-based compensation increased in 2008 due primarily to the accelerated vesting of stock options previously granted to NYMEX Holdings’ employees and the full impact of the expense related to the June 2007 grant. In 2007, stock-based compensation increased due to the full impact of the expense related to the options granted in June 2006 and additional expense related to the June 2007 grant. In addition, we recognized additional expense for the unvested stock options previously granted to CBOT Holdings’ employees.

 

   

The increase in average salaries, benefits and employer taxes in 2008 and 2007 is attributable primarily to salary increases and rising healthcare costs.

 

   

Bonus expense accrued under the provisions of our annual incentive plan decreased in 2008 due primarily to a decline in performance relative to our cash earnings target for the same period in 2007. Bonus expense increased in 2007 mostly as a result of a larger target pool due to growth in headcount when compared to 2006, improved performance of our company when compared with the cash earnings target and increased salary levels.

 

   

In 2008, increases were also partially offset by a reduction in our non-qualified deferred compensation plan liability, the impact of which does not affect net income because of an equal and offsetting change in investment income.

 

61


Table of Contents

Communications. Expense increased from 2006 through 2008 due primarily to the costs incurred to support metals products on e-CBOT and to provide ongoing customer connectivity. Continued growth in existing customer and data center connections and bandwidth upgrades also contributed to an increase in expense in 2007 when compared with 2006. The addition of the NYMEX trading operations in August 2008 did not have a material impact on expense in 2008. We expect a reduction in communication expense relative to current levels due to improved wide area network efficiencies and the sale of the CBOT metals trading products.

Technology Support Services. The increase in expense in 2008 is due to increases in software and hardware maintenance contracts, including the maintenance and support of the e-CBOT electronic trading platform, and increases in software. In 2007, there was an increase of approximately $15.1 million due primarily to the integration and support of the e-CBOT electronic trading platform. Additional investments in technology, including an upgrade to our network and mainframe system in 2006, led to increased maintenance costs as part of a planned system expansion to increase capacity for peak volumes of transactions processed electronically.

Professional Fees and Outside Services. The increases in technology-related and other professional fees, net of amounts capitalized for internally developed software from 2006 through 2008 were due primarily to consulting services used to supplement our merger integration efforts as well as non-capitalizable software development costs and expenses incurred to support our strategic initiatives. Temporary staffing and consulting services also contributed to the increase in 2008 due to infrastructure development, production support and various strategic initiatives.

Legal fees increased in 2008 due to class action lawsuits filed as a result of the NYMEX Holdings merger. The increase in legal fees in 2007 was due to litigation costs related to the LAMPERS and CBOE proceedings resulting from our merger with CBOT Holdings, as well as the ongoing antitrust suit filed by Eurex U.S.

Amortization of Purchased Intangibles. Intangible assets subject to amortization consist primarily of clearing firm relationships, market data customer relationships, the Dow Jones licensing agreement and lease-related intangibles. Amortization of purchased intangibles in 2006 relates to intangible assets obtained as a result of our business acquisition of Swapstream and our acquisition of assets from Liquidity Direct Technology, LLC.

The increase in expense from 2006 through 2008 is due primarily to intangible assets obtained in our mergers with CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings, completed in July 2007 and August 2008, respectively.

Depreciation and Amortization. The increase is due primarily to additional assets obtained in our mergers with CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings. We have shortened the useful lives of various technology-related and trading floor assets due to consolidation of electronic trading systems and trading floor operations of CBOT. In addition, we accelerated depreciation on certain NYMEX technology-related assets through December 2009.

Property additions are summarized below. Technology-related assets include purchases of computers and related equipment, software, the cost of developing internal use software and the build-out of our data centers. Total property additions increased in 2008 due to spending for the development of our new data center and the development of our Chicago office space. The decrease in technology-related assets as a percentage of total property additions is attributable to landlord tenant improvement allowances at buildings acquired in our CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings mergers.

 

     2008     2007     2006     Year-over-Year Change  

(dollars in millions)

         2008-2007     2007-2006  

Total property additions, including landlord-funded leasehold improvements

   $ 200.2     $ 163.7     $ 88.2     22 %   86 %

Technology-related assets as a percentage of total property additions

     72 %     77 %     90 %    

 

62


Table of Contents

Occupancy and Building Operations. In 2008, we acquired additional commercial real estate as part of our merger with NYMEX Holdings. Utilities, maintenance and real estate tax expense for these properties contributed to the increased expense in 2007. Rent expense also increased in 2008 due to additional office space in London, Hong Kong, India, Japan and Singapore. We also purchased a remote data center facility that resulted in an increased occupancy expense in 2008.

In August 2007, we renegotiated the leases for office space and former trading floor facilities at our headquarters. Under the terms of our new lease, which extends our occupancy through 2022, we will be reducing our rented space in 2009.

Licensing and Other Fee Agreements. In 2008, higher average daily trading volume for certain licensed products and additional royalty fees and broker rebates on NYMEX products contributed to additional expense when compared with 2007. In addition, licensing fees on E-mini S&P and on E-mini NASDAQ-100 products contributed to the increase in 2008. We renewed our exclusive product licensing agreement with Dow Jones in September 2007. The new agreement is effective from January 2008 through December 2014 and included an upfront payment as well as minimum annual payments. The upfront payment, which was negotiated in exchange for a reduced rate per contract, is being recognized in equal amounts each month over the term of the agreement.

Higher trading volume for licensed products, particularly E-mini S&P products, resulted in an increase in expense in 2007. Also contributing to the increase were licensing and market maker fees related to CBOT products. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in costs incurred under a fee sharing agreement with Singapore Exchange Limited (SGX).

Restructuring. This expense consists primarily of severance to transitional CBOT and NYMEX employees, severance to CME employees, retention bonuses and associated payroll taxes as well as outplacement costs and post-employment healthcare subsidies. The restructuring plan related to the CBOT Holdings merger, which was initiated in August 2007, was substantially complete by July 2008.

Other Expenses. Other expenses increased in 2008 when compared with 2007 due primarily to an $11.9 million goodwill impairment charge related to our Swapstream operations, $6.3 million of incremental marketing and advertising activities due to the CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings mergers, $3.7 million of in-process research and development costs related to our purchase of CMA, and $3.5 million in travel costs related to ongoing strategic initiatives. The increase in 2008 also reflects $3.8 million of unfavorable Brazilian currency fluctuations and a $2.3 million loss on the sale of CBOT metals trading products.

The increase in 2007 is attributable primarily to $8.0 million of marketing, advertising and public relations costs incurred as part of our global band campaign and efforts to redesign and expand our customer education programs. Also contributing to the increase was $6.3 million of settlement costs related to the LAMPERS class action lawsuit.

A higher level of general and administrative expenses resulting from our mergers also contributed to the increases in 2008 and 2007 expense.

Non-Operating Income (Expense)

 

     2008     2007     2006     Year-over-Year Change  

(dollars in millions)

         2008-2007     2007-2006  

Investment income

   $ 45.5     $ 73.2     $ 55.8     (38 )%   31 %

Impairment of long-term investment

     (274.5 )     —         —       n.m.     —    

Gains (losses) on derivative investments

     (8.1 )     (0.1 )     —       n.m.     n.m.  

Securities lending interest income

     38.3       121.5       94.0     (68 )   29  

Securities lending interest and other costs

     (51.7 )     (115.9 )     (92.5 )   55     (25 )

Interest and other borrowing costs

     (56.5 )     (3.6 )     (0.2 )   n.m.     n.m.  

Guarantee of exercise rights privileges

     12.8       (17.2 )     —       175     n.m.  

Equity in losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     (31.5 )     (14.0 )     (6.9 )   (125 )   n.m.  

Other income (expense)

     (8.5 )     —         —       n.m.     —    
                                    

Total Non-Operating Income (Expenses)

   $ (334.2 )   $ 43.9     $ 50.2     n.m.     (13 )%
                                    

n.m. not meaningful

 

63


Table of Contents

Investment Income. During 2008, investment income decreased due largely to the decline in market interest rates resulting from rate reductions by the Federal Open Market Committee during the year. The increase in investment income in 2007 when compared with 2006 was attributable primarily to the investment of additional cash generated from operations during the year as well as rising short-term interest rates. In late 2007, interest rates began to decline resulting in a decline in the investment income growth rate we had experienced earlier in the year.

Annualized average rates of return and average investment balances indicated in the table below include short-term investments classified as cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and the portion of the clearing firms’ cash performance bonds and security deposits that we chose to invest.

 

     2008     2007     2006     Year-over-Year Change  

(dollars in millions)

         2008-2007     2007-2006  

Annualized average rate of return

     2.51 %     4.46 %     4.16 %     (1.95 )%     0.30 %

Average investment balance

   $ 1,498.0     $ 1,563.9     $ 1,294.1     $ (65.9 )   $ 269.8  

Change in income due to balance

         $ (3.0 )   $ 11.3  

Change in income due to rate

           (29.2 )     4.7  

The analysis presented in the table above does not include the income (loss) on insurance contracts and marketable securities that are related to our non-qualified deferred compensation plans of $(8.2) million, $2.2 million and $1.9 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and $13.3 million of dividend income on our investment in BM&F stock for 2008.

Impairment of Long-Term Investment. All equity securities are assessed for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis, taking into consideration the magnitude and duration of the unrealized loss. As of December 31, 2008, we determined that our investment in BM&F was impaired due to an extended decline in the market price of BM&F stock. As a result, we recognized an impairment loss of $274.5 million. In February 2008, we exchanged 1.2 million shares of our Class A common stock to obtain our 101.1 million shares investment in BM&F. We are restricted from selling our BM&F shares until February 2012.

Gains (Losses) on Derivative Investments. The net loss on derivative contracts is due primarily to the change in fair value of the put option contract purchased to hedge our risk of changes in the fair value of BM&F stock resulting from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the Brazilian real. The change in fair value resulted in a loss of $5.9 million in 2008. Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc. (LBSF) was the sole counterparty to this option contract. On September 15, 2008, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (Lehman) filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. The bankruptcy filing of Lehman was an event of default that gave us the right to immediately terminate the put option agreement with LBSF. Under the terms of our agreement, the fair value of the put option was not required to be fully collateralized. Upon termination, we recognized a loss of $2.0 million due to the shortfall in collateralization.

In addition, during 2008, we entered into three interest rate swaps to hedge our risk of changes in interest payments on floating rate debt due to changes in the underlying benchmark rate. These hedges are expected to be highly effective. To the extent that there is ineffectiveness, we record a gain or loss on derivative investments during the period incurred. The impact of recognizing ineffectiveness was not material in 2008.

The financial statement impact of derivative financial instrument arrangements in effect during 2006 and 2007 was immaterial.

Securities Lending Income and Expense. Our securities lending program was curtailed, and at times suspended during 2008 due to high volatility in the credit markets and extreme demand for U.S. Treasury securities. This resulted in a decline in the average daily balance of funds invested in 2008 when compared with 2007. The increase in spread between the average rate earned and the average rate paid during 2008 was due to the combination of an increase in demand for U.S. Treasury securities, which affects the rate paid, and a lag effect from changing interest rates on the reinvested cash in money market funds, which affects the rate earned. The decrease in 2008 overall revenue and expense is attributable to the decline in average funds invested as well as the Federal Open Market Committee’s interest rate reductions.

 

64


Table of Contents

Despite a temporary suspension of the securities lending program in 2007, we were able to expand lending relationships to include additional banks resulting in an increase in the average daily balance of funds invested when compared with 2006. The spread between the average rate earned and the average rate paid increased during 2007 due to the combined effect of changes in the federal discount rate, which correlates closely with the interest expense, and an increase in market demand for the securities we had available to lend through this program

 

     2008     2007     2006     Year-over-Year Change  

(dollars in billions)

         2008-2007     2007-2006  

Average daily balance of funds invested

   $ 0.9     $ 2.3     $ 1.9     $ (1.4 )   $ 0.4  

Annualized average rate earned

     3.40 %     5.27 %     5.01 %     (1.87 )%     0.26 %

Annualized average rate paid

     2.77       5.03       4.91       (2.26 )     0.12  

Net earned from securities lending

     0.63 %     0.24 %     0.10 %     0.39 %     0.14 %

The analysis presented in the table above does not reflect:

 

   

An impairment loss of $6.0 million recognized in 2008. The loss was related to a money market mutual fund with investments in short-term corporate debt securities which are currently in default.

 

   

Securities lending activity attributable to NYMEX. Securities lending interest income, net of interest expense and bank fees, from NYMEX ongoing securities lending activities was $5.1 million for the period subsequent to the merger. We also recognized an impairment loss of $18.3 million on a corporate debt security held in the NYMEX securities lending portfolio.

Interest and Other Borrowing Costs. In 2008, interest and other borrowing costs increased due largely to higher average debt levels outstanding as a result of debt issued in August 2008 in conjunction with the NYMEX Holdings merger. These borrowings consisted of commercial paper and longer-termed fixed and floating rate notes. Weighted average borrowings outstanding during 2008 were $1.3 billion. The weighted average rate and weighted average effective yield, including debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discount, was 3.66% and 4.28%, respectively, in 2008. The weighted average balance of commercial paper outstanding in 2007 was $64.2 million. The weighted average rate and weighted average effective yield was 4.95% and 4.98% for 2007, respectively. We did not have any debt outstanding during 2006.

Guarantee of Exercise Right Privileges. Under the terms of our merger with CBOT Holdings, holders that did not elect to sell their ERPs to us were entitled to a minimum guaranteed payment of up to $250,000 upon resolution of the lawsuit between CBOT and CBOE. In December 2008, a settlement hearing for the ERP litigation was held. However, a final ruling has not been made. Our liability under the guarantee, which is recorded at fair value in other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, was estimated as $1.2 million and $14.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in the fair value was due to a reassessment of the possible outcomes of the litigation. We will continue to adjust the fair value of the guarantee on a quarterly basis until the lawsuit is resolved.

Equity in Losses of Unconsolidated Subsidiaries. The 2008 increase in this account was due primarily to our decision to terminate our investment in FXMS, our joint venture with Reuters, which was established in the second half of 2006. As a result, we wrote off $15.9 million, the full amount of our existing investment in FXMS and our portion of the remaining capital needed to wind down operations. Since forming the venture, we have recorded $30.3 million, excluding the amount written off, for our share of losses from operations related to this investment.

Other Non-operating Expense. This expense is attributable primarily to transfer and other transaction fees related to our acquisition of an equity stake in BM&F in the first quarter of 2008.

Income Tax Provision

The effective tax rate increased to 42.7% in 2008 compared with 39.9% in 2007 and 39.4% in 2006. The increase was driven primarily by an increase in our state and local tax rate due to our merger with NYMEX Holdings in August 2008, including a charge of $48.3 million to record the impact of our new combined state and local tax rate on our existing net deferred tax liabilities. The increase in our net deferred tax liabilities was partially offset by a first quarter benefit from

 

65


Table of Contents

an Illinois tax law change that resulted in a $38.6 million reduction in net deferred tax liabilities. In addition, our 2008 effective tax rate was unfavorably impacted by an increase in our accrual for uncertain tax positions related to state and local tax exposures, a reduced benefit as compared with the prior year related to our tax-advantaged securities and the non-deductibility of goodwill and intangible asset impairment for Swapstream that was recorded in the third quarter of 2008. The increase in the effective tax rate from 2006 to 2007 was due primarily to the inability to recognize the benefit of net operating losses generated by Swapstream’s operations.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash Requirements

Until we began our commercial paper program in mid-2007, we historically met our funding requirements through operations. While our cost structure is primarily fixed in the short term, our sources of operating cash are largely dependent on trading volume levels. We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to cover our working capital needs, capital expenditures, and other commitments. However it is possible that we may need to raise additional funds to finance our activities through future public debt offerings or by borrowing money from financial institutions.

Cash will also be required for operating leases and non-cancelable purchase obligations as well as commitments reflected as liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008. These commitments are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year

   Operating
Leases
   Purchase
Obligations
   Other
Liabilities
   Total (a)

2009

   $ 19,351    $ 13,623    $ 1,217    $ 34,191

2010-2011

     42,726      22,173      —        64,899

2012-2013

     36,454      10,000      —        46,454

Thereafter

     144,561      4,000      —        148,561
                           

Total

   $ 243,092    $ 49,796    $ 1,217    $ 294,105
                           

 

(a) Gross unrecognized tax liabilities of $28.3 million determined under FIN No. 48 are not included in the commitment table due to uncertainty about the date of their settlement.

Future capital expenditures for technology are anticipated as we continue to support our growth through investment in increased system capacity and performance and through technological initiatives on our electronic trading platforms. Each year capital expenditures are incurred for improvements to and expansion of our offices, remote data centers, telecommunications capabilities and other operating equipment. We expect 2009 capital expenditures to total between $200.0 million and $225.0 million, excluding leasehold improvements for our office space that will be funded with landlord allowances. Anticipated expenditures for 2009 include approximately $75.0 million of data center build-out costs related primarily to our new data center. However, we continue to monitor capital expenditures and may revise our expected capital expenditures throughout 2009 if necessary.

We intend to continue to pay a regular quarterly dividend to our shareholders. The decision to pay a dividend, however, remains within the discretion of our board of directors and may be affected by various factors, including our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, levels of indebtedness and other considerations our board of directors deems relevant. In 2008, our dividend target remained at approximately 30% of the prior year’s cash earnings. For 2009, our annual dividend target will remain at approximately 30% of 2008 cash earnings. On February 4, 2009, the board of directors declared a regular quarterly dividend of $1.15 per share payable on March 25, 2009, to shareholders of record on March 10, 2009. Assuming no changes in the number of shares outstanding, the March 2009 dividend payment will total approximately $76.4 million.

Sources and Uses of Cash

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.2 billion in 2008 compared with $814.4 million in 2007. Net cash provided by operating activities increased due primarily to increased profitability excluding impairment charges. For 2008, net cash provided by operating activities was $481.7 million higher than net income. This increase consisted primarily of an impairment charge of $274.5 million on our investment in BM&F, $137.3 million of depreciation and amortization, $98.7 million of amortization of purchased intangibles and an $81.3 million decrease in accounts receivable. Accounts

 

66


Table of Contents

receivable in any period result primarily from the clearing and transaction fees billed in the last month of the reporting period. These were partially offset by a $115.1 million increase in deferred tax liabilities and a $101.1 million decrease in current liabilities. The increase in deferred tax liabilities was due primarily to the impact of the impairment of our investment in BM&F on our U.S. tax provision. The increase in other current liabilities is due primarily to an increase in interest payable related to an increase in debt levels as well an increase in accrued restructuring related to our merger with NYMEX Holdings.

Cash used in investing activities was $3.7 billion in 2008 compared with $78.6 million in 2007. The increase in cash used in 2008 when compared with 2007 is due primarily to cash paid to shareholders in our merger with NYMEX Holdings of $2.8 billion, net of cash received and a payment of $612.0 million for the purchase of certain NYMEX membership rights in conjunction with the merger.

Cash provided by financing activities was $2.0 billion in 2008 compared with cash used in financing activities of $859.9 million in 2007. The increase in cash provided relative to the prior year was due primarily to proceeds from debt issuances net of maturities of $1.6 billion and an increase in proceeds from our commercial paper program net of maturities of $1.2 billion. The increase in debt issuance during 2008 was primarily attributable to the merger with NYMEX Holdings.

Debt Instruments

On August 12, 2008, CME Group completed a public debt offering of $1.3 billion, including $250.0 million of floating rate notes due in 2009, $300.0 million of floating rate notes due in 2010 and $750.0 million 5.40% fixed rate notes due in 2013. The floating rate notes due in 2009 and 2010 accrue interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 0.20% and LIBOR plus 0.65%, respectively. The proceeds from the debt issuance were used to finance the merger with NYMEX Holdings.

On August 22, 2008, we entered into a $1.4 billion senior credit facility with various financial institutions, which includes a term loan of $420.5 million and a revolving credit facility of $995.5 million. We may, at our option, so long as we are not in default under the senior credit facility, increase the facility from time to time by an aggregate amount of up to $1.1 billion to a total of $2.1 billion of revolving loans with only the consent of the agent and the lenders providing the additional funds. Proceeds from the senior credit facility were used to pay fees and expenses and finance the merger with NYMEX Holdings, to pay fees and expenses in connection with the refinancing of existing debt of NYMEX Holdings, to finance dividends and stock repurchases, as well as to support issuances of commercial paper.

In addition, we entered into a $1.3 billion 364-day revolving bridge facility with various financial institutions on August 22, 2008. The proceeds from the loan were used to finance costs associated with the merger. This facility can also serve as a back-up facility for commercial paper and can be used to finance dividends and stock repurchases. We borrowed $187.0 million against the revolving loan facility during the year and repaid the outstanding debt by the end of the year.

On February 10, 2009, we completed a public debt offering of $750.0 million of 5.75% fixed rate notes due in 2014. The net proceeds from the offering were used to repay any outstanding commercial paper borrowings that were backstopped by the 364-day revolving bridge facility. The remaining net proceeds from the offering will be used for general corporate purposes. We terminated the bridge facility on February 10, 2009.

After the termination of the bridge facility, we have excess borrowing capacity for general corporate purposes of approximately $0.2 billion.

We maintain a 364-day revolving line of credit with a consortium of banks to be used in certain situations by our clearing house. The line of credit provides for borrowings of up to $600.0 million. This line of credit is collateralized by clearing firm security deposits held by us in the form of U.S. Treasury or agency securities, as well as security deposit funds in the IEFs and any performance bond deposits of a clearing firm that has defaulted on its obligation. The line of credit can only be drawn on to the extent it is collateralized. At December 31, 2008, security deposit collateral available was $2.1 billion. We have the option to request an increase in the line from $600.0 million to $1.0 billion with the participating banks’ approval.

As of December 31, 2008, we maintained an AA long-term credit rating and an A1+ short-term credit rating with Standard & Poor’s. We maintained an Aa3 long-term credit rating and a P1 short-term credit rating with Moody’s Investor Service (Moody’s). The outlook for our ratings is considered stable by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. We expect to maintain an investment grade rating given our ability to pay down debt levels and refinance existing debt facilities if necessary. If our ratings are downgraded due to a change in control which results in a downgrade below investment grade, we are required to make an offer to repurchase our fixed and floating rate notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, our senior credit facility and revolving line of credit also require that we maintain a specified minimum net worth. As of December 31, 2008, we are in compliance with the various covenant requirements of all our debt facilities.

 

67


Table of Contents

To satisfy our performance bond obligation with SGX, we pledge CME-owned U.S. Treasury securities in lieu of, or in combination with, irrevocable letters of credit. At December 31, 2008, the letters of credit totaled $33.0 million. In addition, we had pledged securities with a fair value of $283.8 million at December 31, 2008.

CME also guarantees a $5.0 million standby letter of credit for GFX. The beneficiary of the letter of credit is the clearing firm that is used by GFX to execute and maintain its futures position. The letter of credit would be utilized in the event GFX defaults in meeting performance bond requirements to its clearing firm.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2008, we did not have any significant off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Liquidity and Cash Management

Cash and cash equivalents totaled $297.9 million at December 31, 2008 and $845.3 million at December 31, 2007. The balance retained in cash and cash equivalents is a function of anticipated or possible short-term cash needs, prevailing interest rates, our investment policy and alternative investment choices. In June 2008, we approved a repurchase of up to $1.1 billion of CME Group Class A common stock. Effective January 2009, we have temporarily suspended this program to devote our excess free cash flow to debt reduction.

Our practice is to have our pension plan 100% funded at each year end on a projected benefit obligation basis, while also satisfying any minimum required contribution and obtaining the maximum tax deduction. Based on our actuarial projections, we estimate that a $5.0 million contribution in 2009 will allow us to meet our funding goal. However, the amount of the actual contribution is contingent on the actual rate of return on our plan assets during 2009.

Net current deferred tax assets of $95.5 million and $18.4 million are included in other current assets at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Net current deferred tax assets result primarily from unrealized losses, stock-based compensation and accrued expenses.

Net long-term deferred tax liabilities were $7.7 billion and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Net deferred tax liabilities are primarily the result of purchase accounting for intangible assets in our mergers with CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings.

We have a long-term deferred tax asset included within our domestic long-term deferred tax liability of $144.9 million for an unrealized capital loss incurred in Brazil related to our investment in BM&F. As of December 31, 2008, we do not believe that we currently meet the more-likely-than-not threshold that would allow us to fully realize the value of the unrealized capital loss. As a result, a partial valuation allowance of $24.7 million has been provided for the amount of the unrealized capital loss that exceeds potential capital gains that could be used to offset the capital loss in future periods. We also have a long-term deferred tax asset related to Brazilian taxes of $128.1 million for a net operating loss and an unrealized capital loss incurred in Brazil related to our investment in BM&F. A full valuation allowance of $128.1 million has been provided because we do not believe that we currently meet the more-likely-than-not threshold that would allow us to realize the value of the net operating loss or the unrealized capital loss in Brazil in the future.

Net long-term deferred tax assets also include a $15.5 million deferred tax asset for acquired and accumulated net operating losses related to Swapstream. Since Swapstream has not yet developed a pattern of operating income, our assessment at December 31, 2008 is that we do not believe that we currently meet the more-likely-than-not threshold that would allow us to realize the value of acquired and accumulated foreign net operating losses in the future. As a result, the $15.5 million deferred tax benefit arising from these net operating losses has been fully reserved.

Each clearing firm is required to deposit and maintain a specified performance bond balance, which is determined by parameters established by the risk management department of the clearing house and may fluctuate over time. Performance bond requirements can be satisfied with a variety of approved investments and cash. Cash performance bonds and security deposits are included in our consolidated balance sheets. With the exception of the portion of securities deposited that are utilized in our securities lending program, clearing firm deposits, other than those retained in the form of cash, are not included in our consolidated balance sheets. Securities lending transactions utilize a portion of the securities that clearing firms have deposited to satisfy their proprietary performance bond requirements. Securities lending activity fluctuates based on the amount of securities that clearing firms have deposited and the

 

68


Table of Contents

demand for securities lending activity in the particular securities available to us. As a result of these factors, the balances in cash performance bonds and security deposits, as well as the balances in our securities lending program, may fluctuate significantly over time. The performance bonds and security deposits for NYMEX clearing firms have been included in total performance bonds and security deposits subsequent to the merger with NYMEX Holdings in August 2008.

Cash performance bonds and security deposits and collateral from securities lending consisted of the following at December 31:

 

(in millions)

   2008    2007

Cash performance bonds

   $ 17,296    $ 799

Cash security deposits

     152      19

Cross-margin arrangements

     204      —  

Performance collateral for delivery

     1      15
             

Total Cash Performance Bonds and Security Deposits

     17,653      833

Collateral from securities lending activity

     427      2,862
             

Total

   $ 18,080    $ 3,695
             

We are required under the Commodity Exchange Act to segregate cash and securities deposited by clearing firms on behalf of customers. In addition, our exchange rules require a segregation of all funds and securities deposited by clearing firms from exchange operating funds and marketable securities. As with cash performance bonds and security deposits, these balances will fluctuate due to the investment choices available to clearing firms and the change in total deposits required. Securities, at fair value, and IEF funds were deposited for the following purposes at December 31:

 

(in millions)

   2008    2007

Performance bonds

   $ 96,220    $ 57,166

Security deposits

     1,998      1,440

Cross-margin arrangements

     188      486

Performance collateral for delivery

     4      50
             

Total

   $ 98,410    $ 59,142
             

In order to determine the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, we use the three-level framework established by SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” In general, we use quoted prices in active markets for identical assets to determine fair values of the investments within marketable securities, securities lending collateral and other equity investments. The Level 1 investments include U.S. Treasury securities, exchange traded mutual funds, repurchase agreements and publicly traded equity securities. If quoted prices are not available to determine fair value, we use other inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly. Investments included in Level 2 consist primarily of U.S. Government agency securities, municipal bonds, asset-backed securities and certain corporate bonds. Level 3 assets include certain corporate bonds and asset-backed securities. These assets have been valued using valuation models with inputs that are both observable and unobservable. The unobservable inputs used in these models are significant to the fair value of the investments and require management’s judgment.

We determine the fair value of the derivative contracts using standard valuation models that are based on market-based observable inputs including forward and spot exchange rates and interest rate curves. Level 2 derivative assets include interest rate swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts.

The fair value of the liability for the guarantee of ERPs is derived using probability-weighted Black-Scholes option values for various scenarios. The liability is included in Level 3 because management uses significant unobservable inputs including probability, expected return and volatility factors to determine the fair value.

Financial assets and liabilities recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the asset or liability’s fair value measurement.

 

69


Table of Contents

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:

 

(in thousands)

   Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total
Assets at Fair Value:            

Marketable securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 284,842    $ —      $ —      $ 284,842

Mutual funds

     17,182      —        —        17,182

Municipal bonds

     —        5,278      —        5,278

U.S. Government agency securities

     —        2,751      —        2,751

Equity investments

     24      —        —        24
                           

Total

     302,048      8,029      —        310,077

Securities lending collateral:

           

Corporate bonds

     —        400,572      —        400,572

Asset-backed securities

     —        6,507      1,509      8,016

Repurchase agreements

     18,370      —        —        18,370
                           

Total

     18,370      407,079      1,509      426,958

Equity investments

     47,659      —        —        47,659
                           
Total Assets at Fair Value    $ 368,077    $ 415,108    $ 1,509    $ 784,694
                           

Liabilities at Fair Value:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

   $ —      $ 33,144    $ —      $ 33,144

Guarantee of CBOE ERPs

     —        —        1,159      1,159
                           
Total Liabilities at Fair Value    $ —      $ 33,144    $ 1,159    $ 34,303
                           

The following is a reconciliation of assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during 2008.

 

(in thousands)

   Securities
Lending
Collateral
    Foreign
Currency
Option
    Guarantee
of
CBOE
ERPs
 

Fair value of assets (liabilities) at January 1, 2008

   $ —       $ —       $ (13,983 )

Purchases and issuances

     22,536       45,195       —    

Transfers in (out) of Level 3

     6,000       —         —    

Realized and unrealized gains (losses):

      

Included in non-operating income (expense)

     (24,380 )     (7,894 )     12,824  

Included in other comprehensive income (loss)

     (629 )     —         —    

Settlements

     (2,018 )     (37,301 )     —    
                        

Fair value of assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2008

   $ 1,509     $ —       $ (1,159 )
                        

Total unrealized gains and (losses) related to financial assets and liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2008

   $ (629 )   $ —       $ 12,824  
                        

Due to market conditions, we revalued a money market mutual fund investment within CME’s securities lending collateral using unobservable inputs during the third quarter of 2008. A financial institution defaulted on its obligation to the fund in the third quarter resulting in a decline in the fund’s market value. We considered our exposure to potential loss due to the default and our ability to hold the investment in determining the fair value of the investment. As a result of the revaluation, we recorded an impairment charge of $6.0 million in securities lending interest and other costs during the year as the decline in value was determined to be other-than-temporary. This investment was transferred into Level 3 during the year because its fair value is based on management’s best estimate.

 

70


Table of Contents

As a result of the merger with NYMEX Holdings in August 2008, we acquired the collateral portfolio for the NYMEX securities lending program. At December 31, 2008, one corporate debt security in the portfolio was determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired due to default by the issuers. We recorded an impairment charge of $18.3 million in the securities lending interest and other costs during the year. These investments are included as purchases in Level 3 as they were acquired as part of the merger. In addition, we have categorized certain asset-backed securities in the NYMEX securities lending portfolio in Level 3 because their fair value was estimated using valuation models with unobservable inputs.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are subject to various market risks, including those caused by changes in interest rates, credit, foreign currency exchange rates, and equity prices.

Interest Rate Risk

In conjunction with our NYMEX Holdings merger, in August 2008, we entered into multiple credit facilities. As a result, debt outstanding at December 31, 2008 consisted of fixed rate borrowings of $2.2 billion and variable rate borrowings of $1.0 billion. Commercial paper is included in fixed rate borrowings; however, because maturities for commercial paper are generally less than 90 days, it is considered subject to interest rate fluctuations. Borrowings subject to variable interest rate fluctuations were as follows as of December 31, 2008:

 

(dollars in thousands)

   Balance    Weighted Average
Interest Rate
 

Commercial Paper

   $ 1,498,549    2.61 %

Floating rate notes due August 2009 (1)

     249,850    3.01  

Floating rate notes due August 2010 (2)

     299,520    3.46  

Term loan due August 2011(3)

     420,500    4.48  
         

Total debt subject to variable interest fluctuations

   $ 2,468,419   
         

 

(1) The 2009 notes bear interest at a floating rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 0.20% per year. In October 2008, we entered into an interest-rate swap agreement that modifies the variable interest obligation associated with these notes so that the interest payable on the notes effectively becomes fixed at a rate of 3.12% beginning with the interest accrued after November 6, 2008.
(2) The 2010 notes bear interest at a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 0.65% per year. In September 2008, we entered into an interest-rate swap agreement that modifies the variable interest obligation associated with these notes so that the interest payable on the notes effectively becomes fixed at a rate of 3.92% beginning with the interest accrued after November 6, 2008.
(3) The term loan bears interest at a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.00% per year. In September 2008, we entered into an interest-rate swap agreement that modifies the variable interest obligation associated with this facility so that the interest payable effectively becomes fixed at a rate of 4.72% beginning with the interest accrued after October 22, 2008.

Credit Risk

Our clearing house acts as the counterparty to all trades consummated on or through our exchange or on third-party exchanges for which we provide clearing services. As a result, we are exposed to significant credit risk of third parties, including our clearing firms. We are also exposed, indirectly, to the credit risk of customers of our clearing firms. These parties may default on their obligations due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons.

In order to ensure performance, we establish and monitor financial requirements for our clearing firms. We set minimum performance bond requirements for our traded products. We typically hold performance bond collateral to cover at least 95% of price changes for a given product within a given historical period. Our clearing house marks-to-market all open positions at least twice a day, and more often if market volatility warrants; providing both participants in a transaction with an accounting of their financial obligations under the contract. This allows our clearing house to

 

71


Table of Contents

identify quickly any clearing firms that may not be able to satisfy the financial obligations resulting from changes in the prices of their open contracts before those financial obligations become exceptionally large and jeopardize the ability of our clearing house to ensure performance of their open positions. This transparency makes it difficult for traders to hide losses or disguise unusual profits.

Although we have policies and procedures to help ensure that our clearing firms can satisfy their obligations, these policies and procedures may not succeed in detecting problems or preventing defaults. We also have in place various measures intended to enable us to cover any default and maintain liquidity. In the unlikely event of a payment default by a clearing firm, we would first apply assets of that clearing firm to cover its payment obligation. These assets include security deposits, performance bonds and any other available assets, such as the proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock and trading rights (at CME, CBOT, NYMEX and COMEX) of the clearing firm and the Class B common stock for CME clearing firms owned by or assigned to the clearing firm. In addition, we would make a demand for payment pursuant to any applicable guarantee provided to the exchange by the parent of a clearing firm. Thereafter, if the payment default remains unsatisfied, we would use our surplus funds, security deposits of other clearing firms and funds collected through an assessment against all other solvent clearing firms to satisfy the deficit. We maintain a committed $600.0 million 364-day revolving line of credit with a consortium of banks. We have the option to increase the facility from $600.0 million to $1.0 billion subject to approval by the banks providing the additional commitments. We are required to post additional collateral in connection with any such increase. This line of credit may also be utilized if there is a temporary disruption with the domestic payments system that would delay settlement payments between our clearing house and clearing firms. The credit agreement requires us to pledge clearing firm security deposits held by us in the form of U.S. Treasury or agency securities, as well as security deposit funds in our second IEF program to the line of credit custodian prior to drawing on the line. Performance bond collateral of a defaulting clearing firm may also be used to secure a draw on the line.

The following shows the available assets of our clearing house at December 31, 2008 in the event of a payment default by a clearing firm:

 

(in millions)

   CME Clearing House
Available Assets

Aggregate Performance Bond Deposits by All Clearing Firms (1)

   $ 116,064

CME Surplus Funds (2)

     57

Security Deposits of Clearing Firms (3)

     1,751

Limited Assessment Powers (4)

     4,816
      

Minimum Total Assets Available for Default (5)

   $ 6,624

 

(1) Aggregate performance bond deposits by all clearing firms includes cash performance bond deposits of $17.3 billion and the value assigned by our exchange for securities deposited to satisfy performance bond requirements. This assigned value for securities is generally less than the market value of the securities deposited. In the event of a default, we also have the ability to use the membership shares pledged by members.
(2) CME surplus funds represent the amount of CME’s working capital reduced by an amount necessary to support CME’s short-term operations.
(3) Security deposits of clearing firms include security deposits required of clearing firms, but do not include any excess deposits held by our exchange at the direction of the clearing firms.
(4) In the event of a clearing firm default, if a loss continues to exist after the utilization of the assets of the defaulted firm, our surplus funds and the security deposits of non-defaulting firms, we have the right to assess all non-defaulting clearing members up to 2.75 times their existing security deposit requirements.
(5) Represents the aggregate minimum resources available to satisfy any obligations not met by a defaulting firm able to clear CME, CBOT and NYMEX products subsequent to the liquidation of the defaulting firm’s performance bond collateral.

Despite these safeguards, we cannot assure you that these measures will be sufficient to protect us from a default or that we will not be materially and adversely affected in the event of a significant default.

 

72


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

Although our foreign operations have expanded as a result of recent business combinations, our exposure to foreign exchange rate risk resulting from ongoing foreign operations is not expected to be material to our financial condition or operating results.

We are also exposed to foreign exchange rate risk related to the equity investments noted under Equity Price Risk. Any foreign currency rate risk related to these investments is reflected in the unrealized loss presented in the table below.

Equity Price Risk

We hold certain investments in equity securities for strategic purposes. Investments subject to equity price risks are generally recorded as available for sale at their fair value. Equity securities whose sale is restricted for greater than 12 months are carried at original cost, net of impairment charges, until the restriction is within 12 months of expiration at which time they are recorded at fair value.

Fair values are based on quoted market prices or management’s estimates of fair value as of the balance sheet dates. Fair values are subject to fluctuation and, consequently, the amount realized in the subsequent sale of an investment may differ significantly from its current reported value. Fluctuation in the market price of a security may result from perceived changes in the underlying economic characteristics of the issuer, the relative price of alternative investments and general market conditions.

The table below summarizes our publicly-traded equity investments at December 31, 2008. Equity investments are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

(in millions)

   Original
Cost
   Fair
Value
   Carrying
Value
   Unrealized
Loss,
Net of Tax

BM&F BOVESPA S.A. (1) (2)

   $ 631,394    $ 262,905    $ 262,905    $ —  

TSX Group Inc. (3)

     45,988      29,054      29,054      10,276

IMAREX ASA (3)

     41,381      18,605      18,605      13,821

 

(1) In conjunction with the purchase of this investment, we entered into a put option contract to limit our exposure to foreign currency rate risk due to changes in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Brazilian real. On September 15, 2008, the counterparty to this option contract was in default and the option contract was terminated. We have not re-established the hedge as of this time.
(2) In February 2008, we exchanged 1.2 million shares of Class A common stock for 101.1 million shares in BM&F. The company may not sell its shares in BM&F for four years after the purchase date. As a result, BM&F stock is reported in other assets at original cost less impairment loss until within 12 months of the restriction lapsing, after which time the stock will be accounted for as an available-for-sale security.
(3) This investment was acquired in August 2008 as part of our merger with NYMEX Holdings.

We do not currently hedge against equity price risk. All equity securities are assessed for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis. An assessment of whether a security is other-than-temporarily impaired takes into consideration the magnitude and duration of the unrealized loss. At December 31, 2008, we determined that our investment in BM&F was impaired. We recorded impairment of $368.4 million, of which $274.5 million was recognized as an impairment loss in 2008 earnings. The remaining $93.9 million of impairment, which is related to changes in the foreign currency exchange rate, was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). We determined that our other equity investments were not impaired at December 31, 2008.

 

73


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

CME GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

       December 31,  

(in thousands, except per share data)

   2008     2007  
Assets     

Current Assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 297,895     $ 845,312  

Collateral from securities lending, at fair value

     426,958       2,862,026  

Marketable securities available for sale, including pledged securities of $283,842 and $100,061

     310,077       203,308  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,815 and $1,392

     234,001       187,487  

Other current assets

     189,084       55,900  

Cash performance bonds and security deposits

     17,653,513       833,022  
                

Total current assets

     19,111,528       4,987,055  

Property, net

     707,215       377,452  

Intangible assets – trading products

     16,982,000       7,987,000  

Intangible assets – other, net

     3,369,373       1,796,789  

Goodwill

     7,519,209       5,049,211  

Other assets

     469,329       108,690  
                
Total Assets    $ 48,158,654     $ 20,306,197  
                
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity     
Current Liabilities:     

Accounts payable

   $ 71,012     $ 58,965  

Payable under securities lending agreements

     456,833       2,862,026  

Short-term debt

     249,850       164,435  

Other current liabilities

     211,767       157,615  

Cash performance bonds and security deposits

     17,653,513       833,022  
                

Total current liabilities

     18,642,975       4,076,063  

Long-term debt

     2,966,079       —    

Deferred tax liabilities

     7,728,286       3,848,240  

Other liabilities

     132,745       76,257  
                

Total Liabilities

     29,470,085       8,000,560  
                

Shareholders’ Equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 9,860 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

     —         —    

Series A junior participating preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 140 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

     —         —    

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 66,417 and 53,278 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

     664       533  

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value, 3 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Additional paid-in capital

     17,128,451       10,688,766  

Retained earnings

     1,719,733       1,619,440  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (160,279 )     (3,102 )
                

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     18,688,569       12,305,637  
                
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity    $ 48,158,654     $ 20,306,197  
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

74


Table of Contents

CME GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except per share data)

   2008     2007     2006  

Revenues

      

Clearing and transaction fees

   $ 2,115,366     $ 1,427,320     $ 866,089  

Quotation data fees

     279,533       145,054       80,836  

Processing services

     54,073       106,404       90,148  

Access and communication fees

     43,618       36,511       29,021  

Other

     68,429       40,812       23,853  
                        

Total Revenues

     2,561,019       1,756,101       1,089,947  
                        
Expenses       

Compensation and benefits

     317,554       263,347       202,966  

Communications

     52,339       43,471       31,580  

Technology support services

     59,611       50,480       31,226  

Professional fees and outside services

     71,944       53,142       33,184  

Amortization of purchased intangibles

     98,682       33,878       1,267  

Depreciation and amortization

     137,341       105,653       72,783  

Occupancy and building operations

     71,388       48,202       29,614  

Licensing and other fee agreements

     70,259       35,651       25,728  

Restructuring

     4,839       8,892       —    

Other

     94,867       61,477       40,136  
                        

Total Expenses

     978,824       704,193       468,484  
                        

Operating Income

     1,582,195       1,051,908       621,463  
Non-Operating Income (Expense)       

Investment income

     45,514       73,157       55,792  

Impairment of long-term investment

     (274,507 )     —         —    

Gains (losses) on derivative investments

     (8,148 )     (98 )     —    

Securities lending interest income

     38,323       121,494       94,028  

Securities lending interest and other costs

     (51,722 )     (115,868 )     (92,488 )

Interest and other borrowing costs

     (56,501 )     (3,629 )     (223 )

Guarantee of exercise right privileges

     12,824       (17,167 )     —    

Equity in losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     (31,556 )     (13,995 )     (6,915 )

Other income (expense)

     (8,458 )     —         —    
                        

Total Non-Operating

     (334,231 )     43,894       50,194  
                        

Income Before Income Taxes

     1,247,964       1,095,802       671,657  

Income tax provision

     532,478       437,269       264,309  
                        

Net Income

   $ 715,486     $ 658,533     $ 407,348  
                        
Earnings per Common Share:       

Basic

   $ 12.18     $ 15.05     $ 11.74  

Diluted

     12.13       14.93       11.60  
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares:       

Basic

     58,738       43,754       34,696  

Diluted

     58,967       44,107       35,124  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

75


Table of Contents

CME GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

   Class A
Common
Stock
(Shares)
    Class B
Common
Stock
(Shares)
   Common
Stock and
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2005

   34,545     3    $ 325,193     $ 796,398     $ (2,907 )   $ 1,118,684  

Comprehensive Income:

             

Net income

            407,348         407,348  

Change in net unrealized loss on securities, net of tax of $842

              1,276       1,276  

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $284

              431       431  
                   

Total comprehensive income

                409,055  

Adjustment to initially adopt SFAS No. 158, net of tax of $1,174

              (1,779 )     (1,779 )

Sale of membership shares by OneChicago, LLC, net of tax of $1,717

          2,603           2,603  

Cash dividends on common stock of $2.52 per share

            (87,537 )       (87,537 )

Exercise of stock options

   279          15,422           15,422  

Excess tax benefits from option exercises and restricted stock vesting

          43,882           43,882  

Vesting of issued restricted Class A common stock

   7             

Shares issued to Board of Directors

   3          1,393           1,393  

Shares issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan

   2          1,010           1,010  

Stock-based compensation

          16,359           16,359  
                                           

Balance at December 31, 2006

   34,836     3    $ 405,862     $ 1,116,209     $ (2,979 )   $ 1,519,092  

Cumulative effect of adopting FIN No. 48

            (3,720 )       (3,720 )
                                           

Balance at January 1, 2007

   34,836     3    $ 405,862     $ 1,112,489     $ (2,979 )   $ 1,515,372  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

            658,533         658,533  

Change in net unrealized loss on securities, net of tax $1,232

              1,854       1,854  

Change in net actuarial loss on defined benefit plans, net of tax of $1,570

              (2,363 )     (2,363 )

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $259

              386       386  
                   

Total comprehensive income

                658,410  

Cash dividends on common stock of $3.44 per share

            (151,582 )       (151,582 )

Common stock and stock options issued to complete CBOT Holdings merger, including stock issuance costs

   19,816          11,126,141           11,126,141  

Repurchase of Class A common stock

   (1,695 )        (950,642 )         (950,642 )

Exercise of stock options

   309          39,113           39,113  

Excess tax benefits from option exercises and restricted stock vesting

          42,541           42,541  

Vesting of issued restricted Class A common stock

   6             

Shares issued to Board of Directors

   4          2,143           2,143  

Shares issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan

   2          1,295           1,295  

Stock-based compensation

          22,846           22,846  
                                           

Balance at December 31, 2007

   53,278     3    $ 10,689,299     $ 1,619,440     $ (3,102 )   $ 12,305,637  

 

76


Table of Contents

CME GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (continued)

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

   Class A
Common
Stock
(Shares)
    Class B
Common
Stock
(Shares)
   Common
Stock and
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2008

   53,278     3    $ 10,689,299     $ 1,619,440     $ (3,102 )   $ 12,305,637  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

            715,486         715,486  

Change in net unrealized gain on securities, net of tax of $16,387

              (25,281 )     (25,281 )

Change in net actuarial loss on defined benefit plans, net of tax of $10,361

              (15,429 )     (15,429 )

Change in net unrealized loss on derivatives, net of tax of $13,476

              (20,801 )     (20,801 )

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $21,335

              (95,666 )     (95,666 )
                   

Total comprehensive income

                558,309  

Cash dividends on common stock of $9.60 per share

            (615,193 )       (615,193 )

Common stock and stock options issued to complete NYMEX Holdings merger, including stock issuance costs

   12,566          5,955,080           5,955,080  

Class A common stock issued in exchange for BM&F stock

   1,189          631,394           631,394  

Tax benefit of stock issuance costs related to CBOT Holdings merger

          6,385           6,385  

Repurchase of Class A common stock

   (783 )        (224,029 )         (224,029 )

Exercise of stock options

   149          20,506           20,506  

Excess tax benefits from option exercises and restricted stock vesting

          8,958           8,958  

Vesting of issued restricted Class A common stock

   6             

Shares issued to Board of Directors

   6          2,464           2,464  

Shares issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan

   6          1,474           1,474  

Stock-based compensation

          37,584           37,584  
                                           

Balance at December 31, 2008

   66,417     3    $ 17,129,115     $ 1,719,733     $ (160,279 )   $ 18,688,569  
                                           

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

77


Table of Contents

CME GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2008     2007     2006  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

      

Net income

   $ 715,486     $ 658,533     $ 407,348  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Stock-based compensation

     37,584       22,846       16,359  

Amortization of shares issued to Board of Directors

     2,348       1,733       998  

Amortization of purchased intangibles

     98,682       33,878       1,267  

Depreciation and amortization

     137,341       105,653       72,783  

Recognition of in-process research and development acquired from Credit Market Analysis Limited

     3,650       —         —    

Non-cash restructuring

     4,788       6,472       —    

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (109 )     375       (276 )

Net accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on marketable securities

     (4,385 )     (1,152 )     275  

Net accretion of discounts and amortization of financing costs on debt

     9,723       1,431       —    

Loss on sale of metals trading products

     2,277       —         —    

Net loss on derivative investments

     8,148       98       —    

Impairment of securities lending assets

     24,285       —         —    

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     14,136       —         —    

Impairment of long-term investment

     274,507       —         —    

Guarantee of exercise right privileges

     (12,824 )     17,167       —    

Equity in losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     31,556       13,995       6,915  

Deferred income taxes

     (115,111 )     (50,583 )     (24,847 )

Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects from mergers with NYMEX Holdings and CBOT Holdings:

      

Accounts receivable

     81,276       (49,926 )     (35,878 )

Other current assets

     6,445       8,021       6,001  

Other assets

     (48,614 )     (1,256 )     (10,275 )

Accounts payable

     23,955       4,594       1,621  

Income tax payable

     (22,746 )     23,633       4,259  

Other current liabilities

     (101,095 )     7,502       13,870  

Other liabilities

     25,894       11,360       11,276  
                        

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     1,197,197       814,374       471,696  
                        

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

      

Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities

     265,112       203,801       73,668  

Purchases of marketable securities

     (367,554 )     (129,125 )     (29,681 )

Net change in NYMEX securities lending program investments

     110,089       —         —    

Purchases of property, net

     (200,102 )     (163,644 )     (87,810 )

Purchase of exercise right privileges

     —         (39,750 )     —    

Cash acquired in merger with CBOT Holdings

     —         116,010       —    

Acquisition of Credit Market Analysis Limited, net of cash received

     (94,141 )     —         —    

Acquisition of NYMEX Holdings, net of cash received

     (2,769,894 )     —         —    

NYMEX membership rights payment

     (612,000 )     —         —    

Acquisition of Swapstream, net of cash received

     —         —         (17,651 )

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

78


Table of Contents

CME GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2008     2007     2006  

Merger-related transaction costs

   $ (50,930 )   $ (43,898 )   $ (6,715 )

Purchase of derivative related to BM&F investment

     (45,195 )     —         —    

Proceeds from sale of metals trading products

     25,723       —         —    

Capital contributions to FXMarketSpace Limited

     (10,176 )     (18,973 )     (13,876 )

Contingent consideration for Liquidity Direct Technology, LLC assets

     —         (3,059 )     (2,580 )

Capital contributions to OneChicago, LLC

     —         —         (1,215 )
                        

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

     (3,749,068 )     (78,638 )     (85,860 )
                        

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper, net of maturities

     1,330,336       162,853       —    

Proceeds from other borrowings, net of issuance costs

     2,881,941       —         —    

Repayment of other borrowings

     (1,282,909 )     —         —    

Net change in NYMEX securities lending program liabilities

     (110,089 )     —         —    

Cash dividends

     (615,193 )     (151,582 )     (87,537 )

Stock issuance costs in mergers with NYMEX Holdings and CBOT Holdings

     (9,133 )     (15,991 )     —    

Repurchase of common stock, including costs

     (224,029 )     (949,340 )     —    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     20,506       39,113       15,422  

Excess tax benefits related to employee option exercises and restricted stock vesting

     11,550       53,724       43,882  

Proceeds from Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     1,474       1,295       1,010  
                        

Net Cash Provided By (Used in) Financing Activities

     2,004,454       (859,928 )     (27,223 )
                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (547,417 )     (124,192 )     358,613  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     845,312       969,504       610,891  
                        

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period

   $ 297,895     $ 845,312     $ 969,504  
                        

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

      

Income taxes paid

   $ 665,390     $ 413,697     $ 235,886  

Interest paid (excluding securities lending program)

     13,360       2,017       —    

Non-cash investing activities:

      

Change in net unrealized securities gains and losses

     (41,668 )     3,086       2,118  

Change in net unrealized derivatives gains and losses

     (34,277 )     —         —    

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

     (117,001 )     641       715  

Sale of membership shares by OneChicago, LLC

     —         —         4,320  

Merger-related transaction costs

     914       977       5,924  

Non-cash financing activities:

      

Fair value of Class A common stock, stock options and restricted stock units issued in connection with NYMEX Holdings merger

     5,974,866       —         —    

Fair value of Class A common stock issued in exchange for BM&F stock

     631,394       —         —    

Fair value of Class A common stock and stock options issued in connection with CBOT Holdings merger

     —         11,144,835       —    

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

79


Table of Contents

CME GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business. Effective July 12, 2007, Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. (CME Holdings) merged with CBOT Holdings, Inc. (CBOT Holdings). In connection with the merger, the combined company was renamed CME Group Inc. (CME Group). CME Group and its subsidiaries are referred to collectively as “the company” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

CME Group acquired Credit Market Analysis Limited, a private company incorporated in the United Kingdom, and its three subsidiaries (collectively, CMA) on March 23, 2008. The financial statements and accompanying notes presented in this report include the financial results of CMA beginning on March 24, 2008.

On August 22, 2008, CME Group completed its merger with NYMEX Holdings, Inc. (NYMEX Holdings). The financial statements and accompanying notes presented in this report include the financial results of the former NYMEX Holdings and its subsidiaries beginning on August 23, 2008.

Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. (CME), the Board of Trade of the City of Chicago, Inc. (CBOT), and New York Mercantile Exchange, Inc. (NYMEX), wholly-owned subsidiaries of CME Group, are designated contract markets for the trading of futures and options on futures contracts. CME Group offers a wide range of products including those based on interest rates, equities, foreign exchange, commodities and alternative investments. Trades are executed through CME Group’s electronic trading platforms, open outcry and privately negotiated transactions. Through its clearing house, CME Group clears, settles, nets and guarantees performance of all matched transactions in its products and products for which it provides third-party clearing services. CME, CBOT, NYMEX and their subsidiaries are referred to collectively as “the exchange” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Principles of Consolidation. The financial statements and accompanying notes presented in this report include the consolidated financial results of the former CME Holdings and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2006, and for the period January 1, 2007 through July 12, 2007. The financial results of the former CME Holdings and CBOT Holdings are included in the consolidated financial results of CME Group beginning on July 13, 2007. The financial results of the former NYMEX Holdings are included in the consolidated financial results of CME Group beginning on August 23, 2008. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The assets of CME Group consist primarily of investments in its subsidiaries, cash and exercise right privileges with the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc. (CBOE). CME Group’s liabilities consist primarily of debt.

Reclassifications. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years’ financial statements to conform to the presentation in 2008.

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the amounts of revenues and expenses reported during the period, and to disclose contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of money market mutual funds and highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase.

Marketable Securities. Certain marketable securities have been classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices, with net unrealized gains and losses reported net of tax in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Interest on marketable securities is recognized as income when earned and includes accreted discount less amortized premium. Realized gains and losses are calculated using specific identification. Additional securities held in connection with non-qualified deferred compensation plans have been classified as trading securities. These securities are included in marketable securities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at fair value, and net realized and unrealized gains and losses as well as dividend income are reflected in investment income.

 

80


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments. The carrying values of financial instruments included in assets and liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are reasonable estimates of their fair values.

SFAS No. 157 defines “fair value” as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, or an exit price. The standard establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect our assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The company has categorized its financial instruments measured at fair value into a three-level classification in accordance with SFAS No. 157. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

 

   

Level 1 – Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date. Assets and liabilities carried at Level 1 fair value generally include U.S. Treasury and Government agency securities, equity securities listed in active markets, and investments in publicly traded mutual funds with quoted market prices.

 

   

Level 2 – Inputs are either directly or indirectly observable and corroborated by market data or are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active. Assets and liabilities carried at Level 2 fair value generally include municipal bonds, corporate debt and certain derivatives.

 

   

Level 3 – Inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Generally, assets and liabilities at fair value utilizing Level 3 inputs include certain complex over-the-counter derivative contracts and certain other assets and liabilities with inputs that require management’s judgment.

To corroborate the reasonableness of our Level 3 fair value models, the company has obtained valuations for Level 3 assets and liabilities from independent third parties where available. For further discussion regarding the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, see note 24.

Derivative Investments. The company may use derivative financial instruments for the purpose of hedging exposures to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Derivatives are recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended. Under SFAS No. 133, changes in fair value are recognized immediately in earnings unless the derivative is accounted for as a hedge. For a derivative designated as a fair value hedge, any gain or loss on the derivative is recognized in earnings in the period of change to the extent the hedge is effective, together with the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. For a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge, gain or loss on the derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets to the extent the hedge is effective. When the hedged item affects earnings, the gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is transferred to the same line in the consolidated statements of income as the hedged item. Any ineffective or excluded portion of a hedge is recognized in earnings immediately. Any realized gains and losses from hedges are classified in the consolidated statements of income consistent with the accounting treatment of the items being hedged.

Accounts Receivable. In the ordinary course of business, a significant portion of accounts receivable and revenues are from clearing firms that are also required to be shareholders of the company. Exposure to losses on receivables for clearing and transaction fees and other amounts owed by clearing firms is dependent on each clearing firm’s financial condition as well as the Class A and Class B shares that collateralize fees owed to the exchange. The exchange retains the right to liquidate shares to satisfy a clearing firm’s receivable.

 

81


Table of Contents

Performance Bonds and Security Deposits. Performance bonds and security deposits held by the exchange for clearing firms may be in the form of cash, securities or deposits in one of the Interest Earning Facilities (IEFs). Cash performance bonds and security deposits are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets. Cash received may be invested by CME. These investments are primarily overnight transactions in U.S. Government securities acquired through and held by a broker-dealer subsidiary of a bank or through CME’s IEF program. Any interest earned on these investments accrues to CME and is included in investment income in the consolidated statements of income.

Securities deposited by clearing firms consist primarily of short-term U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agency securities and are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These securities are held in safekeeping, although a portion of the clearing firms’ proprietary performance bond deposits may be utilized in securities lending transactions. Interest and gain or loss on securities deposited to satisfy performance bond and security deposit requirements accrues to the clearing firm.

Property. Property and equipment, excluding land, are reported at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Land is reported at cost. Building and improvements are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization since acquisition. Computer software and systems include purchased software and systems, external costs specifically identifiable to the implementation of new systems and certain payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and devote time to developing computer software for internal use.

Depreciation and amortization expense results from the depreciation of property purchased, as well as the amortization of purchased and internally developed software. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 

Land improvements

   20 years

Buildings

   39 years

Building improvements and equipment

   5 to 20 years

Furniture and fixtures

   7 years

Computer hardware and software

   2 to 4 years

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their estimated useful lives or the remaining term of the applicable leases. Leasehold improvements funded by landlord allowances are capitalized in the consolidated balance sheets. Maintenance and repair items as well as certain minor purchases are charged to expense as incurred. All leases in which the company is the tenant are accounted for as operating leases under SFAS No. 13 “Accounting for Leases.” Landlord allowances are recorded as a reduction to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Software. The company capitalizes certain costs of developing internal use software in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” Capitalized costs generally are amortized over three years, commencing when the software is placed in service. Purchased software is amortized over four years. Multi-year software licenses are amortized over the life of the contract, which is generally three years.

Impairment of Long-lived and Intangible Assets. The company reviews its long-lived assets and amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable based on an examination of undiscounted cash flows. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying values may not be recoverable. Impairment is recorded if the carrying amount exceeds fair value.

Acquisitions. The company accounts for acquisitions using the purchase method as required by SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” Under SFAS No. 141, the acquiring company allocates the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition, including identifiable intangible assets. The purchase price in excess of the fair value of the net assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Among other sources, the company uses independent valuation services to assist in determining the estimated fair values of the assets and liabilities.

 

82


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans. SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” requires that the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan be recognized in the consolidated balance sheets and changes in that funded status be recognized in the year of change in other comprehensive income (loss). SFAS No. 158 also requires that plan assets and obligations be measured at year end. CME recognized the funded status of its pension plan as an asset in its consolidated balance sheets and recorded a one-time adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2006. The exchange recognizes future changes in actuarial gains and losses and prior service costs in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income (loss).

Foreign Currency Translation . Revenues and expenses of foreign subsidiaries are translated from their functional currencies into U.S. dollars using weighted-average exchange rates while their assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency translations are charged or credited to other comprehensive income (loss).

Revenue Recognition. The company’s revenue recognition policies comply with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101 on revenue recognition. On occasion, customers will pay for services in a lump sum payment. When these circumstances occur, revenue is recognized as services are provided. Revenue recognition policies for specific sources of revenue are discussed below.

Clearing and Transaction Fees. Clearing and transaction fees include per contract charges for trade execution, clearing, trading on the electronic trading platforms and other fees. Fees are charged at various rates based on the product traded, the method of trade and the exchange trading privileges of the customer making the trade. Clearing and transaction fees are recognized as revenue when a buy order and a sell order are matched and the trade is cleared. Therefore, unfilled or cancelled buy and sell orders have no impact on revenue. On occasion, the customer’s exchange trading privileges may not be properly entered by the clearing firm and incorrect fees are charged for the transactions. When this information is corrected within the time period allowed by the exchange, a fee adjustment is provided to the clearing firm. A reserve is established for estimated fee adjustments to reflect corrections to customer exchange trading privileges. The reserve is based on the historical pattern of adjustments processed as well as specific adjustment requests. The company believes the allowances are adequate to cover estimated adjustments.

Quotation Data Fees. Quotation data fees represent revenue earned for the dissemination of market information. Revenues are accrued each month based on the number of devices reported by vendors. The exchange conducts periodic audits of the number of devices reported and assesses additional fees as necessary. An allowance is established to cover uncollectible receivables from market data vendors.

Processing Services. Processing services includes primarily revenues from clearing and settlement services provided to CBOT through the closing of the merger on July 12, 2007 and trading matching services provided to NYMEX through the closing of the merger on August 22, 2008.

Access and Communication Fees. Access fees are the connectivity charges to customers of the company’s electronic trading platform that are also used by market data vendors and customers. They include line charges, access fees for electronic trading platform and hardware rental charges. The fees vary depending on the type of connection provided. An additional installation fee may be charged depending on the type of service requested and a disconnection fee may also be charged if certain conditions are met. Revenue is recognized monthly as the service is provided. An allowance is established to cover uncollectible receivables relating to access fees.

Communication fees consist of equipment rental and usage charges to customers and firms that utilize the various telecommunications networks and services in the Chicago and New York City facilities. Revenue is billed and recognized on a monthly basis.

Building Revenue. Revenues from the rental of commercial space are recognized over the lease term, using the straight-line method as required under SFAS No. 13 “Accounting for Leases.” Under this method, revenue is recorded evenly over the entire term of occupancy for leases with scheduled rent increases or rent abatements.

 

83


Table of Contents

Also included in revenue are ancillary charges for parking, utilities, and miscellaneous services provided to tenants. Allowances for construction and other tenant costs are considered lease incentives and are recorded as a reduction to rental income on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Concentration of Revenue. At December 31, 2008, there were approximately 130 clearing firms. No one firm represented more than 10% of our clearing and transaction fees revenue in 2008. In 2007, one firm represented approximately 11% of clearing and transaction fees revenue, and in 2006, two firms represented 12% and 10% of our clearing and transaction fees revenue. Should a clearing firm withdraw from the exchange, management believes the customer portion of that firm’s trading activity would likely transfer to another clearing firm. Therefore, management does not believe the company is exposed to significant risk from the loss of revenue received from a particular clearing firm.

The two largest resellers of market data represented approximately 56% of quotation data fees revenue in 2008, 67% in 2007, and 55% in 2006. Should one of these vendors no longer subscribe to the company’s market data, management believes the majority of that firm’s customers would likely subscribe to the market data through another reseller. Therefore, management does not believe the company is exposed to significant risk from a loss of revenue received from any particular market data reseller.

Stock-Based Payments. The company accounts for stock-based payments under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.” The company recognizes expense relating to stock-based compensation on an accelerated basis. As a result, the expense associated with each vesting date within a stock grant is recognized over the period of time that each portion of that grant vests. The company estimates expected forfeitures of stock grants.

Marketing Costs. Marketing costs are incurred for the production and communication of advertising as well as other marketing activities. These costs are expensed when incurred, except for costs related to the production of broadcast advertising, which are expensed when the first broadcast occurs.

Income Taxes. Deferred income taxes are determined in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” and arise from temporary differences between the tax basis and book basis of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is recognized if it is anticipated that some or all of a deferred tax asset may not be realized. In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Financial Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements and prescribes that a company should use a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold based on the technical merits of the tax position taken or expected to be taken. The interpretation provides guidance on recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As of January 1, 2007, the company adopted FIN No. 48 and recorded an increase to current liabilities and a corresponding decrease to retained earnings as a result of a reassessment of its tax positions. The company classifies interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

Segment Reporting. Based on materiality, GFX Corporation (GFX), CMA, Swapstream and the company’s real estate operations are not reportable segments and, as a result, there is no disclosure of segment information.

2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

NYMEX Holdings, Inc.

Effective August 22, 2008, pursuant to the merger agreement dated March 17, 2008, as amended, CME Group completed its merger with NYMEX Holdings. The company entered into this merger primarily as a means to expand its product base, further leverage its existing operating model, extend its presence in the over-the-counter market and better position itself to compete on a global scale.

Under purchase accounting, CME Group is considered the acquirer of NYMEX Holdings. The preliminary purchase price consists of the following (in thousands):

 

Acquisition of NYMEX Holdings’ outstanding common stock:

  

In exchange for CME Group’s Class A common stock

   $ 5,931,199

In exchange for cash

     3,412,573

Fair value of NYMEX Holdings’ stock options and restricted stock units assumed

     43,667

Merger-related transaction costs

     51,126
      

Total Preliminary Purchase Price

   $ 9,438,565
      

 

84


Table of Contents

Acquisition of common stock . Pursuant to the merger agreement, NYMEX Holdings’ shareholders elected to receive cash, stock or a combination thereof as consideration for their shares. The aggregate consideration included a mandatory cash component equal to the product of NYMEX Holdings common stock outstanding at August 22, 2008 and $36.00 per share. Based on the election for cash and stock as subject to the mandatory cash requirement, CME Group issued 12.5 million shares of Class A common stock to NYMEX Holdings’ shareholders. The share price of $473 used to calculate the fair value of stock issued was based on the average closing price of CME Group Class A common stock for the five-day period beginning two trading days before and ending two trading days after March 17, 2008 (the merger announcement date).

Fair value of stock options and restricted stock units assumed . At the close of the merger, NYMEX Holdings had 1,412,000 stock options and 188,700 restricted stock units outstanding. Each stock option and restricted stock unit was converted using an exchange ratio of 0.2378 derived from the allocation of cash and stock consideration to the shareholders in accordance with the merger agreement.

The preliminary fair value of stock options was determined using a share price of $342, the closing price of the CME Group’s Class A common stock on August 21, 2008. The preliminary fair value of stock options was calculated using a Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions: expected lives of 0.1 to 4.9 years; risk-free interest rates of 1.7% to 3.0%; expected volatility of 45%; and a dividend yield of 1.3%. The portion of the fair value of unvested stock options related to future service has been allocated to deferred stock-based compensation and is being amortized over the remaining vesting period.

Merger-related transaction costs . These include costs incurred by CME Group for investment banking fees, legal and accounting fees, and other external costs directly related to the merger.

Preliminary purchase price allocation . In accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” the preliminary purchase price has been allocated to NYMEX Holdings’ net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of August 22, 2008. The allocation of the purchase price was based on certain preliminary valuations and the estimates and assumptions are subject to change. The primary areas of those purchase price allocations that are not yet finalized relate to the valuation of restructuring liabilities and goodwill. The company expects to finalize its purchase price allocation within the next eight months.

 

(in thousands)

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 642,679  

Other current assets

     793,617  

Property and equipment

     260,619  

Intangible assets

     10,664,630  

Other non-current assets

     130,191  

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

     (766,708 )

Membership rights payment

     (612,000 )

Long-term deferred tax liabilities, net

     (3,997,151 )

Other non-current liabilities

     (126,832 )

Deferred stock-based compensation

     10,653  
        

Total Tangible and Intangible Assets and Liabilities

     6,999,698  

Goodwill

     2,438,867  
        

Total Preliminary Purchase Price

   $ 9,438,565  
        

The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The intangible assets and goodwill acquired are not deductible for tax purposes except for a small portion of goodwill attributable to merger-related transaction costs.

Intangible assets. In performing the preliminary purchase price allocation, the company considered many factors including its intentions for the future use of acquired assets, analyses of historical financial performance and estimates of future performance. The preliminary fair value of the trade name was estimated using the relief from royalty method. The preliminary fair values for components of the lease-related intangibles were derived from income capitalization and sales comparison approaches. The preliminary fair values for all other intangible assets were estimated using a multi-period excess earnings method. The following table sets forth the preliminary fair values of the intangible assets as of December 31, 2008:

 

(in thousands)

   Fair Value    Estimated
Useful Life

Trading products (1)

   $ 9,023,000    Indefinite

Clearing firm relationships (2)

     1,168,000    30 years

Trade name

     235,000    Indefinite

Market data customer relationships (2)

     176,000    30 years

Lease-related intangibles

     42,630    4 to 13 years

ClearPort technology

     10,000    5 years

Open interest

     10,000    0.5 years
         

Total Intangible Assets

   $ 10,664,630   
         

 

85


Table of Contents

 

(1) Trading products include energy and metals trading product lines. The majority of these products have traded at NYMEX for decades and authorizations by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission to trade these products are perpetual.
(2) Clearing firm and market data customer relationships represent the underlying relationships with NYMEX’s existing clearing firm and market data customer base. Due to their historically insignificant attrition rates, the amortization of these assets has been calculated on a straight-line basis. This method best reflects the estimated pattern in which the economic benefits from these relationships will be realized.

Pre-merger contingencies . The company has not identified any material unrecorded pre-merger contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable. If prior to the end of the one-year purchase price allocation period, information becomes available which indicates that it is probable that such events had occurred and the amounts can be reasonably estimated, adjustments will be made to the purchase price allocation.

Pro forma results. The following unaudited condensed pro forma consolidated income statements assumes that the NYMEX Holdings and CBOT Holdings mergers were completed as of January 1, 2007.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in millions, except per share data)

   2008     2007  

Total Revenues

   $ 3,075.6     $ 2,740.7  

Total Expenses

     1,198.8       1,217.5  

Total Non-Operating Income (Expense)

     (421.9 )     (200.8 )

Net Income

     819.5       760.3  

Earnings per Share:

    

Basic

   $ 12.27     $ 11.39  

Diluted

     12.23       11.32  

This pro forma information has been prepared for comparative purposes only and is not intended to be indicative of past or future results. The pro forma information for the periods presented includes purchase accounting effects on historical NYMEX Holdings’ and CBOT Holdings’ operating results, amortization of purchased intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense for unvested stock options as well as the impact of NYMEX’s membership rights payments on investment income. Results for 2008 include NYMEX Holdings’ merger-related transaction costs of approximately $52.7 million. Results for 2007 include CBOT Holdings’ merger-related transaction costs of approximately $63.0 million.

Credit Market Analysis Limited

On March 23, 2008, CME Group purchased CMA, a leading provider of credit derivatives market data, in exchange for cash. This acquisition is expected to provide CME Group with greater exposure to the credit derivatives market. Additionally, CME Group plans to leverage its clearing and trade execution capabilities, enhancing CMA’s products to create greater value and efficiencies for its customers.

Under SFAS No. 141, the preliminary purchase price of $96.4 million was allocated to CMA’s net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based on their preliminary estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the preliminary purchase price over the net tangible assets and identifiable assets was recorded as goodwill. Based on the preliminary purchase price allocation, CME Group recorded $60.7 million of goodwill and $46.4 million of identifiable intangible assets.

 

86


Table of Contents

3. SECURITIES LENDING

Under its securities lending program, the company lends a portion of the securities that have been deposited to satisfy performance bond requirements to a third party on an overnight basis and receives collateral in the form of cash. The cash is then invested in instruments on which the company receives the benefit, and bears the risk, to generate interest income. Interest expense is paid to the third party for the cash collateral, and a fee is paid to the program’s third party administrator on each transaction. Securities on loan are marked to market daily and compared to collateral received.

In 2008, CME’s securities lending program was temporarily suspended from March through June, and again in November due to high volatility in the credit markets. During September 2008, the company recorded an impairment loss of $6.0 million on CME’s invested collateral due to the default of a corporate debt issuer on its obligation to one of the money market mutual funds. The impairment loss was recorded in securities lending interest and other costs in the consolidated statements of income. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, CME’s securities lending program liabilities were zero and $2.9 billion, respectively.

As part of its merger with NYMEX Holdings, the company acquired the assets and liabilities of the NYMEX securities lending program. NYMEX also lends a portion of the securities that have been deposited to satisfy performance bond requirements to a third party in return for cash collateral. At December 31, 2008, NYMEX securities lending cash collateral was invested as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Cost    Fair Value    Unrealized
Loss
 

Corporate debt securities

   $ 401,578    $ 400,574    $ (1,004 )

Asset-backed securities

     9,419      8,015      (1,404 )

Repurchase agreements

     18,369      18,369      —    
                      

Total Invested Collateral

   $ 429,366    $ 426,958    $ (2,408 )
                      

At December 31, 2008, all collateral was invested in securities with remaining maturities of one year or less. NYMEX securities lending program liabilities were $456.8 million at December 31, 2008.

In the second half of 2008, the company recorded aggregate impairment losses of $18.3 million on NYMEX invested collateral due to the default of one of the corporate debt issuers. The impairment loss was recorded in securities lending interest and other costs in the consolidated statements of income.

4. MARKETABLE SECURITIES

Available-for-Sale Securities. Certain marketable securities have been classified as available for sale. The amortized cost and fair value of these securities at December 31 were as follows:

 

     2008    2007

(in thousands)

   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value

U.S. Treasury

   $ 283,948    $ 284,842    $ 165,355    $ 165,765

U.S. Government agency

     2,693      2,751      1,325      1,324

State and municipal

     5,258      5,277      13,190      13,153

Equity

     47      23      12      19
                           

Total

   $ 291,946    $ 292,893    $ 179,882    $ 180,261
                           

Net unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities classified as available for sale are reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) and included in the accompanying consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity. The fair value and the continuous duration of gross unrealized losses on marketable securities with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, at December 31 were as follows:

 

     2008
     Less than 12 Months    12 Months or Greater    Total

(in thousands)

   Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses

U.S. Government Agency

   $ 500    $ 1    $ —      $ —      $ 500    $ 1

State and municipal

     2,588      33      —        —        2,588      33

Equity

     23      24      —        —        23      24
                                         

Total

   $ 3,111    $ 58    $ —      $ —      $ 3,111    $ 58
                                         

 

87


Table of Contents
     2007
     Less than 12 Months    12 Months or Greater    Total

(in thousands)

   Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses

U.S. Treasury

   $ —      $ —      $ 34,271    $ 49    $ 34,271    $ 49

U.S. Government Agency

     —        —        1,324      1      1,324      1

State and municipal

     —        —        11,391      43      11,391      43
                                         

Total

   $ —      $ —      $ 46,986    $ 93    $ 46,986    $ 93
                                         

The company has the ability and intent to hold these marketable securities until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, and therefore does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008 or 2007. Unrealized gains on marketable securities totaled $1.0 million at December 31, 2008 and $0.5 million at December 31, 2007.

At December 31, 2008, all marketable securities with a contractual maturity date were scheduled to mature within one year or less. The amortized cost and the fair value of these securities were $283.0 million and $283.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008.

CME’s policy allows it to pledge U.S. Treasury securities as performance bond collateral in lieu of, or in combination with, irrevocable letters of credit for the mutual offset agreement with Singapore Exchange Limited (SGX) (note 19). CME retains the earnings on the securities and may substitute letters of credit for these securities at its discretion. The aggregate fair value of pledged securities was $283.8 million and $100.1 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Pledged securities are included within marketable securities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Trading Securities. CME maintains additional investments in a diverse portfolio of mutual funds related to its non-qualified deferred compensation plan (note 16). The fair value of these securities was $17.2 million and $23.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

5. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Other current assets consisted of the following at December 31:

 

(in thousands)

   2008    2007

Net deferred income taxes (note 15)

   $ 95,468    $ 18,399

Forward contract receivable (note 20)

     33,446      2,660

Prepaid technology license and maintenance contracts

     13,688      12,595

Other prepaid expenses

     12,416      6,191

Refundable income taxes

     9,213      175

Prepaid insurance

     8,166      5,464

Unamortized debt costs

     7,936      —  

Other

     8,751      10,416
             

Total

   $ 189,084    $ 55,900
             

 

88


Table of Contents

6. PERFORMANCE BONDS AND SECURITY DEPOSITS

CME clears and guarantees the settlement of CME, CBOT and NYMEX contracts traded in their respective markets. In its guarantor role, CME has precisely equal and offsetting claims to and from clearing firms on opposite sides of each contract, standing as an intermediary on every contract cleared. Clearing firm positions are combined to create a single portfolio for each clearing firm’s regulated and non-regulated accounts with CME for which performance bond and security deposit requirements are calculated. To the extent that funds are not otherwise available to CME to satisfy an obligation under the applicable contract, CME bears counterparty credit risk in the event that future market movements create conditions that could lead to clearing firms failing to meet their obligations to CME. CME reduces its exposure through a risk management program that includes initial and ongoing financial standards for designation as a clearing firm, initial and maintenance performance bond requirements and mandatory security deposits. Each clearing firm is required to deposit and maintain balances in the form of cash, U.S. Government securities, bank letters of credit or other approved investments to satisfy performance bond and security deposit requirements. All obligations and non-cash deposits are marked to market on a daily basis. Effective December 2008, the NYMEX performance bond and security deposit collateral has been fully integrated with the CME collateral portfolio. The NYMEX guarantee fund, which would have previously been used for any loss sustained by NYMEX due to the default of a clearing firm, was terminated, and NYMEX clearing firms have been included in the security deposit calculation.

In addition, the rules and regulations of CBOT require certain minimum financial requirements for delivery of physical commodities, maintenance of capital requirements and deposits on pending arbitration matters. To satisfy these requirements, CBOT clearing firms have deposited cash, U.S. Treasury securities and letters of credit.

CME accounts for its guarantee of settlement of contracts in accordance with FIN No.45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (FIN No. 45). CME marks-to-market all open positions at least twice a day and requires payment from clearing firms whose positions have lost value and makes payments to clearing firms whose positions have gained value. Under the extremely unlikely scenario of simultaneous default by every clearing firm who has open positions with unrealized losses, the maximum exposure related to CME’s guarantee would be one half day of changes in fair value of all open positions, before considering CME’s ability to access defaulting clearing firms’ performance bond and security deposit balances as well as other available resources. During 2008, CME transferred an average of approximately $4.4 billion a day through its clearing system for settlement from clearing firms whose positions have lost value to clearing firms whose positions have gained value. CME reduces its guarantee exposure through initial and maintenance performance bond requirements and mandatory security deposits. The company believes that the guarantee liability in accordance with FIN No. 45 is immaterial and therefore has not recorded any liability at December 31, 2008.

Cash performance bonds and security deposits are included in the consolidated balance sheets, and these balances may fluctuate significantly over time due to investment choices available to clearing firms and any change in the amount of deposits required. Securities are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements and CME does not earn any interest on these deposits.

Clearing firms, at their option, may instruct CME to deposit the cash held by CME into one of four IEF programs. The total principal in all IEF programs was $19.7 billion at December 31, 2008 and $19.2 billion at December 31, 2007. The security deposits held in the IEF2 program may be used as collateral for CME’s $600.0 million revolving line of credit. The consolidated statements of income reflect management fees earned under the IEF programs of $11.8 million, $8.4 million and $8.4 million during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These fees are included in other revenues.

CME and Options Clearing Corporation (OCC) have a cross-margin arrangement, whereby a common clearing firm may maintain a cross-margin account in which the clearing firm’s positions in certain CME futures and options are combined with certain positions cleared by OCC for purposes of calculating performance bond requirements. The performance bond deposits are held jointly by CME and OCC (note 19). Cross-margin cash, securities and letters of credit jointly held with OCC under the cross-margin agreement are reflected at 50% of the total, or CME’s proportionate share per that agreement. In addition, CME has cross-margin agreements with LCH.Clearnet Croup (LCH) and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (FICC) whereby the clearing firms’ offsetting positions with CME and LCH or CME and FICC, as applicable, are subject to reduced performance bond requirements. Clearing firms maintain separate performance bond deposits with each clearing house, but depending on the net offsetting positions between CME and LCH or CME and FICC, as applicable, each clearing house may reduce that firm’s performance bond requirements.

Each clearing firm is also required to deposit and maintain specified security deposits in the form of cash or approved securities. In the event that performance bonds, security deposits, and other assets required to support clearing membership of a defaulting clearing firm are inadequate to fulfill that clearing firm’s outstanding financial obligation, the entire security deposit fund is available to cover potential losses after first utilizing operating funds of CME in excess of amounts needed for normal operations (surplus funds). Surplus funds totaled $56.8 million at December 31, 2008.

CME maintains a secured line of credit with a consortium of banks to provide liquidity and capacity to pay settlement variation to all clearing firms, even if a clearing firm may have failed to meet its financial obligations to CME, or in the event of a temporary disruption with the domestic payments system that would delay payment of settlement variation between the CME and the clearing firms (note 12). The amount available under the line of credit totaled $600.0 million at December 31, 2008. Additionally, CME has an option to request an increase in the credit facility to $1.0 billion. Clearing firm security deposits received in the form of U.S. Treasury or Government agency securities, or in money market mutual funds purchased through IEF2, as well as the performance bond assets of any firm that may default on its obligations to CME, can be used to collateralize the secured line of credit.

 

89


Table of Contents

CME is required under the Commodity Exchange Act to segregate cash and securities deposited by clearing firms on behalf of their customers. In addition, CME rules require a segregation of all funds deposited by clearing firms from its operating funds.

Cash and securities held as performance bonds and security deposits at fair value at December 31 were as follows:

 

     2008    2007

(in thousands)

   Cash    Securities
and
IEF Funds
   Cash    Securities
and
IEF Funds

Performance bonds

   $ 17,296,125    $ 96,220,538    $ 799,078    $ 57,165,539

Security deposits

     152,301      1,997,858      18,623      1,440,034

Cross-margin arrangements

     204,441      188,348      —        486,157

Performance collateral for delivery

     646      3,599      15,321      49,840
                           

Total

   $ 17,653,513    $ 98,410,343    $ 833,022    $ 59,141,570
                           

Cash performance bonds may include intraday settlement, if any, that is owed to the clearing firms and paid the following business day. The balance of intraday settlements was $179.6 million at December 31, 2008 and $137.5 million at December 31, 2007. These amounts are invested on an overnight basis and are offset by an equal liability owed to clearing firms.

In addition to cash and securities, irrevocable letters of credit may be used as performance bond deposits and security deposits. At December 31, these letters of credit, which are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, were as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   2008    2007

Performance bonds

   $ 4,755,857    $ 2,751,900

Security deposits

     61,000      45,000

Performance collateral for delivery

     325,767      253,926
             

Total Letters of Credit

   $ 5,142,624    $ 3,050,826
             

All cash, securities and letters of credit posted as performance bonds are only available to meet the financial obligations of that clearing firm to CME.

7. PROPERTY

A summary of the property accounts at December 31 is presented below:

 

(in thousands)

   2008     2007  

Land and land improvements

   $ 58,577     $ 58,538  

Building and building improvements

     378,126       82,198  

Leasehold improvements

     183,247       207,000  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     355,237       283,004  

Software and software development costs

     211,563       181,833  
                

Total property

     1,186,750       812,573  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (479,535 )     (435,121 )
                

Property, net

   $ 707,215     $ 377,452  
                

8. INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

During August 2008, the company merged with NYMEX Holdings. In connection with the merger, the company recorded goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. Indefinite-lived intangible assets consist primarily of trading products. Amortizable intangible assets include primarily customer relationships and real estate intangible assets. The values of goodwill and intangible assets are based on a preliminary purchase price allocation as of December 31, 2008.

On March 23, 2008, the company purchased CMA, a leading provider of credit derivatives market data, in exchange for cash. The excess of the preliminary purchase price over the net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill.

 

90


Table of Contents

The company recorded a $3.2 million and $11.9 million impairment charge to reduce the carrying amounts of Swapstream intangible assets and goodwill, respectively, to their estimated fair values based on the results of an annual impairment test in 2008.

During July 2007, the company merged with CBOT Holdings. In connection with the merger, the company recorded goodwill and identifiable intangibles assets. Indefinite-lived intangibles consist primarily of trading products. Amortizable intangible assets included primarily customer relationships, the Dow Jones & Company, Inc. (Dow Jones) licensing agreement and real estate intangibles.

Goodwill activity for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 consist of the following:

 

(in thousands)

   Balance at
January 1,
2008
   Acquisitions    Impairment
Adjustment
    Other
Activity  (a)
    Balance at
December 31,
2008

CBOT Holdings

   $ 5,037,316    $ —      $ —       $ (1,213 )   $ 5,036,103

NYMEX Holdings

     —        2,438,867      —         (2,205 )     2,436,662

CMA

     —        60,685      —         (14,241 )     46,444

Swapstream

     11,895      —        (11,895 )     —         —  
                                    

Total Goodwill

   $ 5,049,211    $ 2,499,552    $ (11,895 )   $ (17,659 )   $ 7,519,209
                                    

(in thousands)

   Balance at
January 1,
2007
   Acquisitions    Impairment
Adjustment
    Other
Activity  (b)
    Balance at
December 31,
2007

CBOT Holdings

   $ —      $ 5,048,499    $ —       $ (11,183 )   $ 5,037,316

Swapstream

     11,496      —        —         399       11,895
                                    

Total Goodwill

   $ 11,496    $ 5,048,499    $ —       $ (10,784 )   $ 5,049,211
                                    

 

(a) Other activity consists primarily of adjustments to restructuring costs and tax contingencies for CBOT Holdings, the recognition of excess tax benefits upon exercise of stock options assumed from CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings, and foreign currency translation adjustments for CMA.
(b) Other activity includes a foreign currency translation adjustment for Swapstream and the recognition of excess tax benefits upon exercise of stock options assumed from CBOT Holdings.

The company experienced a sharp decline in its stock price in the fourth quarter of 2008. The company believes this decline was principally driven by a significant decline in the stock market as a whole and the financial services sector in particular, as well as cyclical macroeconomic factors that are not necessarily indicative of changes in the company’s business as of December 31, 2008. However, the company is required to consider a market participant’s perspective when developing the assumptions used to estimate fair value for its annual impairment tests. As a result, it is possible that the estimated fair value of certain intangible assets and goodwill may be less than net book value when impairment testing is performed in the future. If so, the company would be required to record an impairment charge at that time.

 

91


Table of Contents

Intangible assets, which include intangible assets acquired with CBOT Holdings, CMA and NYMEX Holdings as well as in prior transactions, consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     2008    2007

(in thousands)

   Accumulated
Cost
   Amortization     Net Book
Value
   Accumulated
Cost
   Amortization     Net Book
Value

Amortizable Intangible Assets:

               

Clearing firm, market data and other customer relationships

   $ 2,842,510    $ (94,992 )   $ 2,747,518    $ 1,480,700    $ (23,415 )   $ 1,457,285

Lease-related intangibles

     83,218      (9,872 )     73,346      42,176      (2,526 )     39,650

Dow Jones licensing agreement

     74,000      (9,874 )     64,126      74,000      (3,147 )     70,853

Technology-related intellectual property

     28,360      (8,021 )     20,339      4,100      (908 )     3,192

Open interest

     12,300      (9,450 )     2,850      2,300      (2,152 )     148

Market maker agreement

     9,682      (4,326 )     5,356      9,682      (2,898 )     6,784

Other (c)

     3,578      (2,157 )     1,421      3,000      (1,723 )     1,277
                                           

Total Amortizable Intangible Assets

   $ 3,053,648    $ (138,692 )     2,914,956    $ 1,615,958    $ (36,769 )     1,579,189
                                           

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets:

               

Trading products

          16,982,000           7,987,000

Trade names

          451,846           215,000

Other (d)

          2,571           2,600
                       

Total Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

          17,436,417           8,204,600
                       

Total Intangible Assets

        $ 20,351,373         $ 9,783,789
                       

 

(c) Other amortizable intangible assets consist primarily of non-compete and service agreements, trade names with limited lives, and foreign currency translation adjustments on Swapstream and CMA’s intangible assets.
(d) Other indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of products in development, a regulatory license and foreign currency translation adjustments on CMA and Swapstream’s intangible assets.

Total amortization expense for intangible assets was $98.7 million, $33.9 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

As of December 31, 2008, the future estimated amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets is expected to be:

 

(in thousands)

   Estimated Annual
Amortization

Expense

2009

   $ 124,554
2010      121,299
2011      121,057
2012      116,373
2013      110,696
Thereafter      2,320,977

On September 7, 2008, the company completed the sale of CBOT metals trading products, including open interest, to NYSE Euronext. Metals trading products, which were acquired as part of the merger with CBOT Holdings, had a carrying amount of approximately $28.0 million at the sale date. The company recognized a loss of $2.3 million, which is recorded in other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

 

92


Table of Contents

9. BUILDING TENANT LEASES

As a result of the mergers with CBOT Holdings and NYMEX Holdings, the company has acquired four buildings, three in Chicago and one in New York, with over 2.0 million square feet of commercial space. A portion of the space is utilized by the company as office space and for the trading floors. The remaining space is leased by third party tenants, including customers and shareholders, over terms ranging from one to nineteen years. The terms of the leases with customers and shareholders are consistent with terms for other third-party tenants.

Minimum future cash flows from rental revenue are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Minimum
Rental
Payments

2009

   $ 31,831

2010

     26,806

2011

     24,559

2012

     22,019

2013

     16,534

10. OTHER ASSETS

Other assets consisted of the following at December 31:

 

(in thousands)

   2008    2007

BM&F common stock (note 11)

   $ 262,905    $ —  

Other long-term investments (note 11)

     83,360      —  

CBOE exercise right privileges

     36,566      36,566

Other prepaid expenses

     29,771      5,799

Deferred rental income

     21,239      15,364

Cash surrender value of executive life insurance policies

     11,362      10,954

Prepaid defined benefit plan assets (note 16)

     5,408      7,906

Investment in FXMS (note 11)

     480      13,605

Other

     18,238      18,496
             

Total

   $ 469,329    $ 108,690
             

Under the terms of the company’s merger agreement with CBOT Holdings, eligible CBOT members who hold CBOE exercise right privileges (ERP) were each given the choice of tendering their ERP to CME Group for $250,000 payable after the closing or to participate as a class member in the CBOE lawsuit with a guaranteed payment of up to $250,000 if the lawsuit results in a recovery of less than that amount. At closing, there were 1,331 ERPs outstanding. In August 2007, 159 ERPs were tendered to the company. The cost of the exercise rights acquired was reduced by the fair value of the guarantee liability for the ERPs tendered at the date of tender. The acquired ERPs are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value and are assessed for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis.

The cash surrender values of executive life insurance policies reflect their fair values at December 31, 2008.

Other consists primarily of prepaid software and hardware maintenance, prepaid insurance, deferred rental brokerage, and deferred income taxes.

11. LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

The company maintains various long-term investments as described below. In connection with CME Group’s merger with NYMEX Holdings in August 2008, the company acquired investments in ConfirmHub LLC (ConfirmHub), IMAREX ASA (IMAREX), TMX Group Inc., and DME Holdings Limited (DME Holdings). The investments are recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

BM&F Bovespa SA. In February 2008, CME Group purchased an interest in Bolsa de Mercadorias & Futuros S.A. through the issuance of CME Group common stock valued at $631.4 million. Subsequent to this investment, Bolsa de Mercadorias & Futuros S.A. merged with Bovespa Holdings S.A. to become BM&F Bovespa S.A. (BM&F). The company

 

93


Table of Contents

owns approximately 5% of BM&F and accounts for its investment using the cost method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 115. BM&F is not a variable interest entity as defined under FIN No. 46(R). In December 2008, the company reduced its investment in BM&F by $368.4 million consisting of $274.5 million of impairment expense due to a decline in BM&F’s market value and $93.9 million of unrealized losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) due to unfavorable changes in foreign exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and Brazilian real. The company’s total investment was $262.9 million at December 31, 2008. The company may not sell its shares in BM&F for four years after the purchase date. As a result, BM&F stock will be carried at cost until within 12 months of the restriction lapsing, after which time the stock will be accounted for as an available-for-sale security.

ConfirmHub. CME Group acquired a 25% interest in ConfirmHub, a joint venture headquartered in Houston, Texas. ConfirmHub is a web based post trade confirmation system that offers a broad range of electronic management capabilities. The investment in ConfirmHub is accounted for under the equity method. ConfirmHub is not a variable interest entity as defined under FIN No. 46(R). The company’s total investment balance at December 31, 2008 was $1.4 million. Net losses are included in equity in losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries in the consolidated statements of income and totaled $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

DME Holdings. CME Group acquired an approximate 25% interest in the joint venture, DME Holdings, the indirect owner of Dubai Mercantile Exchange Limited (DME). DME is the first Middle East energy futures exchange. CME Group accounts for the investment in DME Holdings using the equity method of accounting. DME Holdings is not considered a variable interest entity under FIN No. 46(R). The balance of CME Group’s investment in DME Holdings at December 31, 2008 was $34.1 million. Net losses are included in equity in losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries in the consolidated statements of income and totaled $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

FXMarketSpace. In May 2006, CME Group entered into an agreement with Thompson Reuters Group PLC and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Reuters Holdings Limited and Reuters Limited (Reuters, collectively), to create FXMS, the world’s first centrally-cleared, global foreign exchange marketplace, through a joint venture owned 50% each. The company’s investment in FXMS was recorded using the equity method of accounting. FXMS is not a variable interest entity under FIN No. 46(R). Early in the fourth quarter of 2008, FXMS terminated its operations. As a result, during the third quarter of 2008 the company recognized $15.9 million of expense in equity in losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries in the consolidated statements of income for the full amount of the company’s existing investment in FXMS and the portion of remaining capital needed to wind down operations. Net losses are included in equity in losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries in the consolidated statements of income and totaled $10.8 million, $13.2 million and $6.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

IMAREX ASA. CME Group acquired approximately 15% of IMAREX, headquartered in Oslo, Norway. IMAREX operates a hybrid model of electronic trading and voice brokerage and offers research, transaction and settlement services for financial derivatives based on oceangoing freight, airborne emissions, farmed salmon, electric power and heavy fuel oil. The investment in IMAREX is accounted for as available for sale in accordance with SFAS No. 115. At December 31, 2008 the fair value was $18.6 million and the unrealized loss was $22.8 million.

OneChicago. The company accounts for its interest in OneChicago, a joint venture, under the equity method of accounting. OneChicago is not a variable interest entity as defined under FIN No. 46(R). On March 15, 2006, Interactive Brokers Group LLC made an investment for a 40% interest in OneChicago. As a result, the company’s ownership decreased from approximately 40% to 24%. As a result of the merger with CBOT Holdings in 2007, the company acquired an additional 5% ownership interest which totaled $0.7 million and $0.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The company’s total investment balance was $3.9 million at December 31, 2008. Net losses are included in equity in losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries in the consolidated statements of income and totaled $1.0 million, $0.8 million, and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. CME provides certain communications and regulatory services to OneChicago, fees from which are included in other revenues, and earned $0.4 million, $0.5 million and $0.9 million in revenue for these services in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

TMX Group Inc. CME Group acquired approximately 2% of TMX Group Inc., headquartered in Toronto, Ontario. TMX Group’s subsidiaries operate cash and derivatives markets for multiple asset classes including equities, fixed income and energy. The investment in TMX Group Inc. is accounted for as available for sale in accordance with SFAS No. 115. At December 31, 2008 the fair value was $29.1 million and the unrealized loss was $16.9 million.

 

94


Table of Contents

12. DEBT

On August 12, 2008, CME Group completed a public offering of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate notes due 2009, $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate notes due 2010 and $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.40% notes due 2013. The floating rate notes due 2009 bear interest equal to three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 0.20% per year, adjusted quarterly. The floating rate notes due 2010 bear interest equal to three-month LIBOR plus 0.65% per year, adjusted quarterly. Proceeds from the offering, together with other available funds, were used to finance the company’s merger with NYMEX Holdings.

On August 22, 2008, CME Group entered into a $1.4 billion senior credit facility, with various financial institutions, which provides for term loans of up to $420.5 million and for revolving loans of up to $995.5 million. This facility expires on August 22, 2011. The company may, at its option, so long as it is not in default, increase the revolving portion of the facility up to $1.1 billion with the consent of only the various financial institutions providing the additional funds. Proceeds from this facility were used, in part, to finance the merger with NYMEX Holdings, to pay merger-related transaction costs in connection with that merger and to refinance certain existing indebtedness of NYMEX Holdings. Borrowings under the revolving portion of this facility were used, in part, to provide ongoing working capital and for other corporate purposes of the company and its subsidiaries, including supporting issuances of commercial paper, financing dividends and repurchasing stock. As of December 31, 2008, the company had borrowed and subsequently repaid $995.5 million of this facility.

On August 22, 2008, CME Group initiated a 364-day revolving bridge facility with various financial institutions. The facility initially provided for loans of up to $3.2 billion, but was later reduced to $1.3 billion. At its option, the company may borrow under the facility at the prime rate. As of December 31, 2008, the company had borrowed and subsequently repaid $187.0 million of this facility. Proceeds from the program were used in part to fund the company’s merger with NYMEX Holdings. The revolving bridge facility also served as a back-up facility for a commercial paper program. On November 17, 2008, CME Group entered into an amendment that added additional lenders under the facility and provided for the postponement of the payment by the company of certain continuation fees. On February 10, 2009, CME Group terminated this facility.

On October 10, 2008, CME renewed its $600.0 million secured committed line of credit with a consortium of banks. The secured credit agreement, which expires on October 9, 2009, is collateralized by clearing firm security deposits held by the clearing house in the form of U.S. Treasury or agency securities, security deposit funds in IEFs and performance bond deposits of the clearing firm that defaulted on its obligation, if any. The amount held as available collateral at December 31, 2008 was $2.1 billion. The line of credit can only be drawn on to the extent that it is collateralized and may be utilized in certain situations, such as a temporary disruption of the domestic payments system that would delay settlement between the exchange and its clearing firms, or in the event of a clearing firm default. As of December 31, 2008, the company has not borrowed any funds against the revolving loan facility.

On February 10, 2009, CME Group completed a public debt offering of $750.0 million of 5.75% fixed rate notes due in 2014. Net proceeds from the offering were used to repay commercial paper borrowings backstopped by the 364-day revolving bridge facility. The remaining net proceeds from the offering will be used for general corporate purposes.

 

95


Table of Contents

Debt consisted of the following at December 31:

 

(in thousands)

   2008    2007

Short-term debt:

     

$250 million floating rate notes due 2009, interest equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 0.20%, reset quarterly (1)

   $ 249,850    $ —  

Commercial paper

     —        164,435
             

Total short-term debt

   $ 249,850    $ 164,435
             

Long-term debt:

     

$300 million floating rate notes due 2010, interest equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 0.65%, reset quarterly (1)

   $ 299,520    $ —  

$750 million fixed rate notes due 2013, interest equal to 5.40%

     747,510      —  

Term loan due 2011, interest equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 1.00% reset quarterly (1)

     420,500      —  

Commercial paper (2)

     1,498,549      —  
             

Total long-term debt

   $ 2,966,079    $ —  
             

 

(1) See note 20 for a discussion of the interest rate swaps associated with these borrowings.
(2) This is the portion of commercial paper backed by the three-year senior credit facility and the 364-day revolving bridge facility. Commercial paper backed by the revolving bridge facility was repaid in February 2009 with the net proceeds from 5.75% fixed rate notes due 2014, which were issued on February 10, 2009.

Commercial paper with an aggregate par value of $1.5 billion and maturities ranging from one to 97 days was issued during 2008. The weighted average interest rate of commercial paper outstanding during the year was 2.61%. The weighted average balance of commercial paper outstanding during the year was $606.3 million.

Long-term debt maturities are as follows as of December 31, 2008:

 

(in thousands)

   Par Value

2009

   $ —  

2010

     300,000

2011

     1,920,636

2012

     —  

2013

     750,000

The fair value of the $750 million fixed rate notes due 2013 is approximately $755.1 million at December 31, 2008. The carrying values of floating rate debt approximate fair value.

13. RESTRUCTURING

In August 2007, subsequent to its merger with CBOT Holdings, the company approved and initiated plans to restructure its operations in order to eliminate redundant costs and improve operational efficiencies. Restructuring efforts include reductions in employee positions, the closure of duplicate facilities and consolidation of trading and other technologies. Total estimated restructuring costs of $30.1 million consist primarily of severance and transitional payments and contract termination penalties. Payments for restructuring cost related to the merger with CBOT Holdings were substantially complete by July 2008. The company recognized $2.0 million in restructuring expense for the year ended December 31, 2008.

In October 2008, subsequent to its merger with NYMEX Holdings, the company approved and initiated plans to restructure its operations in order to eliminate redundant costs and improve operational efficiencies. Restructuring efforts include reductions in employee positions and consolidation of trading and other technologies.

Total estimated restructuring costs of $38.9 million consist primarily of severance and transitional payments. Payments for restructuring cost related to the merger with NYMEX Holdings are expected to be substantially complete by August 2009. Costs of $29.3 million were recognized as a liability in the preliminary allocation of NYMEX Holdings’ purchase price, and accordingly, have resulted in an increase to goodwill. In addition to costs recognized in purchase accounting, costs of $9.6 million are expected to be recognized as restructuring expense over the future service period required from transitional employees. Through December 31, 2008, the company has recorded restructuring expense of $2.8 million.

 

96


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of restructuring activity:

 

     Planned
Restructuring
Costs
   Interest on
Deferred
Payments
   Accrued
to Date
   Total
Cash
Payments
    Liability at
December 31,
2008
   Total
Expected
Payments

Severance and related costs-CBOT

   $ 20,916    $ 154    $ 21,070    $ (20,055 )   $ 1,015    $ 21,256

Severance and related costs-NYMEX

     32,093      —        32,093      (841 )     31,252      38,900

Contract terminations-CBOT

     8,597      280      8,877      (8,221 )     656      8,877
                                          

Total Restructuring

   $ 61,606    $ 434    $ 62,040    $ (29,117 )   $ 32,923    $ 69,033
                                          

Restructuring expense may change as the company executes its approved plans. Future increases in estimates will be recorded as an adjustment to goodwill during the purchase accounting allocation period and as an adjustment to operating expenses thereafter. Future decreases in estimates will be recorded as an adjustment to goodwill regardless of the date of the decrease.

14. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other current liabilities consisted of the following at December 31:

 

(in thousands)

   2008    2007

Accrued operating expenses

   $ 49,941    $ 28,905

Accrued employee bonus

     35,346      45,725

Accrued restructuring

     32,923      22,443

Debt interest payable

     22,529      —  

Accrued salaries and benefits

     16,741      12,737

Broker fee rebates

     13,934      —  

Accrued real estate taxes

     8,437      8,497

Derivative investment liability

     7,250      —  

Unearned revenue

     4,545      2,872

Accrued income taxes

     1,364      30,494

Other

     18,757      5,942
             

Total

   $ 211,767    $ 157,615
             

 

97


Table of Contents

15. INCOME TAXES

Income before income taxes and the income tax provision consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

 

(in thousands)

   2008     2007     2006  

Income before income taxes:

      

Domestic

   $ 1,589,266     $ 1,119,488     $ 681,436  

Foreign

     (341,302 )     (23,686 )     (9,779 )
                        

Total

   $ 1,247,964     $ 1,095,802     $ 671,657  
                        

Income tax provision:

      

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 555,231     $ 396,310     $ 236,542  

State

     92,554       91,542       52,614  

Foreign

     (196 )     —         —    
                        

Total

     647,589       487,852       289,156  

Deferred:

      

Federal

     (117,094 )     (40,703 )     (21,253 )

State

     3,329       (9,880 )     (3,594 )

Foreign

     (1,346 )     —         —    
                        

Total

     (115,111 )     (50,583 )     (24,847 )
                        

Total Provision for Income Taxes

   $ 532,478     $ 437,269     $ 264,309  
                        

Reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Statutory U.S. federal tax rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State taxes, net of federal benefit

   5.7     4.8     4.7  

Impact of NYMEX acquisition on existing deferred taxes

   3.9     —       —    

Impact of Illinois tax law change

   (3.1 )   —       —    

Other, net

   1.2     0.1     (0.3 )
                  

Effective Tax Rate

   42.7 %   39.9 %   39.4 %
                  

 

98


Table of Contents

At December 31, deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following:

 

(in thousands)

   2008     2007  

Net Current Deferred Tax Assets:

    

Unrealized loss on investments

   $ 49,850     $ —    

Stock-based compensation

     30,396       4,629  

Accrued expenses and other

     15,222       13,770  
                

Net Current Deferred Tax Assets

   $ 95,468     $ 18,399  
                

Net Non-Current Deferred Tax Assets:

    

Domestic unrealized loss on investment in BM&F

   $ 144,871     $ —    

Property

     —         33,178  

Foreign losses

     143,662       11,235  

Stock-based compensation

     —         12,377  

Deferred compensation

     10,883       8,878  

Unrealized loss on securities

     10,465       —    

Accrued expenses and other

     23,971       22,554  
                

Subtotal

     333,852       88,222  

Valuation allowance

     (168,334 )     (11,235 )
                

Total non-current deferred tax assets

     165,518       76,987  

Non-Current Deferred Tax Liabilities

    

Purchased intangible assets

     (7,833,741 )     (3,915,155 )

Property

     (60,063 )     —    

Other

     —         (10,072 )
                

Total non-current deferred tax liabilities

     (7,893,804 )     (3,925,227 )
                

Net Non-Current Deferred Tax Liabilities

   $ (7,728,286 )   $ (3,848,240 )
                

A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets may not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. A valuation allowance has been provided as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 for net operating loss carryforwards obtained through the acquisition of Swapstream and for net operating losses generated by those operations subsequent to the acquisition. In addition, a valuation allowance has been provided as of December 31, 2008 for the net operating loss and unrealized capital loss incurred in Brazil. These foreign loss carryforwards do not expire. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the company also recorded a partial valuation allowance on its domestic unrealized capital loss. The valuation allowance was recorded for the excess of the unrealized capital loss over the unrealized capital gains of the company.

As of January 1, 2007, the company adopted the provisions of FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions.” At adoption, the company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment that reduced the balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2007. At adoption, the company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $5.4 million. Net of the tax impact in other jurisdictions, these unrecognized tax benefits were $3.8 million and would be recorded as a net reduction to income tax expense if recognized in the future. As part of the merger with CBOT Holdings, the company assumed unrecognized tax benefits of $2.3 million. The company classifies interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Interest and penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits were $1.3 million at adoption.

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $21.5 million and $9.7 million, respectively. Net of the tax impact in other jurisdictions, these unrecognized tax benefits were $14.7 million and $6.7 million, respectively, and would be recorded as a net reduction to income tax expense if recognized in the future. Total interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions were $6.7 million and $2.8 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, interest and penalties of $2.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively, were recognized in the consolidated statements of income. It is reasonably possible that the company’s unrecognized tax benefits could increase or decrease significantly during the next twelve months due to the resolution of certain state and local tax uncertainties; however it is not possible to estimate the potential change at this time.

 

99


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   2008     2007  

Balance as of January 1

   $ 9,704     $ 5,369  

Unrecognized tax benefits acquired at dates of mergers

     1,654       2,280  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     5,870       2,457  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     7,175       569  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (1,726 )     (971 )

Settlements with taxing authorities

     (1,144 )     —    
                

Balance as of December 31

   $ 21,533     $ 9,704  
                

The company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income taxes in Illinois and multiple other state, local and foreign jurisdictions. Substantially all federal and state income tax matters have been concluded through 2005 and 2004, respectively.

16. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Pension Plans. CME Group maintains a non-contributory defined benefit cash balance pension plan for eligible employees. CME’s plan provides for a contribution to the cash balance account based on age and earnings and includes salary and cash bonuses in the definition of earnings. Employees who have completed a continuous 12-month period of employment and have reached the age of 21 are eligible to participate. Participant cash balance accounts receive an interest credit equal to the greater of the one-year constant maturity yield for U.S. Treasury notes or 4.0%. Participants become vested in their accounts after three years of service. Prior to December 31, 2008, CME Group also maintained a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan for the former CBOT employees. The benefits payable under the CBOT pension plan were based primarily on years of service and the employees’ average compensation levels. Effective December 31, 2008, the CBOT plan was merged into the CME plan. CBOT employees hired on or after January 1, 2006 were not eligible to participate in the plan. In addition, NYMEX employees will be eligible to participate in the combined plan on January 1, 2009. The measurement date used for the plan is December 31.

Information regarding the aggregate status and activity of the plans, including the CBOT activity subsequent to July 13, 2007, is indicated below:

 

(in thousands)

   2008     2007  

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:

    

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year

   $ 89,980     $ 49,917  

CBOT’s benefit obligation at July 12, 2007

     —         35,151  

Service cost

     8,232       6,878  

Interest cost

     5,561       4,325  

Actuarial gain (loss)

     208       (108 )

Benefits paid

     (15,613 )     (5,889 )

Curtailments

     —         (294 )
                

Projected Benefit Obligation at End of Year

   $ 88,368     $ 89,980  
                

The aggregate accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $74.2 million and $77.1 million, respectively.

 

(in thousands)

   2008     2007     2006  

Change in Plan Assets:

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 97,886     $ 50,467     $ 44,645  

Fair value of CBOT’s plan assets at July 12, 2007

     —         43,370       —    

Actual return on plan assets

     (19,497 )     688       4,740  

Employer contributions

     31,000       9,250       2,600  

Benefits paid

     (15,613 )     (5,889 )     (1,518 )
                        

Fair Value of Plan Assets at End of Year

   $ 93,776     $ 97,886     $ 50,467  
                        

 

100


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair value of pension plan assets exceeded the projected benefit obligation by $5.4 million and $7.9 million, respectively. This excess is recorded as a non-current pension asset due to the adoption of SFAS No. 158.

The funding goal for the exchange is to have its pension plan 100% funded at each year end on a projected benefit obligation basis, while also satisfying any minimum required contribution and obtaining the maximum tax deduction. Year-end 2008 assumptions have been used to project the liabilities and assets from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009. The result of this projection is that estimated liabilities would exceed the fair value of the plan assets at December 31, 2009 by approximately $5.0 million. Accordingly, it is estimated that a $5.0 million contribution in 2009 will allow the company to meet its funding goal.

The components of net pension expense and the assumptions used to determine the end-of-year projected benefit obligation and net pension expense in aggregate are indicated below:

 

(in thousands)

   2008     2007     2006  

Components of Net Pension Expense:

      

Service cost

   $ 8,232     $ 6,878     $ 5,671  

Interest cost

     5,561       4,325       2,665  

Expected return on plan assets

     (7,019 )     (5,199 )     (3,162 )

Amortization of prior service cost

     21       22       6  

Recognized net actuarial loss

     368       100       206  

Curtailment loss

     —         16       —    
                        

Net Pension Expense

   $ 7,163     $ 6,142     $ 5,386  
                        

Assumptions Used to Determine End-of-Year Benefit Obligation:

      

Discount rate

     6.10 %     6.10 %     5.80 %

Rate of compensation increase

     5.00       5.00       5.00  

Cash balance interest crediting rate

     4.10       4.10       4.00  

Assumptions Used to Determine Net Pension Expense:

      

Discount rate

     6.10 %     6.20 %     5.50 %

Rate of compensation increase

     5.00       5.00       5.00  

Expected return on plan assets

     8.00       8.00       7.50  

Interest crediting rate

     4.10       4.10       4.00  

The discount rate for the plan is determined based on an interest rate yield curve pursuant to Emerging Issues Task Force Topic No. D-36, “Selection of Discount Rates Used for Measuring Defined Benefit Pension Obligations and Obligations of Post Retirement Benefit Plans Other Than Pensions.” The yield curve is comprised of bonds with a rating of Aaa and Aa and maturities between zero and thirty years. The expected annual benefit cash flows for the plan are discounted to develop a single-point discount rate by matching the plan’s expected payout structure to such yield curve.

The basis for determining the expected rate of return on plan assets for the plan is comprised of three components: historical returns, industry peers and forecasted return. The plan’s total return is expected to equal the composite performance of the security markets over the long term. The security markets are represented by the returns on various domestic and international stock, bond and commodity indexes. These returns are weighted according to the allocation of plan assets to each market and measured individually.

 

101


Table of Contents

The component of the investment policy for the plan that has the most significant impact on returns is the asset mix. The asset mix has a minimum and maximum range depending on asset class. The plan assets are diversified to minimize the risk of large losses by any one or more individual assets. Such diversification is accomplished, in part, through the selection of asset mix and investment management. The asset allocation for the CME plan, by asset category, at December 31 was as follows:

 

     2008     2007  

Cash

   59 %   —   %

Equity securities

   26     57  

Debt securities

   15     38  

Other investments

   —       5  

The asset allocation for CBOT’s plan, by asset category, at December 31 was as follows:

 

     2007  

Cash and cash equivalents

   38 %

Equity securities

   37  

Debt securities

   25  

The target asset allocation at December 31, 2008 was impacted by a cash deposit made on that date to fund the required contribution for 2008 and to facilitate the combination of the CBOT and CME plans. The company is currently evaluating its target asset allocation for the remainder of 2009.

The balance and activity of the prior service costs and actuarial losses, which are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Prior
Service

Costs
    Actuarial
Loss
 

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ 203     $ 6,721  

Unrecognized loss

     —         26,725  

Recognized as a component of net pension expense

     (20 )     (368 )
                

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 183     $ 33,078  
                

The company expects to amortize $2.5 million of actuarial loss and $21,000 of prior service costs from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit costs in 2009.

At December 31, 2008, anticipated benefit payments from the plans in future years are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Year

2009

   $ 5,643

2010

     6,650

2011

     7,450

2012

     8,193

2013

     8,873

2014-2018

     55,772

Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plan. In conjunction with the NYMEX Holdings merger, CME Group assumed the obligation for the post-employment and post-retirement benefit plans for legacy and former NYMEX employees. The post-employment plan offers benefits to employees after employment but before retirement. Post-employment benefits include both short-term disability income benefits and long-term disability related health benefits. CME Group accrues for these future post-employment benefits, which are funded as payments become due. The post-retirement plan offers certain health care and life insurance benefits for qualifying retired employees of NYMEX. Certain legacy employees of NYMEX who met the specified age and years of service criteria by December 31, 2008, or who will have met the criteria before their transitional assignment is completed, were grandfathered into the post-retirement plan. The plan has been closed to new participants. CME Group funds the benefit costs as payments become due. At December 31, 2008, the projected benefit obligation of these plans was $4.3 million. The plan’s net periodic benefit cost was $0.1 million for the period August 23 through December 31, 2008.

 

102


Table of Contents

CME Group also maintains a post-retirement benefit plan for legacy and former CBOT employees. Employees retiring from CBOT on or after age 55, who have at least ten years of services, or after 65 with five years of service, are entitled to post-retirement medical benefits. Effective January 1, 2008, the plan was closed to new participants. CME Group funds benefit costs as payments become due. The measurement date of plan obligations is December 31. At December 31, 2008, the projected benefit obligation of the plan was $4.7 million. The plan’s net periodic benefit cost was $0.2 million in 2008 and for the period July 13 through December 31, 2007.

Savings Plan. CME maintains a savings plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, whereby all U.S. employees are participants and have the option to contribute to this plan. CME matches employee contributions up to 3% of the employee’s base salary and may make additional discretionary contributions of up to 2% of base salary. In conjunction with various changes to its retirement benefits strategy, the exchange has not made a discretionary contribution since 2005. Effective January 1, 2008, the qualified savings plan for CBOT employees was merged into the CME plan. Aggregate expense for the savings plans amounted to $4.3 million, $3.7 million and $3.0 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

NYMEX maintained a defined contribution plan that incorporates a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code to all eligible legacy NYMEX domestic employees. Employee contributions are matched up to a maximum of 3% of salary. In addition, annual contributions ranging from 2% to 7% are made based upon tenure for each eligible plan member. The cost of these contributions totaled $0.8 million for the period August 23 through December 31, 2008. As of January 1, 2009, NYMEX’s plan was merged with CME’s plan for U.S. employees. No further contributions will be made to the NYMEX plan after that date.

CME London-based employees are eligible to participate in a defined contribution plan. The plan provides for company contributions of 10% of earnings and does not have any vesting requirements. Salary and cash bonuses paid are included in the definition of earnings. Total expense for the London defined contribution benefit plan was $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.3 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

CME Non-Qualified Plans. The following non-qualified plans, under which participants may make assumed investment choices with respect to amounts contributed on their behalf, are maintained by CME. Although not required to do so, CME invests such contributions in assets that mirror the assumed investment choices. The balances in these plans are subject to the claims of general creditors of the exchange and totaled $17.2 million and $23.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Although the value of the plans is recorded as an asset in the consolidated balance sheets, there is an equal and offsetting liability. The investment results of these plans have no impact on net income as the investment results are recorded in equal amounts to both investment income and compensation and benefits expense.

Supplemental Savings Plan – CME maintains a supplemental plan to provide benefits for employees who have been impacted by statutory limits under the provisions of the qualified pension and savings plan. All CME employees hired prior to January 1, 2007 are immediately vested in their supplemental plan benefits. All CME employees hired on or after January 1, 2007 are subject to the vesting requirements of the underlying qualified plans. Total expense for the supplemental plan was $1.3 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plan – A deferred compensation plan is maintained by CME, under which eligible officers and members of the Board of Directors may contribute a percentage of their compensation and defer income taxes thereon until the time of distribution.

CBOT Supplemental Retirement Plan. CME Group maintains a non-qualified supplemental retirement plan for former officers of CBOT Holdings who elected to participate in the plan. The liability for this plan, which amounted to $1.4 million and $1.6 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, is funded by life insurance policies on the lives of the participating employees. There is a trust established for the purpose of administering this non-qualified plan.

NYMEX Non-Qualified Plans. As part of the merger with NYMEX Holdings, CME Group assumed the obligation for the non-qualified deferred compensation plan for key employees of NYMEX. The plan allows for matching and regular year-end contributions to the deferred plan. Matching and year-end contribution percentages follow the same guidelines as the NYMEX defined contribution plan. It is intended to be unfunded and, therefore, all compensation deferred under the deferred plan is held by CME Group and commingled with its general assets. At December 31, 2008, the liability for the deferred plan was $1.9 million. The total assets for the plan, which are subject to the claims of general creditors, are $1.9 million at December 31, 2008.

 

103


Table of Contents

NYMEX Members’ Retirement Plan and Benefits. NYMEX maintained a retirement and benefit plan under the COMEX Members’ Recognition and Retention Plan (MRRP). This plan provides benefits to certain members of the COMEX division based on long-term membership, and participation is limited to individuals who were COMEX division members prior to NYMEX’s acquisition of COMEX in 1994. No new participants were permitted into the plan after the date of this acquisition. Under the terms of the MRRP, the company is required to fund the plan with a minimum annual contribution of $400,000 until it is fully funded. All benefits to be paid under the MRRP are based on reasonable actuarial assumptions which are based upon the amounts that are available and are expected to be available to pay benefits. Total contributions to the plan for the period August 23 through December 31, 2008 was $0.8 million. At December 31, 2008, the total obligation for the MRRP totaled $20.1 million. Assets with a fair value of $13.1 million have been allocated to this plan at December 31, 2008.

17. OTHER LIABILITIES

Other liabilities consisted of the following at December 31:

 

(in thousands)

   2008    2007

Post-retirement and non-qualified benefit plans

   $ 29,043    $ 6,936

Deferred rent

     27,913      21,724

Derivative investments, at fair value

     25,894      —  

Accrued federal and state tax

     28,264      —  

Non-qualified deferred compensation plans

     19,078      23,047

Guarantee of exercise right privileges (note 19)

     1,159      13,983

Unearned revenue

     —        7,109

Other

     1,394      3,458
             

Total

   $ 132,745    $ 76,257
             

18. COMMITMENTS

Operating Leases. CME Group has commitments under operating leases for certain facilities that are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases.” On August 24, 2007, the company renegotiated the operating lease for its headquarters at 20 South Wacker Drive in Chicago. The lease, which has an initial term ending on November 30, 2022, contains two consecutive renewal options for seven and ten years and a contraction option which allows the company to reduce its occupied space after November 30, 2018. Annual minimum payments under the headquarters operating lease now range from $6.9 million to $10.8 million.

In August 2006, CME Group entered into an operating lease for additional office space in Chicago. The initial lease term, which became effective on August 10, 2006, terminates on November 30, 2023. The lease contains two 5-year renewal options beginning in 2023. Annual minimum rentals for this lease range from $3.7 million to $5.6 million.

CME Group also maintains an operating lease for office space in London which became effective on November 3, 2006. The lease will terminate on March 1, 2019. However, CME Group has an option to terminate the lease without penalty on December 25, 2011. Annual minimum rentals range from $0.8 million to $0.9 million. If CME Group does not exercise the option to terminate the lease on December 25, 2011, annual minimum rental payments will be $1.3 million after 2011. In conjunction with this lease, CME Group entered into an agreement to sublease a portion of this space to FXMS; however, since FXMS is winding down operations, CMA will assume the space previously occupied by FXMS in early 2009.

Leases for other locations where CME Group maintains space expire at various times from 2012 to 2014 with annual minimum rentals that will not exceed $4.8 million in any year.

Total rental expense, including equipment rental, was $36.2 million in 2008, $31.4 million in 2007 and $24.7 million in 2006.

 

104


Table of Contents

Other Commitments. Commitments include long-term liabilities as well as contractual obligations that are non-cancelable. These contractual obligations totaled $49.8 million at December 31, 2008 and relate primarily to software licenses, maintenance and telecommunication services that are expensed as the related services are used.

Future minimum obligations under non-cancelable operating leases, purchase obligations and other liabilities in effect at December 31, 2008 are payable as follows (in thousands):

 

Year

   Operating
Leases
   Purchase
Obligations
   Other
Liabilities
   Total

2009

   $ 19,351    $ 13,623    $ 1,217    $ 34,191

2010

     21,235      12,852      —        34,087

2011

     21,491      9,321      —        30,812

2012

     18,851      6,000      —        24,851

2013

     17,603      4,000      —        21,603

Thereafter

     144,561      4,000      —        148,561
                           

Total

   $ 243,092    $ 49,796    $ 1,217    $ 294,105
                           

Licensing Agreements. CME Group has various licensing agreements including agreements with Standard & Poor’s (S&P), Nasdaq OMX Group, Inc. (NASDAQ OMX) and Dow Jones relating to certain equity index products. The license agreement with S&P provides that the S&P 500 Index futures and options will be exclusive through December 31, 2016 so long as certain volume requirements are met. In 2008, the company extended its license agreement with NASDAQ OMX, which is exclusive with respect to futures and options on futures contracts based on certain NASDAQ OMX indexes through October 9, 2019.

On September 11, 2007, CME Group renewed its product licensing agreement with Dow Jones. The agreement enables the exchange to continue to exclusively offer futures and options on futures products based on the Dow Jones Industrial Average and other Dow Jones Indexes. The new agreement is effective January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2014 and included an upfront payment as well as minimum annual payments. The agreement also includes a provision for a five year renewal term and successive annual renewal terms after the initial five year renewal term until cancelled by either party six months prior to the annual renewal date.

Other Agreements. In 1994, NYMEX Holdings entered into a Letter of Intent with Battery Park City Authority (BPCA), New York Economic Development Corporation (EDC) and Empire State Development Corporation (ESDC) to construct a new trading facility and office building on a site in Battery Park City. By agreement dated May 18, 1995, the EDC and ESDC agreed to provide funding of $128.7 million to construct the facility. NYMEX Holdings is liable for liquidated damages on a declining scale if it violates terms of the occupancy agreement at any time prior to 15 years from the date of occupancy, July 7, 1997. Such a violation could also potentially trigger a cross default under the ground lease described below.

In May 1995, NYMEX Holdings signed a ground lease (expiring June 2069) with BPCA for the site where it constructed its headquarters and trading facility. The lease establishes payments in lieu of taxes (PILOTs) due to New York City, as follows: for the trading portion of the facility, PILOTs are entirely abated for the first 20 years after occupancy; for the office portion of the facility, PILOTs are entirely abated for one year after occupancy. For the next 10 years, PILOTs will range from 25% to 92.5% of taxes. Sub-let space is not eligible for abatements.

In 2002, NYMEX Holdings entered into an agreement and received a $5.0 million grant from ESDC. This agreement requires NYMEX Holdings to maintain certain annual employment levels, and the grant is subject to recapture amounts, on a declining scale, through January 1, 2012.

19. CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

Legal Matters. There are two purported class action complaints pending against the former NYMEX Holdings, the former NYMEX Holdings board of directors and CME Group in the Delaware Court of Chancery related to the merger between CME Group and NYMEX Holdings.

The first complaint, amended as of October 6, 2008, is a purported consolidated class action on behalf of former NYMEX Holdings’ shareholders (the shareholder complaint) which alleges, among other things, that the NYMEX Holdings board of directors breached their fiduciary duties in approving the merger agreement by exclusively negotiating a transaction with CME Group without regard to the fairness of the transaction to the NYMEX Holdings shareholders, failing to take steps to maximize shareholder value, capping the minimum price of NYMEX Holdings’ stock, failing to properly value

 

105


Table of Contents

NYMEX Holdings, making changes to NYMEX Holdings’ change of control severance plan weeks before announcing that it was engaged in discussions with CME Group, requiring the Class A members to execute a waiver and release that allegedly is coercive because it is intended to deprive them of their rights to participate in this lawsuit as well as their rights to past, present and future royalty payments under Section 311(G) of the former bylaws of NYMEX, and failing to fully disclose material information related to the merger, including financial information and information necessary to prevent statements contained in the preliminary proxy from being misleading. The shareholder complaint further alleges that CME Group aided and abetted the alleged breach of fiduciary duties. The shareholder plaintiffs initially sought to enjoin the merger; however, they pulled the preliminary injunction hearing from the court’s calendar on August 5, 2008 after becoming satisfied that there had been adequate disclosures by NYMEX Holdings and CME Group. The shareholder plaintiffs now seek damages for the alleged breaches of fiduciary duties and a declaration that the waiver and release is invalid and unenforceable. On October 24, 2008, CME Group moved to dismiss the shareholder plaintiffs’ complaint.

The second complaint, amended as of September 18, 2008, is a purported consolidated class action on behalf of NYMEX Class A members (the member complaint) which alleges claims substantially similar to those raised in the shareholder complaint. The member plaintiff initially sought to enjoin the merger; however, she pulled the preliminary injunction hearing from the court’s calendar on August 5, 2008 after becoming satisfied that there had been adequate disclosures by NYMEX Holdings and CME Group. The member plaintiff now seeks damages for the alleged breaches of fiduciary duties and a declaration that the waiver and release is invalid and unenforceable. On September 22, 2008, CME Group filed a motion to dismiss and stay discovery. On September 26, 2008, the member plaintiffs, jointly with the shareholder plaintiffs, filed a motion for declaratory judgment and requested an expedited hearing on their motion. On October 2, 2008, the Court denied the plaintiffs’ request for expedition and granted CME Group’s request to stay discovery in both actions. On February 9, 2009, the court heard all outstanding motions (the company’s motion for summary judgment and motion to dismiss and the plaintiff’s motion for partial summary judgment). We are currently awaiting the court’s ruling on the motion. Based on its investigation to date and advice from counsel, the company believes this suit is without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously against these charges.

On October 14, 2003, the U.S. Futures Exchange, L.L.C. (Eurex U.S.) and U.S. Exchange Holdings, Inc., filed suit against CBOT and CME in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia. The suit alleges that CBOT and CME violated the antitrust laws and tortiously interfered with the business relationship and contract between Eurex U.S. and The Clearing Corporation. Eurex U.S. and U.S. Exchange Holdings, Inc. are seeking a preliminary injunction and treble damages. On December 12, 2003, CBOT and CME filed separate motions to dismiss or, in the event the motion to dismiss is denied, to move the venue to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. On September 2, 2004, the judge granted CBOT’s and CME’s motion to transfer venue to the Northern District of Illinois. In light of that decision, the judge did not rule on the motions to dismiss. On March 25, 2005, Eurex U.S. filed a second amended complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. On June 6, 2005, CME and CBOT filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 25, 2005, the judge denied the joint CME/CBOT motion to dismiss. The parties are currently engaged in discovery. On April 9, 2007, CME and CBOT filed two joint motions for summary judgment. Based on its investigation to date and advice from legal counsel, the company believes this suit is without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously against these charges.

On August 23, 2006, CBOT Holdings and CBOT, along with a class consisting of certain CBOT full members, filed a lawsuit in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware against the CBOE. The lawsuit seeks to enforce and protect the ERPs. The lawsuit alleges that these ERPs allow CBOT’s full members who hold them to become full members of CBOE and to participate on an equal basis with other members of CBOE in CBOE’s announced plans to demutualize. On June 2, 2008, the parties reached a settlement in principle with CBOT Holdings, under which eligible CBOT members who held ERPs were each given the choice of tendering their ERP to the company for $250,000 payable after the closing or to participate as a class member in the CBOE lawsuit with a guaranteed payment of up to $250,000 from the company if the lawsuit results in a recovery of less than that amount. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement, holders of ERPs could submit a claim to participate in the settlement as a Class A or Class B settlement participant on October 14, 2008. Participating Class A members will share in an equity pool equal to 18 percent of the total common stock issued by CBOE in its demutualization and will share in cash pool of up to $300.0 million, subject to a cap of $600,000 per individual. Participating Class B members would be paid $250,000 per ERP. In December 2008, the judge heard objections to the proposed settlement. We are currently awaiting the court’s ruling on the approval of the settlement. The maximum possible aggregate payment under the company’s guarantee, assuming that all outstanding ERPs are paid $250,000 by the company, is $293.0 million.

 

106


Table of Contents

On August 19, 2008, Fifth Market filed a complaint against CME Group and CME Inc. seeking a permanent injunction against CME’s Globex system and enhanced damages for what the plaintiff alleges is willful infringement, in addition to costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees. The suit alleges that CME infringes two U.S. patents. Based on its investigation to date and advice from legal counsel, the company believes this suit is without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously against these charges.

In addition, the company is a defendant in, and has potential for, various other legal proceedings arising from its regular business activities. While the ultimate results of such proceedings against the company cannot be predicted with certainty, the company believes that the resolution of any of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Mutual Offset Agreement. CME and SGX have a mutual offset agreement that has been extended through October 2009. CME can maintain collateral in the form of U.S. Treasury securities or irrevocable letters of credit. At December 31, 2008, CME was contingently liable to SGX on irrevocable letters of credit totaling $33.0 million and had pledged securities with a fair value of $283.8 million. Regardless of the collateral, CME guarantees all cleared transactions submitted through SGX and would initiate procedures designed to satisfy these financial obligations in the event of a default, such as the use of performance bonds and security deposits of the defaulting clearing firm.

Employment-related Agreements. The exchange has employment agreements and other retention arrangements with Terrence A. Duffy, Executive Chairman and Craig S. Donohue, Chief Executive Officer.

Effective November 1, 2006, Mr. Duffy became the Executive Chairman, an executive officer of the company. For his service, Mr. Duffy receives as annual base salary of $1.0 million. Pursuant to a resolution approved by the compensation committee and the board of directors, Mr. Duffy is entitled to a retention payment in the amount of his annual base salary, if at the end of his term as Executive Chairman he is willing and able to serve another term as Executive Chairman and is not nominated for re-election to the board and/or is not re-elected to the position of Executive Chairman by the members of the board, if he is eligible to serve on the board, subject to certain conditions. The compensation committee also authorized management, subject to annual review by the committee, to self-insure the supplemental life and long-term disability coverage amounts necessary to provide Mr. Duffy with the same level of life and long-term disability coverage generally provided to employees under the company’s group life and long-term disability policies. Additionally, the committee authorized the company to gross up the self-insured supplemental life insurance amount to account for any taxes on such amount owed by Mr. Duffy’s beneficiaries. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Duffy would be entitled to disability insurance benefits based on two-thirds of base pay and life insurance benefits based on three times base pay.

Mr. Donohue’s agreement is through December 31, 2009, subject to renewal by mutual written agreement. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Donohue’s annual base salary will be at least $0.9 million. In the event of a termination without cause, as defined in the agreement, Mr. Donohue is entitled to a one-time lump sum severance payment equal to two times his current base salary and will automatically vest in any outstanding equity awards that would have vested during the remaining term of the agreement. In the event Mr. Donohue voluntarily terminates the agreement for good reason, as defined in the agreement, Mr. Donohue is entitled to a one-time lump sum severance payment equal to two times his current base salary and will automatically vest in any outstanding equity award.

The employment agreements also provide that these executive officers are eligible to participate in CME Group’s benefit plans and programs, including the equity program and annual incentive plan, commensurate with their position in accordance with CME’s policies for executives in effect from time to time.

Cross-Margin Agreements. CME and OCC have a cross-margin arrangement, whereby a common clearing firm may maintain a cross-margin account in which the clearing firm’s positions in certain CME futures and options on futures contracts are combined with certain positions cleared by OCC for purposes of calculating performance bond requirements. The performance bond deposits are held jointly by CME and OCC. If a participating firm defaults, the gain or loss on the liquidation of the firm’s open position and the proceeds from the liquidation of the cross-margin account are allocated 50% each to CME and OCC.

 

107


Table of Contents

Cross-margin agreements exist with CME and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (FICC) and LCH.Clearnet Group (LCH) whereby the clearing firms’ offsetting positions with CME are subject to reduced margin requirements. Clearing firms maintain separate performance bond deposits with each clearing house, but depending on the net offsetting positions between CME and FICC or CME and LCH, as applicable, each clearing house may reduce the firm’s performance bond requirement. In the event of a firm default, the total liquidation net gain or loss on the firm’s offsetting open positions and the proceeds from the liquidation of the performance bond collateral held by each clearing house’s supporting offsetting positions are split evenly between CME and the applicable clearing house.

Additionally, for the FICC and LCH cross-margin agreements, if, after liquidation of all the positions and collateral of the defaulting firm at each respective clearing organization, and taking into account any cross-margining loss sharing payments, any of the participating clearing organizations has a remaining liquidating surplus, and any other participating clearing organization has a remaining liquidating deficit, any additional surplus from the liquidation will be shared with the other clearing houses to the extent that they have a remaining liquidating deficit. Any remaining surplus funds will be passed to the bankruptcy trustee.

GFX Letter of Credit. CME guarantees a $5.0 million standby letter of credit for GFX. The beneficiary of the letter of credit is the clearing firm that is used by GFX to execute and maintain its futures positions. Per exchange requirements, GFX is required to place performance bond deposits with its clearing firm. The letter of credit, utilized as performance bond, will be drawn on in the event that GFX defaults in meeting requirements to its clearing firm. In the unlikely event of a payment default by GFX, if GFX’s performance bond is not sufficient to cover the deficit, CME would guarantee the remaining deficit, if any.

Intellectual Property Indemnifications. Certain agreements with customers and other third parties related to accessing the CME Globex platform, the ClearPort platform, the Swapstream electronic trading platform, and/or the Clearing 21 platform; utilizing market data services, and licensing CME SPAN software may contain indemnifications from intellectual property claims that may be made against them as a result of their use of the applicable products and/or services. The potential future claims relating to these indemnifications cannot be estimated and, therefore, in accordance with FIN No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” no liability has been recorded.

20. DERIVATIVE INVESTMENTS

The company mitigates certain financial exposures to foreign currency exchange rate risk and interest rate risk through the use of derivative financial instruments as part of its risk management program.

Foreign Currency Derivatives. In connection with its purchase of BM&F stock in February 2008, CME Group purchased a put option to hedge against changes in the fair value of BM&F stock resulting from foreign currency rate fluctuations between U.S. dollar and the Brazilian real (BRL) beyond the option’s exercise price. Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc. (LBSF) was the sole counterparty to this option contract. On September 15, 2008, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (Lehman) filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. The bankruptcy filing of Lehman was an event of default that gave the company the right to immediately terminate the put option agreement with LBSF. To mitigate credit risk, the derivative agreement required CME Group’s counterparty to collateralize substantially all of the option’s fair value with cash or U.S. Treasury securities. Upon termination of the option agreement, the company recognized a loss of $2.0 million due to the shortfall in collateralization. The company intends to file a proof of claim with the bankruptcy court.

The BM&F stock is currently carried at cost due to restrictions on CME Group’s ability to sell the stock. As of December 31, 2008, the company had not re-established a hedge against changes in fair value of the stock resulting from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

During 2008, the company recognized a loss of $5.9 million due to the changes in the fair value of this option contract.

 

108


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Derivatives. In connection with the issuance of floating rate debt in August 2008, the company entered into three interest rate swap agreements, designated as cash flow hedges, for purposes of hedging against a change in interest payments due to fluctuations in the underlying benchmark rate. These swaps are highly effective.

Under the first swap agreement, which is effective November 6, 2008 and matures on August 6, 2010, the company pays a fixed rate of interest and receives a variable rate of interest equal to the three-month LIBOR as determined on the quarterly reset date on a notional principal amount of $300.0 million. The net amount to be paid or received quarterly, beginning on February 6, 2009, is recorded as an adjustment to interest expense, while the change in fair value is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheet to the extent that the hedge is effective. Any ineffectiveness is recorded in the consolidated statements of income in the period incurred. The aggregate fair value of the interest rate swap as of December 31, 2008 was a liability of $9.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the company recognized a net unrealized loss of $9.1 million. An immaterial amount of the gross unrealized loss was considered ineffectiveness.

Under the second swap agreement, which is effective October 22, 2008 and matures on August 19, 2011, the company pays a fixed rate of interest and receives a variable rate of interest equal to the three-month LIBOR as determined on the quarterly reset date on a notional principal amount of $420.5 million. The net amount to be paid or received quarterly, beginning on January 22, 2009, is recorded as an adjustment to interest expense, while the change in fair value is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheet to the extent that the hedge is effective. Any ineffectiveness is recorded in the consolidated statements of income in the period incurred. The aggregate fair value of the interest rate swap as of December 31, 2008 was a liability of $21.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the company recognized a net unrealized loss related to the agreement of $23.0 million. An immaterial amount of the gross unrealized loss was considered ineffectiveness.

The company entered into a third interest rate swap agreement in October 2008, which is effective November 6, 2008 and matures on August 6, 2009. This swap is also designated as a cash flow hedge for purposes of hedging against a change in interest payments on floating rate debt due to fluctuations in the underlying benchmark rate. This swap is expected to be highly effective. Under the swap agreement, the company pays a fixed rate of interest and receives a variable rate of interest equal to the three-month LIBOR as determined on the quarterly reset date on a notional principal amount of $250.0 million. The net amount to be paid or received quarterly, beginning on February 6, 2009, will be recorded as an adjustment to interest expense, while the change in fair value is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheet to the extent that the hedge is effective. Any ineffectiveness will be recorded in the consolidated statements of income in the period incurred. The aggregate fair value of the interest rate swap as of December 31, 2008 was a liability of $2.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the company recognized a net unrealized loss related to the agreement of $2.2 million. An immaterial amount of the gross unrealized loss was considered ineffectiveness.

To mitigate counterparty credit risk, the swap agreements require collateralization by both counterparties for the swaps’ aggregate net fair value. Collateral, which is maintained in the form of cash, is adjusted and transferred on a daily basis.

 

109


Table of Contents

21. CAPITAL STOCK

Shares Outstanding. The following table presents information at December 31:

 

(in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

   2008    2007

Shares authorized (1)

   1 billion    1 billion

Class A common stock (2) (3)

   66.4 million    53.3 million

Class B-1 common stock

   625    625

Class B-2 common stock

   813    813

Class B-3 common stock

   1,287    1,287

Class B-4 common stock

   413    413

 

(1) In connection with its merger with CBOT Holdings, CME Group amended its certificate of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of Class A common stock to 1.0 billion shares from 138.0 million shares.
(2) In connection with its merger with NYMEX Holdings, CME group issued 12.5 million shares of Class A common stock to NYMEX Holdings’ shareholders.
(3) In June 2008, CME Group board of directors authorized a share buyback program of up to $1.1 billion of CME Group Class A common stock, subject to market conditions. The share repurchase plan did not obligate CME Group to repurchase any specific dollar amount or number of shares of its Class A common stock. In January 2009, the share buyback program was temporarily suspended.

CME Group has no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

On August 1, 2007, CME Group commenced a fixed price tender offer for up to 6.3 million shares of its Class A common stock (including the associated preferred stock purchase rights) at a price of $560 per share. The tender offer was completed on September 5, 2007 and CME Group accepted for purchase 1.7 million shares of its Class A common stock (including the associated preferred stock purchase rights), representing approximately 3% of the Class A common stock outstanding at the time of purchase.

Associated Trading Rights. Members of the exchange own or lease trading rights which entitle them access to the trading floors, discounts on trading fees and the right to vote on certain exchange matters as provided for by the rules of the particular exchange and CME Group’s or the subsidiaries’ organizational documents. Each class of CME Group Class B common stock is associated with a membership in a specific division for trading at CME. A CME trading right is a separate asset that is not part of or evidenced by the associated share of Class B common stock of CME Group. The Class B common stock of CME Group is intended only to ensure that the Class B shareholders of CME Group retain rights with respect to representation on the board of directors and approval rights with respect to the core rights described below.

Trading rights at CBOT are evidenced by Class B memberships in CBOT, at NYMEX by Class A memberships in NYMEX and at COMEX by COMEX Division memberships in COMEX. Members of the CBOT, NYMEX and COMEX exchanges do not have any rights to elect members of the board of directors and are not entitled to receive dividends or other distributions on their memberships.

Core Rights. Holders of CME Group Class B common shares have the right to approve changes in specified rights relating to the trading privileges at CME associated with those shares. These core rights include allocation of products that a holder of trading rights is permitted to trade through the exchange; the trading floor access rights and privileges of members; the number of memberships in each membership class and the number of authorized and issued shares of Class B common stock associated with that class; and eligibility requirements to exercise trading rights associated with Class B shares. Votes on changes to these core rights are weighted by class. Each class of Class B common stock has the following number of votes on matters relating to core rights: Class B-1, six votes per share; Class B-2, two votes per share; Class B-3, one vote per share; and Class B-4, 1/6th of one vote per share. The approval of a majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares of Class B common stock is required in order to approve any changes to core rights. Holders of shares of Class A common stock do not have the right to vote on changes to core rights.

Voting Rights. With the exception of the matters reserved to holders of CME Group Class B common stock, holders of common stock vote together on all matters for which a vote of common shareholders is required. In these votes, each holder of shares of Class A or Class B common stock of CME Group has one vote per share.

 

110


Table of Contents

Transfer Restrictions. Each class of CME Group Class B common stock is subject to transfer restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation of CME Group. These transfer restrictions prohibit the sale or transfer of any shares of Class B common stock separate from the sale of the associated trading rights.

Election of Directors. The CME Group Board of Directors is composed of 33 members, consisting of 20 directors from CME Holdings, 10 directors from the former CBOT Holdings and three directors from the former NYMEX Holdings. Holders of Class A and Class B common stock have the right to vote together in the election of 27 directors. Until 2012, at least ten of these 27 directors must be CBOT directors as defined by our bylaws. Holders of Class B-1, Class B-2 and Class B-3 common stock have the right to elect six directors, of which three are elected by Class B-1 shareholders, two are elected by Class B-2 shareholders and one is elected by Class B-3 shareholders. In February 2009, the board of directors approved a resolution to reduce the size of the board from 33 to 32 members effective as of the company’s 2009 annual meeting schedule for May.

Dividends. Holders of Class A and Class B common stock of CME Group are entitled to receive proportionately such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the CME Group Board of Directors.

Ownership Requirements. As of December 31, 2008, each clearing firm clearing only CME, CBOT or NYMEX products was required to own 8,000 shares of Class A common stock in addition to either the Class B common stock of CME Group or the associated CBOT or NYMEX trading privileges, as applicable. For firms clearing products at two exchanges, the Class A common stock ownership requirement is increased to 12,000 shares and for firms clearing at all exchanges, the requirement is increased to 16,000 shares. The total Class A common stock held by our clearing firms pursuant to this requirement was 1.4 million shares at December 31, 2008.

Shareholder Rights Provisions. The Board of Directors of CME Group has adopted a plan creating rights that entitle CME Group’s shareholders to purchase shares of CME Group stock in the event that a third party initiates a transaction designed to take over the company. This rights plan is intended to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of CME Group to engage in arms-length negotiations with the board of directors and management. The rights are attached to all outstanding shares of CME Group common stock, and each right entitles the shareholder to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of Series A junior participating preferred stock at a purchase price of $1,000 per unit. The rights should not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the board of directors since the rights may be amended to permit such acquisition or redeemed by the company under the terms of the plan. In the event the rights become exercisable, each holder of a right shall receive, upon exercise, Class A common stock having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the right.

CME Group Omnibus Stock Plan. CME Group has adopted an Omnibus Stock Plan under which stock-based awards may be made to employees. A total of 4.0 million Class A shares have been reserved for awards under the plan. Awards totaling 3.4 million shares have been granted and are outstanding or have been exercised under this plan at December 31, 2008 (note 22).

CBOT Holdings Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan. In connection with the merger with CBOT Holdings, CME Group assumed CBOT Holdings’ 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan. Under the plan, stock-based awards may be made to certain directors, officers and other key employees or individuals. A total of 0.4 million shares have been reserved for awards under the plan. No awards have been granted under this plan subsequent to the merger and approximately 0.3 million shares remain available for future awards (note 22).

NYMEX Holdings Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan. In connection with the merger with NYMEX Holdings, CME Group assumed NYMEX Holdings’ 2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan. Under the plan, stock-based awards may be made to any director, officer or employee of the company and other key individuals providing services to the company. A total of 1.0 million shares have been reserved for awards under the plan. No awards have been granted under this plan subsequent to the merger and approximately 0.6 million shares remain available for future awards (note 22).

Director Stock Plan. CME Group has adopted a Director Stock Plan under which awards are made to non-executive directors as part of their annual compensation. A total of 25,000 Class A shares have been reserved under this plan, and approximately 15,000 shares have been awarded through December 31, 2008 (note 22).

Employee Stock Purchase Plan. CME Group has adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) under which eligible employees may purchase Class A shares at 90% of the market value of the shares using after-tax payroll deductions. A total of 40,000 Class A shares have been reserved under this plan, of which approximately 10,900 shares have been purchased through December 31, 2008 (note 22).

 

111


Table of Contents

Share Repurchases. In June 2008, CME Group was authorized, by its board of directors, to pursue new initiatives to return capital to shareholders. The initiatives included a share buyback program of up to $1.1 billion of CME Group Class A common stock, subject to market conditions over a period of up to 18 months. The board’s authorization permitted the repurchase of shares through the open market, an accelerated program, a tender offer or privately negotiated transactions. The company repurchased shares pursuant to a plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The share repurchase plan did not obligate CME Group to repurchase any specific dollar amount or number of shares of its Class A common stock.

In 2008, the company purchased approximately 783,000 shares at an average price of $286 per share for a total cost of $224.0 million. In January 2009, the company decided to suspend the share repurchase program for the near term. From inception of the program through its suspension in January 2009, the company has purchased approximately 922,000 shares at an average price per share of $272 for a total cost of $250.8 million.

22. STOCK-BASED PAYMENTS

CME Group adopted an Omnibus Stock Plan under which stock-based awards may be made to employees. A total of 4.0 million Class A shares have been reserved for awards under the plan. Awards totaling 3.4 million shares have been granted and are outstanding or have been exercised under the plan as of December 31, 2008. Awards granted since 2003 generally vest over a five-year period, with 20% vesting one year after the grant date and on that same date in each of the following four years.

In connection with the merger with NYMEX Holdings, CME Group assumed stock options available or outstanding under NYMEX Holdings’ Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan. A total of 1.0 million shares have been reserved for awards under the plan. Awards totaling 0.6 million shares were outstanding under this plan at the time the merger closed and CME Group assumed the plan. No options have been awarded under this plan subsequent to the merger.

In connection with the merger with CBOT Holdings, CME Group assumed stock options available or outstanding under CBOT Holdings’ Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan. A total of 0.4 million shares have been reserved for awards under the plan. Awards totaling 0.1 million shares were outstanding under this plan at the time the merger closed and CME Group assumed the plan. No options have been awards under this plan subsequent to the merger.

Total compensation expense for stock-based payments was $37.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, and $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The total income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of income for stock-based payment arrangements was $15.1 million, $9.1 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Excluding estimates of future forfeitures, at December 31, 2008, there was $58.4 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to employee stock-based compensation arrangements that had not yet vested. That expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.3 years.

In 2008, the company granted employees stock options totaling 197,645 shares under the Omnibus Stock Plan. The options have a ten-year term with exercise prices ranging from $203 to $486, the closing market prices on the grant dates. The fair value of these options totaled $34.4 million, measured at the grant dates using the Black-Scholes valuation model, which is recognized as compensation expense on an accelerated basis over the vesting period.

The Black-Scholes fair value of each option grant was calculated using the following assumptions:

 

     Grant Date
     2008    2007    2006

Dividend yield

   1.0% - 2.3%    0.5% - 0.7%    0.5% - 0.6%

Expected volatility

   43.6% - 50.2%    25.4% - 32.9%    31.8% - 37.9%

Risk-free interest rate

   1.6% - 3.9%    3.9% - 5.1%    4.5% - 5.0%

Expected life

   6.5 years    6.5 years    6.5 years

The dividend yield was calculated by dividing that year’s expected quarterly dividends by the market price of the stock at the date of grant. Until December 2008, expected volatility was determined using a weighted-average implied volatility of traded options on the company’s stock. Historical volatility was evaluated, but it was determined that implied volatility was a better measure of expected future volatility. Beginning December 2008, a weighting of implied and historical volatility was used to estimate expected future volatility. The risk-free rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of each grant. The expected life of options granted has been determined using the simplified method as outlined in guidance from the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

112


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the period:

 

(shares in thousands)

   Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

   804,028     $ 251

Granted

   197,645       395

Assumed in connection with the NYMEX Holdings merger

   335,721       327

Exercised

   (149,283 )     176

Cancelled

   (56,126 )     427
        

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   1,131,985       300
        

Exercisable at December 31, 2008

   613,881       228
        

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $174, $197 and $196 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was $31.9 million, $140.9 million and $113.2 million, respectively.

Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2008 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 6 years and an aggregate intrinsic value of $37.8 million. Stock options exercisable at December 31, 2008 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 5 years and an aggregate intrinsic value of $33.7 million.

In 2008, the company also granted 39,317 shares of restricted Class A common stock which generally have a vesting period of 2 to 5 years. The fair value related to these grants was $10.3 million, which is recognized as compensation expense on an accelerated basis over the vesting period.

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity for the period:

 

     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

   22,715     $ 396

Granted

   39,317       262

Vested

   (5,990 )     215

Cancelled

   (1,807 )     480
        

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   54,235       316
        

The total fair value of restricted stock that vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was $2.5 million, $3.8 million and $3.2 million, respectively.

Eligible employees may acquire shares of CME Group’s Class A common stock using after-tax payroll deductions made during consecutive offering periods of approximately six months in duration. Shares are purchased at the end of each offering period at a price of 90% of the closing price of the Class A common stock as reported on the NASDAQ. Compensation expense is recognized on the date of purchase for the discount from the closing price. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, a total of 5,600, 2,103 and 2,089 shares, respectively, of Class A common stock were issued to participating employees. These shares are subject to a six-month holding period. Annual expense of $0.1 million for the purchase discount was recognized in 2008, 2007 and 2006.

In 2005, CME Holdings added an equity component to its compensation for non-executive members of the board of directors. Under the original terms of the 2005 Director Stock Plan, non-executive directors received 100 shares of Class A common stock annually. Directors were also permitted to elect to receive some or all of the $17,500 cash portion of their annual stipend in shares of stock based on the closing price at the date of distribution. In August 2006, the cash portion of the annual stipend increased to $25,000. Non-executive directors may continue to elect to receive some or all of the cash portion of their annual stipend in shares of stock based on the closing price at the date of distribution. Additionally, each non-executive director now receives an annual award of Class A common stock with a value equal to

 

113


Table of Contents

$75,000. As a result, 5,509, 4,072 and 3,187 shares of Class A common stock were issued to non-executive directors during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These shares are not subject to any vesting restrictions. Expense of $1.4 million, $1.7 million and $1.0 million related to these stock-based payments was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

23. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

(in thousands)

   Net
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
On Securities
    Net
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
on Derivatives
    Actuarial
Gain (Loss)
on Defined
Benefit Plans
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Balance at December 31, 2005

   $ (2,907 )   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ (2,907 )

Adjustment to initially adopt SFAS No. 158

     —         —         (1,779 )     —         (1,779 )

Change, net of tax

     1,276       —         —         431       1,707  
                                        

Balance at December 31, 2006

     (1,631 )     —         (1,779 )     431       (2,979 )

Change, net of tax

     1,854       —         (2,363 )     386       (123 )
                                        

Balance at December 31, 2007

     223       —         (4,142 )     817       (3,102 )

Change, net of tax

     (25,281 )     (20,801 )     (15,429 )     (95,666 )     (157,177 )
                                        

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ (25,058 )   $ (20,801 )   $ (19,571 )   $ (94,849 )   $ (160,279 )
                                        

24. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

In January 2008, CME Group adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities by defining fair value and establishing a framework for measuring fair value. The standard creates a three-level hierarchy, which establishes classification of fair value for disclosure purposes.

 

   

Level 1 inputs, which are considered the most reliable evidence of fair value, consist of quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

   

Level 2 inputs consist of observable market data other than Level 1 inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs other than quoted prices that are directly observable.

 

   

Level 3 inputs consist of unobservable inputs which are derived and cannot be corroborated by market data or other entity specific inputs.

In general, the company uses quoted prices in active markets for identical assets to determine fair value of the investments within marketable securities, securities lending collateral and other equity investments. The Level 1 investments include U.S. Treasury securities, exchange traded mutual funds, repurchase agreements and publicly traded equity securities. If quoted prices are not available to determine fair value, the company uses other inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly. Investments included in Level 2 consist primarily of U.S. Government agency securities, municipal bonds, asset-backed securities and certain corporate bonds. Level 3 assets include certain corporate bonds and asset-backed securities. These assets have been valued using valuation models with inputs that are both observable and unobservable. The unobservable inputs used in these models are significant to the fair value of the investments and require management’s judgment.

The company determined the fair value of the derivative contracts using standard valuation models that are based on market-based observable inputs including forward and spot exchange rates and interest rate curves. Level 2 derivative assets include interest rate swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts.

The fair value of the liability for the guarantee of ERPs is derived using probability-weighted Black-Scholes option values for various scenarios. The liability is included in Level 3 because management uses significant unobservable inputs including probability, expected return and volatility factors to determine the fair value.

Financial assets and liabilities recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the asset or liability’s fair value measurement.

 

114


Table of Contents

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:

 

(in thousands)

   Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total

Assets at Fair Value:

           

Marketable securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 284,842    $ —      $ —      $ 284,842

Mutual funds

     17,182      —        —        17,182

Municipal bonds

     —        5,278      —        5,278

U.S. Government agency securities

     —        2,751      —        2,751

Equity investments

     24      —        —        24
                           

Total

     302,048      8,029      —        310,077

Securities lending collateral:

           

Corporate bonds

     —        400,572      —        400,572

Asset-backed securities

     —        6,507      1,509      8,016

Repurchase agreements

     18,370      —        —        18,370
                           

Total

     18,370      407,079      1,509      426,958

Equity investments

     47,659      —        —        47,659
                           

Total Assets at Fair Value

   $ 368,077    $ 415,108    $ 1,509    $ 784,694
                           

Liabilities at Fair Value:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

   $ —      $ 33,144    $ —      $ 33,144

Guarantee of CBOE exercise right privileges

     —        —        1,159      1,159
                           

Total Liabilities at Fair Value

   $ —      $ 33,144    $ 1,159    $ 34,303
                           

The following is a reconciliation of assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during 2008.

 

(in thousands)

   Securities
Lending
Collateral
    Foreign
Currency
Option
    Guarantee
of CBOE
Exercise
Right
Privileges
 

Fair value of assets (liabilities) at January 1, 2008

   $ —       $ —       $ (13,983 )

Purchases and issuances

     22,536       45,195       —    

Transfers in (out) of Level 3

     6,000       —         —    

Realized and unrealized gains (losses):

      

Included in non-operating income (expense)

     (24,380 )     (7,894 )     12,824  

Included in other comprehensive income (loss)

     (629 )     —         —    

Settlements

     (2,018 )     (37,301 )     —    
                        

Fair value of assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2008

   $ 1,509     $ —       $ (1,159 )
                        

Total unrealized gains and (losses) related to financial assets and liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2008

   $ (629 )   $ —       $ 12,824  
                        

Due to market conditions, the company revalued a money market mutual fund investment within CME’s securities lending collateral using unobservable inputs during the third quarter of 2008. A financial institution defaulted on its obligation to the fund in the third quarter resulting in a decline in the fund’s market value. The company considered its exposure to potential loss due to the default and its ability to hold the investment in determining the fair value of the investment. As a result of the revaluation, the company recorded an impairment charge of $6.0 million in securities lending interest and other costs during the year as the decline in value was determined to be other-than-temporary. This investment was transferred into Level 3 during the year because its fair value is based on the company’s best estimate.

 

115


Table of Contents

As a result of the merger with NYMEX Holdings in August 2008, the company acquired the collateral portfolio for the NYMEX securities lending program. At December 31, 2008, one corporate debt security in the portfolio was determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired due to default by the issuers. The company recorded an impairment charge of $18.3 million in the securities lending interest and other costs during the year. These investments are included as purchases in Level 3 as they were acquired as part of the merger. In addition, the company has categorized certain asset-backed securities in the NYMEX securities lending portfolio in Level 3 because their fair value was estimated using valuation models with unobservable inputs.

25. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of all classes of common stock outstanding for each reporting period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the increase in shares using the treasury stock method to reflect the impact of an equivalent number of shares of common stock if stock options were exercised and restricted stock awards were converted into common stock. There were 493,400, 134,100 and 137,300 outstanding stock options at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which were anti-dilutive.

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

   2008    2007    2006

Net income

   $ 715,486    $ 658,533    $ 407,348

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

        

Basic

     58,738      43,754      34,696

Effect of stock options

     220      342      418

Effect of restricted stock awards

     9      11      10
                    

Diluted

     58,967      44,107      35,124
                    

Earnings per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 12.18    $ 15.05    $ 11.74

Diluted

     12.13      14.93      11.60

26. QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

   First
Quarter
   Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
    Total  

Year Ended December 31, 2008:

           

Total revenues

   $ 625,110    $ 563,188     $ 680,952     $ 691,769     $ 2,561,019  

Operating Income

     399,930      343,639       420,771       417,855       1,582,195  

Non-operating income (expense)

     7,307      (10,075 )     (24,771 )     (306,692 )     (334,231 )

Income before income taxes

     407,237      333,564       396,000       111,163       1,247,964  

Net income

     283,548      201,182       168,691       62,065       715,486  

Earnings per common share:

           

Basic

   $ 5.28    $ 3.69     $ 2.82     $ 0.93     $ 12.18  

Diluted

     5.25      3.67       2.81       0.93       12.13  

Year Ended December 31, 2007:

           

Total revenues

   $ 332,331    $ 329,009     $ 565,222     $ 529,539     $ 1,756,101  

Operating income

     200,701      192,485       345,375       313,347       1,051,908  

Non-operating income (expense)

     14,656      16,948       (11,055 )     23,345       43,894  

Income before income taxes

     215,357      209,433       334,320       336,692       1,095,802  

Net income

     130,028      125,875       201,572       201,058       658,533  

Earnings per common share:

           

Basic

   $ 3.73    $ 3.61     $ 3.90     $ 3.78     $ 15.05  

Diluted

     3.69      3.57       3.87       3.75       14.93  

 

116


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act)) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control system has been designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. Management based its assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control-Integrated Framework Issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included evaluating the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing the operational effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The results of its assessment were reviewed with the audit committee of the board of directors.

CME Group completed its merger with NYMEX Holdings on August 22, 2008. Management considered the transaction material to the results of operations, cash flows and financial position from the date of the acquisition through December 31, 2008, and believes that the internal controls and procedures of NYMEX Holdings and its subsidiaries have a material effect on internal control over financial reporting. As a result of the merger with NYMEX Holdings, certain systems and processes were integrated through December 31, 2008 and are included in the scope of management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting. Due to the timing of the merger, certain systems and processes from NYMEX Holdings were not integrated. As permitted by the SEC, management’s assessment as of December 31, 2008 did not include the internal control over financial reporting of NYMEX Holdings, which is included in CME Group’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2008. NYMEX Holdings constituted approximately 29% of our total assets at December 31, 2008 and approximately 11% of total revenues for 2008. SEC guidance provides that an assessment of a recently acquired business may be omitted in management’s report on internal control over financial reporting in the year of acquisition.

Based on this assessment, which excluded an assessment of internal controls over financial reporting of NYMEX Holdings, management believes that, as of December 31, 2008, our internal control over financial reporting is effective. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in the following report.

REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To The Board of Directors and Shareholders of CME Group Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CME Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. Our audit also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of CME Group Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), CME Group Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

LOGO

Chicago, Illinois

February 26, 2009

To The Board of Directors and Shareholders of CME Group Inc.

We have audited CME Group Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). CME Group Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of NYMEX Holdings, Inc., which is included in the 2008 consolidated financial statements of CME Group Inc. and constituted approximately 29% of total assets at December 31, 2008 and approximately 11% of revenues for 2008. The Company completed its acquisition of NYMEX Holdings, Inc. on August 22, 2008, and as permitted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s guidance, management did not assess the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of NYMEX Holdings, Inc. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of CME Group Inc. also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of NYMEX Holdings, Inc.

In our opinion, CME Group Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 of CME Group Inc. and our report dated February 27, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

LOGO

Chicago, Illinois

February 26, 2009

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

On August 22, 2008, CME Group completed its merger with NYMEX Holdings. In connection with the merger, NYMEX Holdings was merged into CMEG NY Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of CME Group, and the subsidiaries of NYMEX Holdings, including NYMEX and COMEX, became part of the consolidated group of subsidiaries of CME Group. The company is currently in the process of integrating the internal controls and procedures of the former NYMEX Holdings and its subsidiaries into its internal control over financial reporting. There were no other changes in the company’s internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting, other than the merger with NYMEX Holdings.

 

117


Table of Contents
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item is included in CME Group’s Proxy Statement under the headings “Composition of the Board,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Meetings of Our Board and Board Committees — Audit Committee,” and is incorporated herein by reference, pursuant to General Instruction G(3).

We have adopted a written code of conduct applicable to all of our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other senior financial officers. In accordance with SEC rules and regulations, our Code of Conduct is available on our Web site at www.cmegroup.com under the “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance” link. We intend to disclose promptly on our Web site any substantive amendments to our Code of Conduct and, in accordance with the listing requirements of the NASDAQ, any waivers granted to our executive officers or Board members will be promptly disclosed on a Current Report on Form 8-K. You may also obtain a copy of our Code of Conduct by following the instructions in the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K entitled “Item 1. Business — Available Information.”

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item is included in CME Group’s Proxy Statement under the headings “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report” and is incorporated herein by reference, pursuant to General Instruction G(3); provided, however, that the Compensation Committee Report contained in the Proxy Statement is not incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item relating to the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is included in CME Group’s Proxy Statement under the headings “Security Ownership of CME Group Common Stock” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference, pursuant to General Instruction G(3).

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item is included in CME Group’s Proxy Statement under the heading “Certain Business Relationships with Related Parties” and “Corporate Governance—Director Independence” and is incorporated herein by reference, pursuant to General Instruction G(3).

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item is included in CME Group’s Proxy Statement under the heading “Audit Committee Disclosures—Principal Accountant Fees and Services” and “Audit Committee Disclosures—Audit Committee Policy for Approval of Audit and Permitted Non-Audit Services” and is incorporated herein by reference, pursuant to General Instruction G(3).

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits

(1) Financial Statements

The following Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes, together with the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm with respect thereto, included within Item 8 are hereby incorporated by reference:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

118


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

The following Financial Statement Schedule is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

CME Group Inc. and Subsidiaries

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Balance at
beginning
of year
   Charged
against
goodwill
   Charged
(credited) to
costs and
expenses
    Charged
against
revenues
   Foreign
currency
translation
adjustment
    Deductions (1)     Balance
at end
of year

Year ended December 31, 2008:

                 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 1,392    $ 1,156    $ (281 )   $   —      $ —       $ (452 )   $ 1,815

Allowance for deferred tax assets

     11,235      —        101,263       —        55,836       —         168,334

Year ended December 31, 2007:

                 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 552    $ 465    $ 546     $ —      $ —       $ (171 )   $ 1,392

Allowance for deferred tax assets

     9,203      —        2,186       —        (154 )     —         11,235

Year ended December 31, 2006:

                 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 828    $ —      $ (132 )   $ —      $ —       $ (144 )   $ 552

Allowance for deferred tax assets

     —        7,894      947       —        362       —         9,203

 

(1) Includes write-offs of doubtful accounts

All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth in those schedules is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits

See (b) Exhibits below

(b) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

2.

   Plan of Acquisition, Reorganization, Arrangement, Liquidation or Succession

2.1

   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 1, 2001, between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc., Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. and CME Merger Subsidiary Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form S-4, filed with the SEC on August 7, 2001, File No. 333-66988).

2.2

   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 17, 2006, among Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc., CBOT Holdings, Inc. and Board of Trade of the City of Chicago, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 19, 2006, File No. 000-33379); Amendment No. 2 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2007, File No. 000-33379); Amendment No. 3 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 14, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 14, 2007, File No. 000-33379); Amendment No. 4 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 6, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 8-K, filed with SEC on July 6, 2007, File No. 000-33379).

2.3

   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 17, 2008, among CME Group Inc., CMEG NY Inc., NYMEX Holdings, Inc. and New York Mercantile Exchange, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 21, 2008, File No. 000-33379); Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on August 7, 2008, File No. 001-31553); Amendment No. 2 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 18, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to CME Group’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 23, 2008, File No. 001-31553); Amendment No. 3 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 7, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 2.2 to CME Group’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 11, 2008, File No. 001-31553).

3.

   Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

3.1

   Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of CME Group Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to CME Group’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 28, 2008, File No. 001-31553).

3.2

   Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of CME Group Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to CME Group’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 7, 2008, File No. 001-31553).

 

119


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

4.

   Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders

4.1

   Rights Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2001, between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 8-A, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2001, File No. 000-33379); First Amendment thereto, dated as of November 13, 2002, between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc., Mellon Investor Services, LLC and Computershare Investor Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 5 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 8-A, filed with the SEC on November 29, 2002, File No. 001-31553); Second Amendment thereto, dated October 26, 2005, by and between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. and Computershare Investor Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 27, 2005, File No. 001-31553).

4.2

   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2007, between CME Group Inc., as Issuer, and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 8, 2007, File No. 000-33379).

4.3

   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2007, among CME Group Inc., as Issuer, and Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc., as Dealer for Notes with maturities up to 270 days, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Dealer for Notes with maturities over 270 days (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 8, 2007, File No. 000-33379).

4.4

   Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2007, between CME Group Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as issuing and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 8, 2007, File No. 000-33379).

4.5

   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2008, between CME Group Inc., as Issuer, and Bank of America Securities LLC, as Dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to CME Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 26, 2008, File No. 001-31553).

4.6

   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2008, between CME Group Inc., as Issuer, and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as Dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to CME Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 26, 2008, File No. 001-31553).

4.7

   Indenture, dated August 12, 2008, between CME Group Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to CME Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 13, 2008, File No. 001-31553).

4.8

   First Supplemental Indenture (including the form of floating rate note due 2009), dated August 12, 2008, between CME Group Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to CME Group Inc. ‘s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 13, 2008, File No. 001-31553).

4.9

   Second Supplemental Indenture (including the form of floating rate note due 2010), dated August 12, 2008, between CME Group Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to CME Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 13, 2008, File No. 001-31553).

4.10

   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated August 12, 2008 (including the form of 5.4% note due 2013), between CME Group Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to CME Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 13, 2008, File No. 001-31553).

4.11

   Fourth Supplemental Indenture (including the form of 5.75% note due 2014), dated February 9, 2009, between CME Group Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to CME Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 9, 2009, File No. 001-31553).

 

120


Table of Contents

10.

   Material Contracts

10.1 (1)

   Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated Omnibus Stock Plan, amended and restated effective as of December 2, 2008.*

10.2 (1)

   Form of Equity Grant Letter for Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 9, 2004, File No. 001-31553).

10.3 (1)

   Amended and Restated 2005 Director Stock Plan, amended and restated as of December 2, 2008.*

10.4 (1)

   Form of Equity Stipend Grant Letter for Non-Executive Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 28, 2005, File No. 001-31553).

10.5 (1)

   Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on August 3, 2007, File No. 000-33379).

10.6 (1)

   Amended and Restated CBOT Holdings, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Equity Plan, amended and restated as of December 2, 2008.*

10.7 (1)

   Amended and Restated NYMEX Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of December 2, 2008.*

10.8 (1)

   Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. Senior Management Supplemental Deferred Savings Plan (SMSDSP) consisting of the Grandfathered SMSDSP, amended and restated as of January 1, 2008, and the Amended and Restated 409A SMSDSP, amended and restated as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2008, File No. 000-33379).

10.9 (1)

   Amended and Restated Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2009.*

10.10 (1)

   NYMEX Holdings, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to NYMEX Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2001, File No. 000-1105018).

10.11 (1)

   Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan consisting of the Grandfathered Supplemental Retirement Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2008, and the Amended and Restated 409A Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2008, File No. 000-33379).

10.12 (1)

   Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Trust; First Amendment thereto, dated September 7, 1993 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc.’s Form S-4, filed with the SEC on February 24, 2000, File No. 333-95561).

10.13 (1)

   COMEX Members’ Recognition and Retention Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to NYMEX Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2001, File No. 000-1105018).

10.14 (1)

   Amended and Restated CME Group Inc. Annual Incentive Plan for Highly Compensated Executive Officers, amended and restated as of December 2, 2008.*

10.15 (1)

   CME Group Inc. Annual Incentive Plan, adopted as of March 4, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on May 9, 2008, File No. 000-33379).

10.16 (1)

   Amended and Restated CME Group Inc. Severance Plan for Corporate Officers, dated as of August 13, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 8, 2007, File No. 000-33379); First Amendment to the CME Group Inc. Severance Plan for Corporate Officers, effective as of December 21, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2008, File No. 000-33379).

10.17 (1)

   Employment Agreement, dated April 3, 2006, between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. and Craig S. Donohue (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 3, 2006, File No. 000-33379); First Amendment thereto, dated as of December 3, 2008.*

 

121


Table of Contents

10.18 (1)

   Agreement, dated November 7, 2003 between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. and Phupinder Gill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 11, 2004, File No. 001-31553); First Amendment thereto, effective as of December 20, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 23, 2005, File No. 000-33379); Second Amendment thereto, effective as of December 3, 2008.*

10.19 (1)

   Amended and Restated Summary of Agreement between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. and Terrence A. Duffy, effective as of December 2, 2008.*

10.20 (1)

   Employment Agreement, dated October 5, 2007, between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc.,Board of Trade of the City of Chicago, Inc. and Bryan Durkin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2008, File No. 000-33379).

10.21 (1)

   Consulting Agreement between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. and Leo Melamed, dated January 31, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 3, 2005, File No. 001-31553).

10.22 (1)

   Consulting Agreement between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. and Leo Melamed, dated November 14, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 6, 2006, File No. 000-33379).

10.23 (1)

   Consulting Agreement between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. and Jack Sandner, dated October 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 4, 2005, File No. 000-33379).

10.24 (2)

   Amended and Restated License Agreement, effective as of September 20, 2005, by and between Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 4, 2005, File No. 000-33379); Letter Agreement, dated March 30, 2006, amending the Amended and Restated License Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on May 8, 2006, File No. 000-33379); Letter Amendment, dated September 22, 2006, amending the Amended and Restated License Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 6, 2006, File No. 000-33379); Letter Amendment, dated September 28, 2006, amending the Amended and Restated License Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 6, 2006, File No. 000-33379).

10.25 (3)

   License Agreement, effective as of October 9, 2003, between The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., a subsidiary of National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. (incorporated by reference to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 11, 2004, File No. 001-31553), Amendment thereto dated April 26, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2005, File No. 001-31553); Amendment dated June 22, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2005, File No. 001-31553); Amendment thereto, dated as of June 26, 2008, by and between The NASDAQ OMX Group, Inc. f/k/a The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. and Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on August 7, 2008, File No. 000-31553).

 

122


Table of Contents

10.26 (3)

   Index License Agreement between Dow Jones & Company, Inc. and Board of Trade of the City of Chicago, Inc., effective September 11, 2007. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to CME Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 8, 2007, File No. 000-33379).

10.27

   Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2008, among CME Group Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to CME Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 28, 2008, File No. 001-31553).

10.28

   Credit Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2008, between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. and each of the banks from time to time party thereto and the Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent, JP Morgan Chase Bank N.A., as collateral agent, and BMO Capital Markets, as lead arranger (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to CME Group Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 15, 2008, File No. 001-31553).

10.29

   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2007, between CME Group Inc., as Issuer, and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 above).

10.30

   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2007, between CME Group Inc., as Issuer, and Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc., as Dealer for Notes with maturities up to 270 days and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Dealer for Notes with maturities over 270 days. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 above).

10.31

   Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2007, between CME Group Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as issuing and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 above).

10.32

   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2008, between CME Group Inc., as Issuer, and Bank of America Securities LLC, as Dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 above).

10.33

   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2008, between CME Group Inc., as Issuer, and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as Dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 above).

10.34

   Ground Lease between Battery Park City Authority and New York Mercantile Exchange dated May 18, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to NYMEX Holdings, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-30332).

10.35

   Funding Agreement among New York State Urban Development Corporation, New York City Economic Development Corporation, Battery Park City Authority and New York Mercantile Exchange dated May 18, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to NYMEX Holdings, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-30332).

12.1

   Ratio of Fixed Charges.*

21.1

   List of Subsidiaries of CME Group Inc.*

23.1

   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.*

31.1

   Section 302 -- Certification of Craig S. Donohue.*

31.2

   Section 302 -- Certification of James E. Parisi.*

32.1

   Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

* Filed herewith.

In December 2008, the company approved amendments to the following compensation plans in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A: Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated Omnibus Stock Plan;

 

123


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated 2005 Director Stock Plan; Amended and Restated CBOT Holdings, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Equity Plan; Amended and Restated Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan; Amended and Restated NYMEX Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan; Employment Agreement with Craig S. Donohue and Employment Agreement with Phupinder S. Gill and the retention arrangement with Terrence A. Duffy.

 

(1) Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
(2) Confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act has been previously granted by the SEC for portions of this exhibit.
(3) Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

124


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago and State of Illinois on the 2 nd day of March, 2009.

 

CME Group Inc.
By:  

/s/ James E. Parisi

  James E. Parisi
  Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 2, 2009.

 

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Terrence A. Duffy

  Executive Chairman of the Board and Director
Terrence A. Duffy  

/s/ Craig S. Donohue

  Chief Executive Officer and Director
Craig S. Donohue  
Terrence A. Duffy  

/s/ James E. Parisi

  Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer
James E. Parisi  

/s/ Jill Harley

  Managing Director and Chief Accounting Officer
Jill Harley  

/s/ Timothy S. Bitsberger

  Director
Timothy S. Bitsberger  

/s/ Charles P. Carey

  Vice Chairman and Director
Charles P. Carey  

/s/ Mark E. Cermak

  Director
Mark E. Cermak  

/s/ Dennis H. Chookaszian

  Director
Dennis H. Chookaszian  

/s/ Jackie Clegg

  Director
Jackie Clegg  

/s/ Robert F. Corvino

  Director
Robert F. Corvino  

 

125


Table of Contents

Signature

 

Title

/s/ James A. Donaldson

  Director
James A. Donaldson  

/s/ Martin J. Gepsman

  Director
Martin J. Gepsman  

/s/ Larry G. Gerdes

  Director
Larry G. Gerdes  

/s/ J. Dennis Hastert

  Director
J. Dennis Hastert  

/s/ Bruce F. Johnson

  Director
Bruce F. Johnson  

/s/ Gary M. Katler

  Director
Gary M. Katler  

/s/ Patrick B. Lynch

  Director
Patrick B. Lynch  

/s/ Leo Mclamed

  Director
Leo Mclamed  

/s/ James E. Newsome

  Director
James E. Newsome  

/s/ Joseph Niciforo

  Director
Joseph Niciforo  

/s/ C.C. Odom II

  Director
C.C. Odom II  

/s/ James E. Oliff

  Director
James E. Oliff  

/s/ John L. Pietrzak

  Director
John L. Pietrzak  

/s/ Alex J. Pollock

  Director
Alex J. Pollock  

/s/ William G. Salatich, Jr.

  Director
William G. Salatich, Jr.  

/s/ John F. Sandner

  Director
John F. Sandner  

/s/ Terry L. Savage

  Director
Terry L. Savage  
 

/s/ William R. Shepard

  Director
William R. Shepard  

/s/ Howard J. Siegel

  Director
Howard J. Siegel  

 

126


Table of Contents

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Robert H. Steele

  Director
Robert H. Steele  

/s/ Christopher Stewart

  Director
Christopher Stewart  

/s/ Dennis A. Suskind

  Director
Dennis A. Suskind  

/s/ David J. Wescott

  Director
David J. Wescott  

 

127

Exhibit 10.1

CHICAGO MERCANTILE EXCHANGE HOLDINGS INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED OMNIBUS STOCK PLAN

(Effective December 31, 2008)

ARTICLE 1

EFFECTIVE DATE AND PURPOSE

1.1. Effective Date. The Plan is effective as the Chicago Mercantile Exchange Omnibus Stock Plan as of February 7, 2000, and was amended and restated as the Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc., Amended and Restated Omnibus Stock Plan as of April 23, 2002, and was further amended on February 5, 2003 and further Amended and Restated as of April 25, 2007 and further Amended and Restated as of December 31, 2008.

1.2. Purpose of the Plan. The Plan is intended to further the growth and profitability of the Company by increasing incentives and encouraging Share ownership on the part of Employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Plan is intended to permit the grant of Awards that constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” under section 162(m) of the Code.

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

2.1. “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the 1934 Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.2. “Affiliate” means any corporation or any other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.

2.3. “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, SARs, Stock Awards or Performance Shares.

2.4. “Award Agreement” means the written agreement setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to an Award.

2.5. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.6. “Bonus Stock” means Shares under a Stock Award which are not subject to a Period of Restriction.

2.7. “Cause means, except as otherwise specified in a particular Award Agreement or in an employment or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and an Employee (which definition shall govern if in effect), (a) the willful and continued failure (other than a failure resulting from the Participant’s Disability) to substantially perform the duties assigned by the Company, (b) the willful engaging in conduct which is demonstrably injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise, including conduct that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, does not conform to the standard of the Company’s executives or employees, (c) any act of dishonesty, commission of a felony, or (d) a significant violation of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company; provided, however, that following a Change of Control, “Cause” means, except as otherwise specified in a particular Award Agreement or in an employment or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and an Employee (which definition shall govern if in effect), (a) the willful and continued failure (other than a failure resulting from the Participant’s Disability) to substantially perform the duties assigned by the Company, (b) the willful engaging in conduct which is demonstrably injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise, including conduct that does not conform to the standard of the Company’s executives or employees, (c) any act of dishonesty, commission of a felony, or (d) a significant violation of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company.


2.8. “Change of Control” means, except as otherwise specified in a particular Award Agreement, the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act) (a “Person” ) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of 50% or more of either (1) the then outstanding Class A Shares (the “Outstanding Class A Common Stock” ) or (2) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities” ); provided, however, that for purposes of this paragraph (a) the following acquisitions shall not constitute, or be deemed to cause, a Change of Control: (i) any increase in such percentage ownership of a Person to 50% or more resulting solely from any acquisition of shares directly from the Company or any acquisition of shares by the Company; provided, that any subsequent acquisitions of shares by such Person that would add, in the aggregate, 1% or more (measured as of the date of each such subsequent acquisition) to such Person’s beneficial ownership of Outstanding Class A Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities shall be deemed to constitute a Change of Control, (ii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate; or (iii) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (1), (2) and (3) of paragraph (c) below or (iv) any acquisition by an underwriter holding securities for an offering of such securities; or

(b) Individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board” ) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a Director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of Directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination” ), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the then Outstanding Class A Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Class A Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or of such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (3) individuals who were on the Incumbent Board continue to constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from the Business Combination; provided, however, that any individual becoming a Director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(d) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

2.9. “Class A Shares” means shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, $.01 par value.

 

2


2.10. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.11. “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors appointed (pursuant to Section 3.1) to administer the Plan.

2.12. “Company” means Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. (formerly Chicago Mercantile Exchange), a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

2.13. “Director” means any individual who is a member of the Board.

2.14. “Disability” means disability as determined pursuant to the long-term disability plan or policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries in effect at the time of such disability and applicable to a Participant.

2.15. “Employee” means an employee of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Affiliate designated by the Board or the Committee (collectively “an Employer”). “Employee” does not include an individual who is not contemporaneously classified as an Employee for purposes of an Employer’s payroll system. In the event any such individual is reclassified as an Employee for any purpose, including, without limitation, any government agency or as a result of any private lawsuit, action, or administrative proceeding, such individual will, notwithstanding such reclassification, remain ineligible for participation hereunder and will not be considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan. In addition to and not in derogation of the foregoing, the exclusive means for an individual who is not contemporaneously classified as an Employee of an Employer on an Employer’s payroll system to become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an amendment to this Plan which specifically renders such individual eligible for participation hereunder.

2.16. “Exercise Price” means the price at which a Share subject to an Option may be purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the base price at which an SAR may be exercised with respect to a Share, as applicable.

2.17. “Fair Market Value” means, except as otherwise specified in a particular Award Agreement, (i) the closing sales price per Share on such date, as reported by the Composite Transactions reporting system or if not so reported, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange or (ii) in the event the Shares are not traded on such date, the closing price per Share, as so reported on the immediately preceding date on which trading occurred, or if not so reported, as reported by any national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed.

2.18. “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.

2.19. “Grant Date” means, with respect to an Award, the date that the Award is granted.

2.20. “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and is intended by the Committee to meet the requirements of section 422 of the Code.

2.21. “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.22. “Option” means an option to purchase Shares which is granted by the Committee pursuant to Article 5.

2.23. “Participant” means an individual with respect to whom an Award has been granted and remains outstanding.

2.24. “Performance Goals” means such criteria and objectives as may be established by the Committee, which shall be satisfied or met (i) as a condition to the exercisability of all or a portion of an Option or SAR, (ii) as a condition to the grant of an Award, or (iii) during the applicable Performance Period or Period of Restriction, as a condition to the Participant’s receipt of the Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award or, in the case of a Performance Share Award, of the Shares subject to such Award and/or the payment with respect to such Award. In the case of an Award that is intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” under section 162(m) of the Code, such Performance Goals may include any or all of the following or any combination thereof: gross margin, operating margin, revenue growth, free cash flow, operating cash flow, earnings per share, economic value added, cash-flow return on investment, net income, total shareholder return, return on investment, return on equity, return on assets, the attainment by a

 

3


Share of a specified Fair Market Value for a specified period of time, an increase in the Fair Market Value of a Share, or any increase or decrease of one or more of the foregoing over a specified period. Such Performance Goals may relate to the performance of the Company, an Affiliate, any portion of the business, product line, or any combination thereof, relative to a market index, a group of other companies (or their subsidiaries, business units or product lines), or a combination thereof, all as determined by the Committee. If the Committee desires that compensation payable pursuant to any Award subject to Performance Goals be “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of section 162(m) of the Code, the Performance Goals (i) shall be established by the Committee no later than the end of the first 90 days of the Performance Period or Period of Restriction, as applicable (or such other time prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service) and (ii) shall satisfy all other applicable requirements imposed by Treasury Regulations promulgated under section 162(m) of the Code, including the requirement that such Performance Goals be stated in terms of an objective formula or standard.

2.25. “Performance Period” means the period designated by the Committee during which the Performance Goals applicable to an Award shall be measured.

2.26. “Performance Share” means a right, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals within a specified Performance Period, to receive one Share, which may be Restricted Stock, or in lieu of all or a portion thereof, the Fair Market Value of such Share in cash.

2.27. “Period of Restriction” means the period during which Restricted Stock is subject to forfeiture and/or restrictions on transferability.

2.28. “Plan” means this Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc., Amended and Restated Omnibus Stock Plan, as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended from time to time.

2.29. “Restricted Stock” means Shares under a Stock Award which are subject to a Period of Restriction.

2.30. “Retirement” means a Participant’s Termination of Service (other than for Cause) on or after attaining his or her “normal retirement date” as defined in the Pension Plan for Employees of Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. (whether or not such Participant participates in such plan).

2.31. “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act, as amended, and any future regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such regulation.

2.32. “Share” means a share of any class, and of any series within a class, of the Company’s common stock.

2.33. Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award, granted alone, in reference to or in tandem with a related Option, which pursuant to Article 6 is designated by the Committee as an SAR.

2.34. “Stock Award” means an Award of Restricted Stock or Bonus Stock.

2.35. “Ten Percent Holder” means an Employee (together with persons whose stock ownership is attributed to the Employee pursuant to section 424(d) of the Code) who, at the time an Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or of any parent or subsidiary as defined in section 424 of the Code).

2.36. “Termination of Service” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For this purpose, a Termination of Service includes, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge with or without Cause, death, Disability, or Retirement, but excludes any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an Affiliate.

ARTICLE 3

ADMINISTRATION

3.1. The Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall consist of not less than two (2) Directors. The members of the Committee shall be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board. It is intended that each member of the Committee shall qualify as (a) a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3, and (b) an “outside director” under section 162(m) of the Code and (c) an “independent director” under the applicable listing standards of the New York

 

4


Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ Global Select Market. If it is later determined that one or more members of the Committee do not so qualify, actions taken by the Committee prior to such determination shall be valid despite such failure to qualify.

3.2. Authority and Action of the Committee. It shall be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee shall have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to

(a) determine which Employees shall be eligible to receive Awards and to grant Awards,

(b) prescribe the form, amount, timing and other terms and conditions of each Award,

(c) interpret the Plan and the Award Agreements,

(d) adopt such procedures as it deems necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by eligible Employees,

(e) adopt such rules as it deems necessary or appropriate for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, and

(f) interpret, amend or revoke any such procedures or rules.

A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of the Committee shall be either (i) acts of a majority of the members of the Committee present at any meeting at which a quorum is present or (ii) acts approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee without a meeting.

3.3. Delegation by the Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may, consistent with law, delegate all or any part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more Directors and/or officers of the Company; provided, however, that the Committee may not delegate its authority or power with respect to (a) any officer of the Company with regard to the selection for participation in this Plan of an officer or other person subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act or decisions concerning the timing, pricing or amount of an award to such an officer or person or (b) any Award that is intended to satisfy the requirements applicable to “qualified performance-based compensation” under section 162(m) of the Code.

3.4. Decisions Binding. All determinations, decisions and interpretations by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and shall be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

ARTICLE 4

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1. Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3, 4,045,975 Shares shall be available for grants of Awards under the Plan. The maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options or SARs or a combination thereof may be granted during any Fiscal Year to any person shall be 500,000, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3. Shares awarded under the Plan may be either authorized but unissued Shares, authorized and issued Shares reacquired and held as treasury Shares or a combination thereof.

4.2. Lapsed Awards. To the extent that Shares subject to an outstanding Option (except to the extent Shares are issued or delivered by the Company in connection with the exercise of a tandem SAR) or other Award are not issued or delivered by reason of the expiration, cancellation, forfeiture or other termination of such Award or by reason of the delivery or withholding of Shares to pay all or a portion of the exercise price of an Award, if any, or to satisfy all or a portion of the tax withholding obligations relating to an Award, then such Shares shall again be available under this Plan.

4.3. Adjustments in Awards and Authorized Shares. In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, Share combination, or other similar change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares, the Committee shall adjust the number, class and series of securities available under the Plan, the number, class, series and purchase price of securities subject to outstanding Awards, and the numerical limits of Sections 4.1, 7.1 and 8.2.1 in such manner as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine to be appropriate to prevent the dilution or diminution of such Awards. If any

 

5


such adjustment would result in a fractional security being (a) available under this Plan, such fractional security shall be disregarded, or (b) subject to an outstanding Award under this Plan, the Company shall pay the holder of such Award, in connection with the first vesting, exercise or settlement of such Award in whole or in part occurring after such adjustment, an amount in cash determined by multiplying (i) the fraction of such security (rounded to the nearest hundredth) by (ii) the excess, if any, of (A) the Fair Market Value on the vesting, exercise or settlement date over (B) the Exercise Price, if any, of such Award.

ARTICLE 5

STOCK OPTIONS

5.1. Grant of Options. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to such Employees at such times, and subject to such terms and conditions, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. An Award of Options may include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, or a combination thereof; provided, that no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted more than ten years after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

5.2. Award Agreement. Each Option shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Exercise Price, the expiration date of the Option, the number, class and, if applicable, series of Shares to which the Option pertains (provided that Incentive Stock Options may be granted only with respect to Class A Shares), any conditions to the exercise of all or a portion of the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its discretion, shall determine. The Award Agreement pertaining to an Option shall designate such Option as an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Notwithstanding any such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under this Plan or any other plan of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary as defined in section 424 of the Code) exceeds the amount established by the Code, such Options shall constitute Non-Qualified Stock Options. For purposes of the preceding sentence, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they are granted.

5.3. Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.3, the Exercise Price with respect to Shares subject to an Option shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.3.1. Non-Qualified Stock Options. In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, the Exercise Price may be equal to or greater than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date, as shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.3.2. Incentive Stock Options. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Exercise Price shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date; provided, however, that the Exercise Price with respect to a Ten Percent Shareholder shall not be less than one hundred-ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date.

5.4. Expiration of Options.

5.4.1. Expiration Dates. Each Option shall terminate not later than the expiration date specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to such Option; provided, however, that the expiration date with respect to an Incentive Stock Option shall not be later than the tenth anniversary of its Grant Date and the expiration date with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Holder shall not be later than the fifth anniversary of its Grant Date.

5.4.2. Termination of Service. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to an Option, each Option granted to a Participant shall terminate no later than the first to occur of the following events:

(a) The expiration of ninety (90) days from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason other than the Participant’s death, Disability, Retirement or termination for Cause;

(b) The expiration of one (1) year from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Disability;

 

6


(c) The expiration of one (1) year from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of the Participant’s Retirement (provided, that the portion of any Incentive Stock Option exercised more than three months after such Termination of Service shall be deemed to be a Non-Qualified Option);

(d) The date of the Participant’s Termination of Service for Cause; or

(e) The expiration date specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to such Option.

5.4.3. Death of Employee. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to an Option, if a Participant to whom an Option has been granted dies while an Employee but prior to the expiration, cancellation, forfeiture or other termination of such Option, such Option shall become exercisable in full upon the Participant’s death and shall be exercisable thereafter until the earlier of (a) the expiration of one (1) year after the date of death, or (b) the expiration date specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to such Option.

5.5. Exercisability of Options. Subject to Section 5.4, Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times, and shall be subject to such restrictions and conditions, as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion. After an Option is granted, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the exercisability of the Option.

5.6. Method of Exercise. Options shall be exercised by the Participant’s delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Secretary of the Company (or its designee), setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price with respect to each such Share. The Exercise Price shall be payable to the Company in full in cash or its equivalent (including, but not limited to, by means of, a broker-assisted cashless exercise). The Committee, in its sole discretion, also may permit exercise (a) by tendering previously acquired Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, or (b) by any other means which the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines to both provide legal consideration for the Shares, and to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan.

As soon as practicable after receipt of a written notification of exercise and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, the Company shall deliver to the Participant Share certificates (which may be in book entry form) for such Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.

5.7. Restrictions on Share Transferability. The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option as it may deem advisable, including, but not limited to, restrictions related to applicable Federal securities laws, the requirements of any national securities exchange or system upon which Shares are then listed or traded, or any blue sky or state securities laws.

ARTICLE 6

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

6.1. Grant of SARs. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to such Employees at such times, and subject to such terms and conditions, as shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, that any tandem SAR related to an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted at the same time that such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

6.2. Exercise Price and Other Terms. The Committee, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan; provided, however, that SARs may be granted only with respect to Class A Shares. Without limiting the foregoing, the Exercise Price with respect to Shares subject to an SAR may be equal to or greater than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date, as shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, that the Exercise Price with respect to Shares subject to a tandem SAR shall be the same as the Exercise Price with respect to the Shares subject to the related Option.

6.3. SAR Agreement. Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Exercise Price, the term of the SAR, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

 

7


6.4. Expiration of SARS

6.4.1. Expiration Dates. Each SAR shall terminate not later than as of the expiration date specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to such SAR; provided, however, that the expiration date with respect to a tandem SAR shall not be later than expiration date of the related Option.

6.4.2. Termination of Service. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to an SAR, each SAR granted to a Participant shall terminate no later than the first to occur of the following events:

(a) The expiration of ninety (90) days from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason other than the Participant’s death, Disability, Retirement or termination for Cause;

(b) The expiration of one (1) year from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of the Participant’s Disability or Retirement;

(c) The date of the Participant’s Termination of Service for Cause; or

(d) The expiration date specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to such SAR.

6.4.3. Death of Employee. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to an SAR, if a Participant to whom an SAR has been granted dies while an Employee but prior to the expiration, cancellation, forfeiture or other termination of such SAR, such SAR shall become exercisable in full upon the Participant’s death and shall be exercisable thereafter until the earlier of (a) the expiration of one (1) year after the date of death, or (b) the expiration date specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to such SAR.

6.5. Payment of SAR Amount. An SAR may be exercised (a) by the Participant’s delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Secretary of the Company (or its designee) setting forth the number of whole SARs which are being exercised, (b) in the case of a tandem SAR, by surrendering to the Company any Options which are cancelled by reason of the exercise of such SAR, and (c) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. Upon exercise of an SAR, the Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The amount by which the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise exceeds the Exercise Price specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to such SAR; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

6.6. Payment Upon Exercise of SAR. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to an SAR, payment to a Participant upon the exercise of the SAR may be made, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, either (a) in cash, (b) in Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of the payment or (c) in a combination thereof.

ARTICLE 7

STOCK AWARDS

7.1. Grant of Stock Awards. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, Stock Awards may be granted to such Employees at such times, and subject to such terms and conditions, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that Stock Awards may be granted only with respect to Class A Shares. The Award Agreement pertaining to a Stock Award shall specify whether it is a Restricted Stock Award or a Bonus Stock Award. The maximum number of Shares with respect to which a Stock Award may be granted during any Fiscal Year to any person shall be 500,000, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3.

7.2. Stock Award Agreement. Each Stock Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the number of Shares granted, any price to be paid for the Shares, the Performance Goals (if any) and Period of Restriction applicable to a Restricted Stock Award and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. Bonus Stock Awards shall not be subject to any Periods of Restriction.

7.3. Transferability/Share Certificates. Shares subject to an Award of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated during a Period of Restriction. During the Period of Restriction, a Restricted Stock Award may be registered in the holder’s name or a nominee name at the discretion of the Company and may bear a legend as described in Section 7.4.3. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, Shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company as

 

8


escrow agent during the applicable Period of Restriction, together with stock powers or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award in the event such Award is forfeited in whole or in part. Upon the grant of a Bonus Stock Award, subject to the Company’s right to require payment of any taxes, a certificate or certificates evidencing ownership of the requisite number of Shares shall be delivered to the Participant.

7.4. Other Restrictions. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares subject to an Award of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate, in accordance with this Section 7.4.

7.4.1. General Restrictions. The Committee may set restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance objectives (Company-wide, business unit or individual), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Committee in its discretion.

7.4.2. Section 162(m) Performance Restrictions. In the case of Awards of Restricted Stock which are intended to satisfy the requirements for “qualified performance-based compensation” under section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall set restrictions based upon the achievement of Performance Goals.

7.4.3. Legend on Certificates. The Committee, in its discretion, may legend the certificates representing Restricted Stock during the Period of Restriction to give appropriate notice of such restrictions. For example, the Committee may determine that some or all certificates representing Shares of Restricted Stock shall bear the following legend:

“The sale or other transfer of the shares of stock represented by this certificate, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, is subject to certain restrictions on transfer as set forth in the Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc., Amended and Restated Omnibus Stock Plan (the “Plan”), and in a Restricted Stock Agreement (as defined by the Plan). A copy of the Plan and such Restricted Stock Agreement may be obtained from the Secretary of Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.”

7.5. Removal of Restrictions. Shares of Restricted Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Award made under the Plan shall be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the termination of the Period of Restriction (and the satisfaction or attainment of any applicable Performance Goals) and, subject to the Company’s right to require payment of any taxes, a certificate or certificates evidencing ownership of the requisite number of Shares shall be delivered to the Participant.

7.6. Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement.

7.7. Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock shall be entitled to receive all ordinary dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares shall be deposited with the Company and shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine the treatment of any extraordinary dividends.

7.8. Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed shall revert to the Company and again shall become available for Awards under the Plan.

7.9. Termination of Service.

7.9.1. Disability, Retirement and Death. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant, upon the Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Disability, Retirement or death, the Period of Restriction shall terminate as of such date, and all Performance Goals shall be deemed to have been satisfied at the target level.

 

9


7.9.2. Other Termination of Service. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant, upon the Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason other than Disability, Retirement or death, the portion of such Award which is subject to a Period of Restriction on such date shall be forfeited by the Participant and canceled by the Company.

ARTICLE 8

PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARDS

8.1. Performance Share Awards. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, Performance Share Awards may be granted to such Employees at such times, and subject to such terms and conditions, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that Performance Share Awards may be granted only with respect to Class A Shares.

8.2. Terms of Performance Share Award Agreement.

8.2.1. Number of Performance Shares and Performance Goals. The Award Agreement pertaining to a Performance Share Award shall specify the number of Performance Shares subject to the Award and the Performance Goals and the Performance Period. The maximum number of Shares with respect to which a Performance Share Award may be granted during any Fiscal Year to any person shall be 500,000, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3.

8.2.2. Vesting and Forfeiture. The Award Agreement pertaining to a Performance Share Award shall specify, in the Committee’s discretion and subject to the terms of the Plan, for the vesting of such Award if specified Performance Goals are satisfied or met during the Performance Period, and for the forfeiture of all or a portion of such Award if specified Performance Goals are not satisfied or met during the Performance Period.

8.2.3. Settlement of Vested Performance Share Awards. The Award Agreement pertaining to a Performance Share Award (i) shall specify whether such Award may be settled in Shares (including Shares of Restricted Stock) or cash or a combination thereof and (ii) may specify whether the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive, on a current or deferred basis, dividend equivalents, and, if determined by the Committee, interest on or the deemed reinvestment of any deferred dividend equivalents, with respect to the number of Shares subject to such Award. If a Performance Share Award is settled in Shares of Restricted Stock, a certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Stock shall be issued in accordance with Section 7.5, and the Participant shall have such rights of a stockholder of the Company as determined pursuant to Section 7.6 and 7.7. Prior to the settlement of a Performance Share Award in Shares, including Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares subject to such Award. Settlement of a Performance Share Award shall occur within 30 days after the date the Performance Goals underlying such Award have been attained or are deemed to have been attained pursuant to Section 8.3.1. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, to the extent necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences to a Participant who is a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code, settlement of a Performance Share Award shall not be made until after the expiration of the six-month period commencing on the Participant’s Termination of Service.

8.3. Termination of Service.

8.3.1. Disability, Retirement and Death. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to a Performance Share Award granted to a Participant, upon the Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Disability, Retirement or death, all Performance Goals shall be deemed to have been satisfied at the target level with respect to such Performance Share Award. In the case of an Award that is intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the preceding sentence shall apply solely with respect to a Termination of Service by reason of Disability or death.

8.3.2. Other Termination of Service. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement pertaining to a Performance Share Award granted to a Participant, upon the Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason other than Disability, Retirement or death, the portion of such Award which is subject to outstanding Performance Goals on such date shall be forfeited by the Participant and canceled by the Company.

 

10


ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1. No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) shall not be deemed a Termination of Service. Employment with the Company and Affiliates is on an at-will basis only.

9.2. Participation. No Employee shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.

9.3. Indemnification. Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (a) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any good faith action taken or good faith failure to act under the Plan or any Award Agreement, and (b) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

9.4. Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

9.5. Beneficiary Designations. A Participant under the Plan may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom any vested but unpaid Award shall be paid in the event of the Participant’s death. For purposes of this section, a beneficiary may include a designated trust having as its primary beneficiary a family member of a Participant. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be effective only if given in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee. In the absence of any such designation, any vested benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death shall be paid to the Participant’s estate and, subject to the terms of the Plan and of the applicable Award Agreement, any unexercised vested Award may be exercised by the administrator or executor of the Participant’s estate.

9.6. Nontransferability of Awards. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee with respect to an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option, no Award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or to the limited extent provided in Section 9.5. All rights with respect to an Award granted to a Participant shall be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant and may be exercised only by the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative.

9.7. No Rights as Stockholder. Except to the limited extent provided in Sections 7.6 and 7.7, no Participant (nor any beneficiary) shall have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares issuable pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), unless and until certificates representing such Shares shall have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to the Participant (or beneficiary).

9.8. Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company shall have the power and the right to deduct (including, but not limited to, deduction through a broker-assisted cashless exercise) or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof). Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, if a Participant fails to remit to the Company such withholding amount within the time period specified by the Committee (in its discretion), the Participant’s Award may, in the Committee’s discretion, be forfeited and in such case the Participant shall not receive any of the Shares subject to such Award.

 

11


9.9. Withholding Arrangements. The Committee, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require a Participant to satisfy all or part of the minimum tax withholding obligations in connection with an Award by (a) having the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares, or (b) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld.

9.10. Deferrals. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to defer receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be delivered to a Participant under the Plan. Any such deferral elections shall be subject to such rules and procedures as shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and shall be done in a manner so as not to result in taxation under Section 409A of the Code.

9.11. Change of Control. (a)(1) Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan or any Award Agreement, in the event of a Change of Control pursuant to paragraphs (c) or (d) of Section 2.8 in connection with which the holders of Shares receive shares of common stock that are registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, (i) all outstanding Options and SARs shall immediately become exercisable in full, (ii) the Period of Restriction applicable to any outstanding Restricted Stock Award shall lapse, (iii) the Performance Period applicable to any outstanding Performance Share shall lapse, (iv) the Performance Goals applicable to any outstanding award shall be deemed to be satisfied at the maximum level and (v) there shall be substituted for each Share available under this Plan, whether or not then subject to an outstanding award, the number and class of shares into which each outstanding Share shall be converted pursuant to such Change of Control. In the event of any such substitution, the purchase price per share in the case of an Option and the base price in the case of an SAR shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee (whose determination shall be final, binding and conclusive), such adjustments to be made in the case of outstanding Options and SARs without an increase in the aggregate purchase price or base price.

(2) Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan or any Award Agreement, in the event of a Change of Control pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of Section 2.8, or in the event of a Change of Control pursuant to paragraph (c) or (d) of Section 2.8 in connection with which the holders of Shares receive consideration other than shares of common stock that are registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, each outstanding Award shall be surrendered to the Company by the holder thereof, and each such Award shall immediately be canceled by the Company, and the holder shall receive, within ten days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, a cash payment from the Company in an amount equal to (i) in the case of an Option, the number of Shares then subject to such Option, multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of occurrence of the Change of Control, over the purchase price per Share subject to the Option, (ii) in the case of an SAR other than a tandem SAR, the number of Shares then subject to such SAR, multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of occurrence of the Change of Control, over the base price of the SAR, (iii) in the case of a Restricted Stock Award or Performance Share Award, the number of Shares or the number of Performance Shares, as the case may be, then subject to such Award, multiplied by the greater of (A) the highest per Share price offered to stockholders of the Company in any transaction whereby the Change of Control takes place or (B) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of occurrence of the Change of Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control that does not constitute a “change in control event” as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, the payment with respect to Performance Shares described in clause (iii) of the preceding sentence shall not be paid until the time prescribed in Section 8.2.3.

In the event of a Change of Control, each tandem SAR shall be surrendered by the holder thereof and shall be canceled simultaneously with the cancellation of the related Option. The Company may, but is not required to, cooperate with any person who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act to assure that any cash payment in accordance with the foregoing to such person is made in compliance with Section 16 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

9.12. Restrictions on Shares. Each Award made hereunder shall be subject to the requirement that if an any time the Company determines that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares subject to such Award upon any securities exchange or under a any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the exercise or settlement of such Award or the delivery of Shares thereunder, such Award shall not be exercised or settled and such Shares shall not be delivered unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or

 

12


other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company may require that certificates evidencing shares delivered pursuant to any Award made hereunder bear a legend in indicating that the sale, transfer o other disposition thereof by the holder is prohibited except in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

ARTICLE 10

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND DURATION

 

 

10.1. Amendment, Suspension or Termination. The Board, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason, subject to any requirement of stockholder approval required by applicable law, rule or regulation, including section 162(m) and section 422 of the Code; provided further that the Board may not permit the repricing of any outstanding Awards without stockholder approval. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted to such Participant. No Award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

10.2. Duration of the Plan. The Plan shall, subject to Section 10.1 (regarding the Board’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), terminate on June 30, 2012, unless earlier terminated by the Board. The termination of the Plan shall not affect any Awards granted prior to the termination of the Plan.

ARTICLE 11

LEGAL CONSTRUCTION

11.1. Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

11.2. Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

11.3. Requirements of Law. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

11.4. Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the interpretative guidance thereunder and shall at all times be interpreted and administered in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any provision of the Plan violates Section 409A, such provision shall be automatically reformed, if possible, to comply with Section 409A or stricken from the Plan. If an operational failure occurs with respect to Section 409A requirements, any affected Participant shall fully cooperate with the Company to correct the failure, to the extent possible, in accordance with any correction procedure established by the Internal Revenue Service. No provision of the Plan shall be interpreted to transfer any liability for a failure to comply with Section 409A from a Participant or any other individual to the Company.

11.5. Governing Law. The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

11.6. Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and shall not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

 

13

Exhibit 10.3

CHICAGO MERCANTILE EXCHANGE HOLDINGS INC.

2005 DIRECTOR STOCK PLAN

Amended and Restated Effective December 31, 2008

 

1. Purpose. The purpose of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. 2005 Director Stock Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) with an effective means of attracting, retaining, and motivating non-employee directors of the Company and to further align their interests with those of the Company’s shareholders by providing for or increasing their stock ownership interests in the Company.

 

2. Eligibility. Any director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company (“Eligible Director”) is eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by a Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) comprised solely of independent directors. Initially, the Committee responsible for the administration of the Plan shall be the Compensation Committee. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to interpret and administer the Plan, to determine the Eligible Directors to receive awards and the amounts, types and terms of the awards, to adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations, and to establish terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, for the administration and implementation of the Plan, provided, however, that the Committee may not (subject to Section 8 hereof), after the date of any award, make any changes that would adversely affect the rights of a recipient under such award without the consent of the recipient. The determination of the Committee on all matters shall be final and conclusive and binding on the Company and all Eligible Directors and other interested parties.

 

4. Awards. Awards may be made by the Committee in such amounts as it shall determine in cash, in unrestricted shares of Class A common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”), in options to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company (“Options”), or in shares of Common Stock subject to certain restrictions (“Restricted Stock”), or any combination thereof. There shall be 25,000 shares of Common Stock available for issuance in connection with awards under the Plan. If any award under the Plan shall expire, terminate, or be canceled for any reason without having been vested or exercised in full, the corresponding number of shares which were reserved for issuance in connection therewith shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan. Shares available under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or may be treasury shares.

 

5.

Restricted Stock Grants. Awards of Restricted Stock may be granted by the Committee to Eligible Directors subject to such restrictions on transfer and forfeiture conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate. Shares subject to a grant of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated during the applicable period of restriction. Each grant of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock agreement that shall specify the number of shares granted, the period of restriction applicable to the grant of Restricted Stock and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. Unless otherwise provided in a Restricted Stock agreement, the period of restriction applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock shall be one (1) year. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company as escrow agent during the applicable period of restriction, together with stock powers or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the Restricted Stock in the event such Restricted Stock is forfeited in whole or in part. The Committee may, in its discretion, legend


 

the certificates representing Restricted Stock during the applicable period of restriction to give appropriate notice of such restrictions. For example, the Committee may determine that some or all certificates representing shares of Restricted Stock shall bear the following legend:

“The sale or other transfer of the shares of stock represented by this certificate, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, is subject to certain restrictions on transfer as set forth in the Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc., 2005 Director Stock Plan (the “Plan”), and in a restricted stock agreement. A copy of the Plan and such restricted stock agreement may be obtained from the Secretary of Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.”

During any applicable period of restriction, Eligible Directors holding Restricted Stock may exercise full voting rights with respect to such Restricted Stock and shall be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Restricted Stock, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock agreement.

 

6. Stock Option Awards.

 

  a. Type of Options . Any Options granted under the Plan shall be in the form of Options which do not qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  b. Purchase Price. The purchase price of the Common Stock under each Option shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the award of the Option. “Fair market value” for purposes of the Plan means the closing transaction price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date as of which such value is being determined.

 

  c. Terms and Conditions . The Committee shall establish (i) the term of each Option, (ii) the terms and conditions upon which, and the times when, each Option shall be exercised, and (iii) the terms and conditions under which Options may be exercised after termination as an Eligible Director for any reason for periods not to exceed three (3) years after such termination.

 

  d. Purchase by Cash or Stock . The purchase price of shares purchased upon the exercise of any Option shall be paid (i) in full in cash, (ii) in whole or in part (in combination with cash) in full shares of Common Stock owned by the Eligible Director and valued at its fair market value on the date of exercise, or (iii) by any other means which the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines to provide legal consideration for the purchase price of the shares, all pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee consistent with the purposes of the Plan.

 

  e. Transferability . Options shall not be transferable other than by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of the person to whom an Option has been awarded, it may be exercisable only by such person or one acting in his or her stead or in a representative capacity. Upon or after the death of the person to whom an Option is awarded, an Option may be exercised by the Eligible Director’s legatee or legatees under his last will, or by the Option holder’s personal representative or distributee’s executive, administrator, or personal representative or designee in accordance with the terms of the Option.

 

Page: 2 of 4


7. Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee at the time of grant, if a director’s service ends for any reason other than by death, permanent disability (as determined by the Board) or expiration of his or her term of service as a director, any unvested portion of an award granted hereunder shall immediately terminate and be forfeited to the Company without consideration. Upon a termination of service due to death, permanent disability or expiration of term of service as a director, all unvested awards granted hereunder shall immediately become fully vested.

 

8. Adjustments and Reorganizations. In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, share combination, or other similar change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock, the Committee may adjust the number, class, type and series of securities available under the Plan, the number, class, type and series of securities or other property subject to outstanding awards under the Plan, in such manner as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine to be appropriate to prevent the dilution or diminution of outstanding awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all awards outstanding hereunder shall become fully vested upon the occurrence of a change in control. “Change of control” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Omnibus Stock Plan, as in effect on the effective date of this Plan.

 

9. Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the right to (i) make deductions from any settlement of an award under the Plan, including the delivery or vesting of shares, or require shares or cash or both be withheld from any award, in each case in an amount sufficient to satisfy withholding of any federal, state, or local taxes required by law, or (ii) take such other action as may be necessary or appropriate to satisfy any such withholding obligations. The Committee may determine the manner in which such tax withholding may be satisfied, and may permit shares of Common Stock to be used to satisfy required tax withholding based on the fair market value of any such shares of Common Stock, as of the appropriate time of each award.

 

10. Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

 

11. Amendments. The Board shall have complete power and authority to amend the Plan, provided that the Board shall not amend the Plan in any manner that requires shareholder approval under applicable law without such approval. No amendment to the Plan may, without the consent of the individual to whom the award shall theretofore have been awarded, adversely affect the rights of an individual under the award.

 

12. Governing Law; Requirements of Law. The Plan and all awards shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions. Each award made hereunder shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Company determines that the listing, registration or qualification of the Common Stock subject to such award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the exercise or settlement of such award or the delivery of Common Stock thereunder, such award shall not be exercised or settled and such Common Stock shall not be delivered unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.

 

13. Effective Date of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon the date upon which it is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

 

Page: 3 of 4


14. Termination. The Board may terminate the Plan or any part thereof at any time, provided that no termination may, without the consent of the individual to whom any award shall theretofore have been made, adversely affect the rights of an individual under the award. The Plan shall terminate no later than the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless earlier terminated by the Board.

 

15. Other Actions. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to preclude other compensation plans which may be in effect from time to time or be construed to limit the authority of the Company to exercise its corporate rights and powers, including, but not by way of limitation, the right of the Company (a) to award options for proper corporate purposes otherwise than under the Plan to an employee or other person, firm, corporation, or association, or (b) to award options to, or assume the option of, any person in connection with the acquisition, by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of the business and assets (in whole or in part) of any person, firm, corporation, or association. The grant of an award pursuant to the Plan is no guarantee that an Eligible Director will be re-nominated, reelected or reappointed as a director, and nothing in the Plan shall be construed as conferring upon an Eligible Director the right to continue to be associated with the Company as a director or otherwise.

 

16. Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the interpretative guidance thereunder and shall at all times be interpreted and administered in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any provision of the Plan violates Section 409A, such provision shall be automatically reformed, if possible, to comply with Section 409A or stricken from the Plan. If an operational failure occurs with respect to Section 409A requirements, any affected Participant shall fully cooperate with the Company to correct the failure, to the extent possible, in accordance with any correction procedure established by the Internal Revenue Service. No provision of the Plan shall be interpreted to transfer any liability for a failure to comply with Section 409A from a Participant or any other individual to the Company.

*    *    *

 

Page: 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.6

CBOT HOLDINGS, INC.

2005 LONG-TERM EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Amended and Restated Effective December 31, 2008

1. Purpose

This plan shall be known as the CBOT Holdings, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). The purpose of this Plan shall be to promote the long-term growth and profitability of CBOT Holdings, Inc. (“ CBOT Holdings ”) and its Subsidiaries, including Board of Trade of the City of Chicago, Inc. (“ CBOT ”), by (i) providing certain directors, officers and key employees of, and certain other key individuals who perform services for, CBOT Holdings and its Subsidiaries with incentives to maximize stockholder value and otherwise contribute to the success of CBOT Holdings and its Subsidiaries and (ii) enabling CBOT Holdings and its Subsidiaries to attract, retain and reward the best available persons for positions of substantial responsibility. Grants of restricted stock, incentive or nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“ SARs ”), performance awards, either alone or in tandem with, or any combination of, the foregoing, may be made under this Plan.

2. Definitions

(a) “ Award Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11 of this Plan.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” and “ Board ” mean the board of directors of CBOT Holdings, as constituted from time to time.

(c) “ Cause ” means the occurrence of one of the following events:

(i) conviction of a felony or any crime or offence lesser than a felony involving the property of CBOT Holdings or a Subsidiary; or

(ii) conduct that has caused demonstrable and serious injury to CBOT Holdings or a Subsidiary, monetary or otherwise; or

(iii) willful refusal to perform or substantial disregard of duties properly assigned, as determined by CBOT Holdings or a Subsidiary; or

(iv) breach of duty of loyalty to CBOT Holdings or a Subsidiary or other act of fraud or dishonesty with respect to CBOT Holdings or a Subsidiary.

(d) “ Change in Control ” means, except as may otherwise be provided in an Award Agreement, the occurrence of one of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of CBOT Holdings with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if more than 50% of the combined voting power of the continuing or surviving entity’s securities outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization is owned by persons who were not stockholders of CBOT Holdings immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization;

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of CBOT Holdings’ assets;

(iii) a change in the composition of the Board, as a result of which fewer than one-half of the incumbent directors are directors who either (i) had been directors of CBOT Holdings on the date 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a Change in Control (the “ original directors ”) or (ii) were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the aggregate of the original directors who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved; or


(iv) any transaction as a result of which any person is the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of CBOT Holdings representing at least 20% of the total voting power represented by CBOT Holdings’ then outstanding voting securities. For purposes of this Paragraph (iv), the term “person” shall have the same meanings as when used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but shall exclude:

(A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of CBOT Holdings or a Subsidiary;

(B) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of CBOT Holdings in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of CBOT Holdings.

(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

(g) “ Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of CBOT Holdings, and any other shares into which such stock may be changed by reason of a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation or any other change in the corporate structure or capital stock of CBOT Holdings.

(h) “ Competition ” is deemed to occur if a person whose employment with CBOT Holdings or its Subsidiaries has terminated obtains a position as a full-time or part-time employee of, as a member of the board of directors of, or as a consultant or advisor with or to, or acquires an ownership interest in excess of 5% of, a corporation, partnership, firm or other entity that engages in any of the businesses of CBOT Holdings or any Subsidiary with which the person was involved in a management role at any time during his or her last five years of employment with or other service for CBOT Holdings or any Subsidiary.

(i) “ Disability ” means a disability that would entitle an eligible participant to payment of monthly disability payments under any disability plan of CBOT Holdings or any Subsidiary or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

(j) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(k) “ Exempt Person ” means any employee benefit plan of CBOT Holdings or a trustee or other administrator or fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of CBOT Holdings.

(l) “ exercise price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) of this Plan.

(m) “ Fair Market Value ” of a share of Common Stock means, as of the date in question, the officially-quoted closing selling price of the stock (or if no selling price is quoted, the bid price) on the principal securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed for trading (including for this purpose the Nasdaq National Market) (the “ Market ”) for the immediately preceding trading day or, if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted in the Market, the Fair Market Value shall be the fair value of the Common Stock determined in good faith by the Board.

(n) “ Grantees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 of this Plan.

(o) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an option conforming to the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and any successor thereto.


(p) “ Non-Employee Director ” has the meaning given to such term in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

(q) “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” means any stock option other than an Incentive Stock Option.

(r) “ optionees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 of this Plan.

(s) “ Other CBOT Securities ” mean securities of CBOT Holdings other than Common Stock, which may include, without limitation, unbundled stock units or components thereof, debentures, preferred stock, warrants and securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or other property.

(t) “ Performance Cycle ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 of this Plan.

(u) “ Retirement ” means, with respect to any employee, retirement as defined under any pension plan or retirement program of CBOT Holdings or any Subsidiary applicable to such employee or termination of one’s employment on retirement with the approval of the Committee.

(v) “ Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4 of this Plan.

(w) “ Subsidiary ” means a corporation or other entity of which outstanding shares on ownership interests representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of such corporation or other entity entitled to elect the management thereof, or such lesser percentage as may be approved by the Committee, are owned directly or indirectly by CBOT Holdings.

3. Administration .

This Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided that the Board may, in its discretion, at any time and from time to time, resolve to administer this Plan, in which case the term “Committee” shall be deemed to mean the Board for all purposes herein. Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Committee shall be authorized to (i) select persons to participate in this Plan, (ii) determine the form and substance of grants made under this Plan to each participant, and the conditions and restrictions, if any, subject to which such grants will be made, (iii) modify the terms of grants made under this Plan, (iv) interpret this Plan and grants made thereunder, (v) make any adjustments necessary or desirable in connection with grants made under this Plan to eligible participants located outside the United States and (vi) adopt, amend, or rescind such rules and regulations, and make such other determinations, for carrying out this Plan as it may deem appropriate. Decisions of the Committee on all matters relating to this Plan shall be in the Committee’s sole discretion and shall be conclusive and binding on all parties. The validity, construction, and effect of this Plan and any rules and regulations relating to this Plan shall be determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws and rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. No member of the Committee and no officer of CBOT Holdings shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by such member, by any other member of the Committee or by any officer of CBOT Holdings in connection with the performance of duties under this Plan, except for such person’s own willful misconduct or as expressly provided by statute.

The expenses of this Plan shall be borne by CBOT Holdings. The Plan shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or make any other segregation of assets to assume the payment of any award under this Plan, and rights to the payment of such awards shall be no greater than the rights of CBOT Holdings’ general creditors.


4. Shares Available for this Plan .

Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 15 of this Plan, an aggregate of 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) may be issued pursuant to this Plan. Such Shares may be in whole or in part authorized and unissued, or shares which are held by CBOT Holdings as treasury shares. If any grant under this Plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable or is forfeited as to any Shares, such unpurchased or forfeited Shares shall thereafter be available for further grants under this Plan unless, in the case of options granted under this Plan, related SARs are exercised.

In no event shall the number of shares subject to options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or performance awards granted to any one participant in any one year exceed in the aggregate 120,000 Shares. In no event shall the maximum amount payable under any performance awards denominated other than in Shares granted to any one participant in any one year exceed in the aggregate an amount equal to the Fair Market Value on the first day of that year of 120,000 Shares.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 4 or the generality of the provisions of Section 3 , 6 or 17 of this Plan or any other section in this Plan, the Committee may, at any time or from time to time, and on such terms and conditions (that are consistent with and not in contravention of the other provisions of this Plan) as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine, enter into agreements (or take other actions with respect to the options) for new options containing terms (including exercise prices) more (or less) favorable than the outstanding options.

5. Participation .

Participation in this Plan shall be limited to those directors (including Non-Employee Directors), officers (including non-employee officers) and key employees of, and other key individuals performing services for, CBOT Holdings and its Subsidiaries selected by the Committee (including participants located outside the United States). Nothing in this Plan or in any grant thereunder shall confer any right on a participant to continue in the employ of or the performance of services for CBOT Holdings or any Subsidiary, or shall interfere in any way with the right of CBOT Holdings to terminate the employment or performance of services of a participant at any time. By accepting any award under this Plan, each participant and each person claiming under or through him or her shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated his or her acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under this Plan by CBOT Holdings, the Board or the Committee.

Restricted stock awards, Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options, SARs, alone or in tandem with options, restricted stock awards, or any combination thereof, may be granted to such persons and for such number of Shares as the Committee shall determine (such individuals to whom grants are made being sometimes herein called “ optionees ” or “ grantees ” as the case may be). Determinations made by the Committee under this Plan need not be uniform and may be made selectively among eligible individuals under this Plan, whether or not such individuals are similarly situated. A grant of any type made hereunder in any one year to an eligible participant shall neither guarantee nor preclude a further grant of that or any other type to such participant in that year or subsequent years.

6. Restricted Stock or Stock Units.

The Committee may at any time and from time to time grant Shares of restricted stock (or grant restricted stock units payable in Shares) under this Plan to such participants and in such amounts, and on such terms and conditions, as it determines. Each Award Agreement related to a grant of restricted stock shall specify the applicable restrictions on such Shares, the duration of such restrictions and the time or times at which such restrictions shall lapse with respect to all on a specified number of Shares that are part of the grant.

 


Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, certificates representing Shares of restricted stock granted under this Plan will be held in escrow by CBOT Holdings on the participant’s behalf during any period of restriction thereon and will bear an appropriate legend specifying the applicable restrictions thereon, and the participant will be required to execute a blank stock power therefor. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, in the case of restricted stock during such period of restriction the participant shall have all of the rights of a holder of Common Stock, including but not limited to the rights to receive dividends and to vote, and any other stock or securities received as a distribution with respect to such participant’s restricted stock shall be subject to the same restrictions as then in effect for the restricted stock.

If a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to perform other services for, CBOT Holdings or a Subsidiary due to Cause, all of the participant’s restricted stock and restricted stock units which have not previously vested shall be forfeited immediately upon such cessation. To the extent provided in the award, if there is a Change in Control, all of the participant’s restricted stock and restricted stock units shall become fully vested and unrestricted immediately prior to such Change in Control.

7. Incentive and Nonqualified Options .

The Committee may from time to time grant to eligible participants Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, or any combination thereof; provided that the Committee may grant Incentive Stock Options only to eligible employees of CBOT Holdings or its subsidiaries (as defined for this purpose in Section 424(f) of the Code). The options granted shall take such form as the Committee shall determine, subject to the following terms and conditions.

It is CBOT Holdings’ intent that Nonqualified Stock Options granted under this Plan not be classified as Incentive Stock Options, that Incentive Stock Options be consistent with and contain or be deemed to contain all provisions required under Section 422 of the Code and any successor thereto, and that any ambiguities in construction be interpreted in order to effectuate such intent. If an Incentive Stock Option granted under this Plan does not qualify as such for any reason, then to the extent of such nonqualification, the stock option represented thereby shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option duly granted under this Plan, provided that such stock option otherwise meets the Plan’s requirements for Nonqualified Stock Options.

(a) Price . The price per Share deliverable upon the exercise of each option (“ exercise price ”) shall be established by the Committee, except that the exercise price may not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock as of the date of grant of the option, and in the case of the grant of any Incentive Stock Option to an employee who, at the time of the grant, owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of CBOT Holdings, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of grant of the option, in each case unless otherwise permitted by Section 422 of the Code.

(b) Payment . Options may be exercised, in whole or in part, upon payment of the exercise price of the Shares to be acquired. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, payment shall be made (i) in cash (including check, bank draft or money order), (ii) by delivery of outstanding shares of Common Stock with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the options’ exercise, (iii) by simultaneous sale through a broker reasonably acceptable to the Committee of Shares acquired on exercise, as permitted under Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board, (iv) by authorizing CBOT Holdings to withhold from issuance a number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the options which, when multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise is equal to the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the options so exercised or (v) by any combination of the foregoing. Options may also be exercised upon payment of the exercise price of the Shares to be acquired by delivery of the optionee’s promissory note, but only to the extent specifically approved by and in accordance with the policies of the Committee.


In the event a grantee elects to pay the exercise price payable with respect to an option pursuant to clause (ii) above, (A) only a whole number of share(s) of Common Stock (and not fractional shares of Common Stock) may be tendered in payment, (B) such grantee must present evidence acceptable to CBOT Holdings that he or she has owned any such shares of Common Stock tendered in payment of the exercise price (and that such tendered shares of Common Stock have not been subject to any substantial risk of forfeiture) for at least six months prior to the date of exercise, and (C) Common Stock must be delivered to CBOT Holdings. Delivery for this purpose may, at the election of the grantee, be made either by (A) physical delivery of the certificate(s) for all such shares of Common Stock tendered in payment of the price, accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer in a form acceptable to CBOT Holdings, or (B) direction to the grantee’s broker to transfer, by book entry, such shares of Common Stock from a brokerage account of the grantee to a brokerage account specified by CBOT Holdings. When payment of the exercise price is made by delivery of Common Stock, the difference, if any, between the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the option being exercised and the Fair Market Value of the share(s) of Common Stock tendered in payment (plus any applicable taxes) shall be paid in cash. No grantee may tender shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value exceeding the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the option being exercised (plus any applicable taxes).

In the event a grantee elects to pay the exercise price payable with respect to an option pursuant to clause (iv) above, (A) only a whole number of Share(s) (and not fractional Shares) may be withheld in payment, (B) such grantee must present evidence acceptable to CBOT Holdings that he or she has owned a number of shares of Common Stock at least equal to the number of Shares to be withheld in payment of the exercise price (and that such owned shares of Common Stock have not been subject to any substantial risk of forfeiture) for at least six months prior to the date of exercise, and (C) the grantee shall be deemed to have delivered such shares as payment of the exercise price. When payment of the exercise price is made by withholding of Shares, the difference, if any, between the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the option being exercised and the Fair Market Value of the Share(s) withheld in payment (plus any applicable taxes) shall be paid in cash. No grantee may authorize the withholding of Shares having a Fair Market Value exceeding the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the option being exercised (plus any applicable taxes). Any withheld Shares shall no longer be issuable under such option.

(c) Terms of Options . The term during which each option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee, but, except as otherwise provided herein, in no event shall an option be exercisable in whole or in part, in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option (other than as described below), more than ten years from the date it is granted or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who at the time of the grant owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of CBOT Holdings, if required by the Code, more than five years from the date it is granted. All rights to purchase Shares pursuant to an option shall, unless sooner terminated, expire at the date designated by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the date on which each option shall become exercisable and may provide that an option shall become exercisable in installments. The Shares constituting each installment may be purchased in whole or in part at any time after such installment becomes exercisable, subject to such minimum exercise requirements as may be designated by the Committee. Unless otherwise provided herein or in the terms of the related Award Agreement, an optionee may exercise an option only if he or she is, and has continuously since the date the option was granted, been a director, officer or employee of, or performed other services for, CBOT Holdings or a Subsidiary. Prior to the exercise of an option and delivery of the Shares represented thereby, the optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by such outstanding option (including any dividend or voting rights).

(d) Limitations on Grants . If required by the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the grant date) of Shares for which an Incentive Stock Option is exercisable for the first time during any calendar year under all equity incentive plans of CBOT Holdings (as defined in Section 422 of the Code) may not exceed $100,000.


(e) Termination; Change in Control .

(i) If a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to perform other services for, CBOT Holdings or a Subsidiary due to Cause, all of the participant’s options shall be forfeited immediately upon such cessation, whether or not then exercisable.

(ii) To the extent provided in the award, if there is a Change in Control, all of the participant’s options shall become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to such Change in Control and shall remain so until the expiration date of the options.

(iii) The Committee may, in its discretion, determine the other conditions under which the vesting of a stock option will accelerate.

8. Stock Appreciation Rights .

The Committee shall have the authority to grant SARs under this Plan, either alone or to any optionee in tandem with options (either at the time of grant of the related option or thereafter by amendment to an outstanding option). SARs shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify.

No SAR may be exercised unless the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock of CBOT Holdings on the date of exercise exceeds the exercise price of the SAR or, in the case of SARs granted in tandem with options, any options to which the SARs correspond. Prior to the exercise of the SAR and delivery of the cash and/or Shares represented thereby, the participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by such outstanding SAR (including any dividend or voting rights).

SARs granted in tandem with options shall be exercisable only when, to the extent and on the conditions that any related option is exercisable. The exercise of an option shall result in an immediate forfeiture of any related SAR to the extent the option is exercised, and the exercise of an SAR shall cause an immediate forfeiture of any related option to the extent the SAR is exercised.

Upon the exercise of an SAR, the participant shall be entitled to a distribution in an amount equal to the difference between the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the SAR or, in the case of SARs granted in tandem with options, any option to which the SAR is related, multiplied by the number of Shares as to which the SAR is exercised. The Committee shall decide whether such distribution shall be in cash, in Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to such amount, in Other CBOT Securities having a Fair Market Value equal to such amount or in a combination thereof.

All SARs will be exercised automatically on the last day prior to the expiration date of the SAR or, in the case of SARs granted in tandem with options, any related option, so long as the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on that date exceeds the exercise price of the SAR or any related option, as applicable. An SAR granted in tandem with options shall expire at the same time as any related option expires and shall be transferable only when, and under the same conditions as, any related option is transferable.

If a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to perform other services for, CBOT Holdings or a Subsidiary due to Cause, all of the participant’s SARs shall be forfeited immediately upon such cessation, whether or not then exercisable. To the extent provided in the award, if there is a Change in Control, all of the participant’s SARs shall become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to such Change in Control and shall remain so until the expiration date of the SARs. The Committee may, in its discretion, determine the other conditions under which the vesting of an SAR will accelerate.


9. Performance Awards .

Performance awards may be granted to participants at any time and from time to time as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the size and composition of performance awards so granted to a participant and the appropriate period over which performance is to be measured (a “ performance cycle ”). Performance awards may include (i) specific dollar-value target awards (ii) performance units, the value of each such unit being determined by the Committee at the time of issuance, and/or (iii) performance Shares, the value of each such Share being equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock.

The value of each performance award may be fixed or it may be permitted to fluctuate based on a performance factor (e.g., return on equity) selected by the Committee.

The Committee shall establish performance goals and objectives for each performance cycle on the basis of such criteria and objectives as the Committee may select from time to time, including, without limitation, the performance of the participant, CBOT Holdings, one or more of its Subsidiaries or divisions or any combination of the foregoing, including but not limited to: earnings (e.g., earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or earnings per share); contract volume, financial return ratios (e.g., return on investment, return on invested capital, return on equity, return on assets); increase in revenue, operating or net cash flows; cash flow return on investment; total shareholder return; market share; net operating income, operating income or net income; debt load reductions; expense management; economic value added; stock price; and strategic business objectives, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specific cost targets, business expansion goals and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures. During any performance cycle, the Committee shall have the authority to adjust the performance goals and objectives of such cycle for such reasons as it deems equitable, subject to any limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

The Committee shall determine the portion of each performance award that is earned by a participant on the basis of CBOT Holdings’ performance over the performance cycle in relation to the performance goals for such cycle. The earned portion of a performance award may be paid out in Shares, cash, Other CBOT Securities, or any combination thereof, as the Committee may determine.

Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, a participant must be a director, officer or employee of, or otherwise perform services for, CBOT Holdings or its Subsidiaries at the end of the performance cycle in order to be entitled to payment of a performance award issued in respect of such cycle.

If a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to perform other services for, CBOT Holdings or a Subsidiary due to Cause, all of the participant’s performance awards shall be forfeited immediately upon such cessation. The Committee in its discretion may determine the extent to which a performance award may be deemed earned upon a Change in Control.

10. Withholding Taxes .

(a) Participant Election . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a participant may elect to deliver shares of Common Stock (or have CBOT Holdings withhold shares acquired upon exercise of an option or SAR or deliverable upon grant or vesting of restricted stock, as the case may be) to satisfy, in whole or in part, the amount of CBOT Holdings is required to withhold for taxes in connection with the exercise of an option or SAR or the delivery of restricted stock upon grant or vesting, as the case may be. Such election must be made on or before the date the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. Once made, the election shall be irrevocable. The fair market value of the shares to be withheld or delivered will be the Fair Market Value as of the date the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. In the event a participant elects to deliver shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 10(a) , such delivery must be made subject to the conditions and pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 7(b) with respect to the delivery of Common Stock in payment of the exercise price of options.


(b) Requirement . CBOT Holdings may require, as a condition to any grant or exercise under this Plan or to the delivery of certificates for Shares issued hereunder, that the grantee make provision for the payment to CBOT Holdings, either pursuant to Section 10(a) or this Section 10(b) , of any federal, state or local taxes of any kid required by law to be withheld with respect to any grant or any delivery of Shares. CBOT Holdings, to the extent permitted or required by law, shall have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind (including salary or bonus) otherwise due to a grantee, an amount equal to any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any grant or to the delivery of Shares under this Plan, or to retain or sell without notice a sufficient number of the Shares to be issued to such grantee to cover any such taxes, the payment of which has not otherwise been provided for in accordance with the terms of this Plan, provided that CBOT Holdings shall not sell any such Shares if such sale would be considered a sale by such grantee for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act that is not exempt from matching thereunder.

11. Written Agreement; Vesting .

To the extent required by the Committee, each person to whom a grant is made under this Plan shall enter into a written agreement with CBOT Holdings that shall contain such provisions, including without limitation vesting requirements, consistent with the provisions of this Plan, as may be approved by the Committee (“ Award Agreement ”). Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no grant under this Plan may be exercised, and no restrictions relating thereto may lapse, within six months of the date such grant is made.

12. Transferability .

Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no grant of restricted stock option, SAR, or performance award under this Plan shall be transferable by a participant otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, an option, SAR, or performance award may be exercised only by the optionee or grantee thereof or his guardian or legal representative; provided that Incentive Stock Options may be exercised by such guardian or legal representative only if permitted by the Code and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

13. Listing, Registration and Qualification .

If the Committee determines that the listing, registration or qualification upon any securities exchange or under any law of Shares subject to any option, SAR, performance award or restricted stock grant is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of same or the issue or purchase of Shares thereunder, no such option or SAR may be exercised in whole or in part, no such performance award may be paid out and no Shares may be issued unless such listing, registration or qualification is effected free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

It is the intent of CBOT Holdings that this Plan comply in all respects with Section 162(m) of the Code, that awards made hereunder comply in all respects with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, that any ambiguities or inconsistencies in construction of this Plan be interpreted to give effect to such intention and that if any provision of this Plan is found not to be in compliance with Section 162(m), such provision shall be deemed null and void to the extent required to permit this Plan to comply with Section 162(m), as the case may be.

14. Transfer of Employee .

The transfer of an employee from CBOT Holdings to a Subsidiary, from a Subsidiary to CBOT Holdings, or from one Subsidiary to another shall not be considered a termination of employment; nor shall it be considered a termination of employment if an employee is placed on military or sick leave or such other leave of absence which is considered by the Committee as continuing intact the employment relationship.


15. Adjustments .

In the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, distribution of assets, or any other change in the corporate structure or shares of CBOT Holdings, the Committee shall make such adjustment as it deems appropriate in the number and kind of Shares or other property reserved for issuance under this Plan, in the number and kind of Shares of other property covered by grants previously made under this Plan, and in the exercise price of outstanding options and SARS. Any such adjustment shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Plan. In the event of any merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which CBOT Holdings is not the surviving or continuing corporation or in which a Change in Control is to occur, all of CBOT Holdings’ obligations regarding restricted stock options, SARs, and performance awards that were granted hereunder and that are outstanding on the date of such event shall, on such terms as may be approved by the Committee prior to such event, be assumed by the surviving or continuing corporation or canceled in exchange for property (including cash).

Without limitation of the foregoing, in connection with any transaction of the type specified by clause (iii) of the definition of a Change in Control, the Committee may, in its discretion, (i) cancel any or all outstanding options under this Plan in consideration for payment to the holders thereof of an amount equal to the portion of the consideration that would have been payable to such holders pursuant to such transaction if their options had been fully exercised immediately prior to such transaction, less the aggregate exercise price that would have been payable therefor, or (ii) if the amount that would have been payable to the option holders pursuant to such transaction if their options had been fully exercised immediately prior thereto would be less than the aggregate exercise price that would have been payable therefor, cancel any or all such options for no consideration or payment of any kind. Payment of any amount payable pursuant to the preceding sentence may be made in cash or, in the event that the consideration to be received in such transaction includes securities or other property, in cash and/or securities or other property in the Committee’s discretion.

16. Termination and Modification of this Plan .

The Board or the Committee, without approval of the stockholders, may modify or terminate this Plan, except that no modification shall become effective without prior approval of the stockholders of CBOT Holdings if stockholder approval would be required for continued compliance with the performance-based compensation exception of Section 162(m) of the Code or any applicable exchange standard listing.

17. Amendment or Substitution of Awards under this Plan .

The terms of any outstanding award under this Plan may be amended from time to time by the Committee in its discretion in any manner that it deems appropriate (including, but not limited to, acceleration of the date of exercise of any award and/or payments thereunder or of the date of lapse of restrictions on Shares); provided that, (i) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Committee may not, at any time, lower the exercise price of any option that is outstanding pursuant to this Plan as of such time without first obtaining the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of Common Stock then issued and outstanding and (ii) except as otherwise provided in Section 15 of this Plan, no such amendment shall adversely affect in a material manner any right of a participant under the award without his or her written consent. The Committee may, in its discretion, permit holders of awards under this Plan to surrender outstanding awards in order to exercise or realize rights under other awards, or in exchange for the grant of new awards, or require holders of awards to surrender outstanding awards as a condition precedent to the grant of new awards under this Plan.


18. Commencement Date; Termination Date .

The date of commencement of this Plan shall be April 21, 2005 subject to approval by the CBOT as the sole stockholder of CBOT Holdings. Unless previously terminated upon the adoption of a resolution of the Board terminating this Plan, this Plan shall terminate at the close of business on April 21, 2015. No termination of this Plan shall materially and adversely affect any of the rights or obligations of any person, without his consent, under any grant of options or other incentives theretofore granted under this Plan.

19. Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by the corporate laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law provisions.

20. Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the interpretative guidance thereunder and shall at all times be interpreted and administered in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any provision of the Plan violates Section 409A, such provision shall be automatically reformed, if possible, to comply with Section 409A or stricken from the Plan. If an operational failure occurs with respect to Section 409A requirements, any affected Participant shall fully cooperate with the Company to correct the failure, to the extent possible, in accordance with any correction procedure established by the Internal Revenue Service. No provision of the Plan shall be interpreted to transfer any liability for a failure to comply with Section 409A from a Participant or any other individual to the Company.

Exhibit 10.7

NYMEX HOLDINGS, INC.

2006 OMNIBUS LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Amended and Restated as of December 31, 2008

NYMEX Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), sets forth herein the terms of its 2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as amended December 31, 2008 as follows:

1. PURPOSE

The Plan is intended to enhance the Company’s and its Affiliates’ (as defined herein) ability to attract and retain highly qualified officers, directors and key employees, and to motivate such officers, directors and key employees to serve the Company and its Affiliates and to expend maximum effort to improve the business results and earnings of the Company, by providing to such persons an opportunity to acquire or increase a direct proprietary interest in the operations and future success of the Company. To this end, the Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock and cash awards. Any of these awards may, but need not, be made as performance incentives to reward attainment of annual or long-term performance goals in accordance with the terms hereof. Stock options granted under the Plan may be non-qualified stock options or incentive stock options, as provided herein.

2. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of interpreting the Plan and related documents (including Award Agreements), the following definitions shall apply:

2.1. “Affiliate” means any company or other trade or business that “controls,” is “controlled by” or is “under common control” with the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act, including, without limitation, any Subsidiary.

2.2. “Annual Incentive Award” means an Award made subject to attainment of performance goals (as described in Section 13) over a performance period of one (1) year.

2.3. “Award” means a grant of an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or cash award under the Plan.

2.4. “Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Grantee, or notice from the Company to a Grantee, that evidences and sets out the terms and conditions of an Award.

2.5. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.6. “Cause” means, as determined by the Board and unless otherwise provided in an applicable agreement with the Company or an Affiliate at or before the Grant Date: (i) engaging in any act, or failing to act, or misconduct that is injurious to the Company or its Affiliates; (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of duties; (iii) conviction of a criminal offense (other than minor traffic offenses); (iv) fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or an Affiliate; (v) material breach of any term of any employment, consulting or other services, confidentiality, intellectual property or non-competition agreements, if any, between the Service Provider and the Company or an Affiliate; (vi) the entry of an order duly issued by any regulatory agency (including federal, state and local regulatory agencies and self-regulatory bodies) having jurisdiction over the Company or an Affiliate requiring the removal from any office held by the Service Provider with the Company or prohibiting a Service Provider from participating in the business or affairs of the Company or any Affiliate; or (vii) the revocation or threatened

 

D-1


revocation of any of the Company’s or an Affiliate’s government licenses, permits or approvals, which is primarily due to the Service Provider’s action or inaction and such revocation or threatened revocation would be alleviated or mitigated in any material respect by the termination of the Service Provider’s Services.

2.7. “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2.

2.8. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

2.9. “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee as determined by the Board. The Compensation Committee of the Board may, in its discretion, designate a subcommittee of its members to serve as the Committee (to the extent the Board has not designated another person, committee or entity as the Committee) or to cause the Committee to (i) consist solely of persons who are “Nonemployee Directors” as defined in Rule 16b-3 issued under the Exchange Act, (ii) consist solely of persons who are Outside Directors, or (iii) satisfy the applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed.

2.10. “Company” means NYMEX Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation.

2.11. “Common Stock” or “Stock” means a share of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

2.12. “Covered Employee” means a Grantee who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code as qualified by Section 13.4 herein.

2.13. “Disability” means as determined by the Board and unless otherwise provided in an applicable agreement with the Company or an Affiliate at or before the Grant Date, the Grantee is unable to perform each of the essential duties of such Grantee’s position by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is potentially permanent in character or which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; provided, however, that, with respect to rules regarding expiration of an Incentive Stock Option following termination of the Grantee’s Service, Disability has the meaning as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

2.14. “Effective Date” means                     , 2006.

2.15. “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

2.16. “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock as of a particular date shall mean (1) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing or last price of the Common Stock on the composite tape or other comparable reporting system for the applicable date, or if the applicable date is not a trading day, the trading day immediately preceding the applicable date, or (2) if the shares of Common Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange or national market system, or the value of such shares is not otherwise determinable, such value as determined by the Board in good faith in its sole discretion (but in any event not less than fair market value within the meaning of Section 409A); notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock for purposes of determining Awards with a Grant Date as of the Company’s initial public offering shall be the price per share of Common Stock set in the final prospectus for such initial public offering.

2.17. “Family Member” means a person who is a spouse, former spouse, child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother, sister, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of the applicable individual, any person sharing the applicable individual’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which any one or more of these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which any one or more of these persons (or the applicable individual) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which one or more of these persons (or the applicable individual) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

 

D-2


2.18. “Grant Date” means, as determined by the Board, the latest to occur of (i) the date as of which the Board approves an Award, (ii) the date on which the recipient of an Award first becomes eligible to receive an Award under Section 6 hereof, or (iii) such other date as may be specified by the Board in the Award Agreement.

2.19. “Grantee” means a person who receives or holds an Award under the Plan.

2.20. “Incentive Stock Option” means an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or the corresponding provision of any subsequently enacted tax statute, as amended from time to time.

2.21. “Non-qualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.22. “Option” means an option to purchase one or more shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan.

2.23. “Option Price” means the exercise price for each share of Stock subject to an Option.

2.24. “Outside Director” means a member of the Board who is not an officer or employee of the Company or an Affiliate, determined in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.25. “Performance Award” means an Award made subject to the attainment of performance goals (as described in Section 13) over a performance period of up to ten (10) years.

2.26. “Plan” means this NYMEX Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan .

2.27. “Purchase Price” means the purchase price for each share of Stock pursuant to a grant of Restricted Stock.

2.28. “Reporting Person” means a person who is required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

2.29. “Restricted Stock” means shares of Stock, awarded to a Grantee pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

2.30. “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of shares of Stock, awarded to a Grantee pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

2.31. “SAR Exercise Price” means the per share exercise price of a SAR granted to a Grantee under Section 9 hereof.

2.32. “Section 409A” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and all formal guidance and regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.33. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

2.34. “Separation from Service” means a termination of Service by a Service Provider, as determined by the Board, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive; provided if any Award governed by Section 409A is to be distributed on a Separation from Service, then the definition of Separation from Service for such purposes shall comply with the definition provided in Section 409A.

2.35. “Service” means service as a Service Provider to the Company or an Affiliate. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, a Grantee’s change in position or duties shall not result in interrupted or terminated Service, so long as such Grantee continues to be a Service Provider to the Company or an Affiliate.

2.36. “Service Provider” means an employee, officer or director of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

D-3


2.37. Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted to a Grantee under Section 9 hereof.

2.38. “Subsidiary” means any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.39. “Termination Date” means the date upon which an Option shall terminate or expire, as set forth in Section 8.3 hereof.

2.40. “Ten Percent Stockholder” means an individual who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its parent or any of its Subsidiaries. In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

3.1. General.

The Board shall have such powers and authorities related to the administration of the Plan as are consistent with the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law. The Board shall have the power and authority to delegate its responsibilities hereunder to the Committee, which shall have full authority to act in accordance with its charter, and with respect to the authority of the Board to act hereunder, all references to the Board shall be deemed to include a reference to the Committee, to the extent such power or responsibilities have been delegated. Except as specifically provided in Section 13 or as otherwise may be required by applicable law, regulatory requirement or the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the Company, the Board shall have full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement, and shall have full power and authority to take all such other actions and make all such other determinations not inconsistent with the specific terms and provisions of the Plan that the Board deems to be necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan. The interpretation and construction by the Board of any provision of the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive. Without limitation, the Board shall have full and final authority, subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan, to:

(i) designate Grantees;

(ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be made to a Grantee;

(iii) determine the number of shares of Stock to be subject to an Award;

(iv) establish the terms and conditions of each Award (including, but not limited to, the Option Price of any Option, the nature and duration of any restriction or condition (or provision for lapse thereof) relating to the vesting, exercise, transfer, or forfeiture of an Award or the shares of Stock subject thereto, and any terms or conditions that may be necessary to qualify Options as Incentive Stock Options);

(v) prescribe the form of each Award Agreement; and

(vi) amend, modify, or supplement the terms of any outstanding Award including the authority, in order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan, to modify Awards to foreign nationals or individuals who are employed outside the United States to recognize differences in local law, tax policy, or custom.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to an outstanding Option or SAR that (i) causes the Option or SAR to become subject to Section 409A, (ii) reduces the Option Price or SAR Exercise Price, either by lowering the Option Price or SAR Exercise Price or by canceling the outstanding Option or SAR and granting a replacement Option or SAR with a lower Option Price or SAR Exercise Price or (iii) would be treated as a repricing under the rules of the exchange upon which the Company’s Stock trades, without, with respect to item (i), the Grantee’s written prior approval, and with respect to items (ii) and (iii), without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, provided, that, appropriate adjustments may be made to outstanding Options and SARs pursuant to Section 15 .

 

D-4


The Company may retain the right in an Award Agreement to cause a forfeiture of the gain realized by a Grantee on account of actions taken by the Grantee in violation or breach of or in conflict with any employment agreement, non-competition agreement, any agreement prohibiting solicitation of employees or clients of the Company or any Affiliate thereof or any confidentiality obligation with respect to the Company or any Affiliate thereof or otherwise in competition with the Company or any Affiliate thereof, to the extent specified in such Award Agreement applicable to the Grantee. Furthermore, the Company may annul an Award if the Grantee is terminated for Cause as defined in the applicable Award Agreement or the Plan, as applicable. The grant of any Award may be contingent upon the Grantee executing the appropriate Award Agreement.

3.2. Deferral Arrangement.

The Board may permit or require the deferral of any Award payment into a deferred compensation arrangement, subject to such rules and procedures as it may establish and in accordance with Section 409A, which may include provisions for the payment or crediting of interest or dividend equivalents, including converting such credits into deferred Stock units.

3.3. No Liability.

No member of the Board or of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan, any Award or Award Agreement.

3.4. Book Entry.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company may elect to satisfy any requirement under this Plan for the delivery of stock certificates through the use of book-entry.

4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be 4,300,000. All such shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be available for issuance pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, no more than 1,433,333 shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be available for issuance as Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units. Stock issued or to be issued under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued shares; or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, issued shares that have been reacquired by the Company.

The Board may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem or substitute awards) and make adjustments in accordance with Section 15 . If the Option Price of any Option granted under the Plan, or if pursuant to Section 16.3 the withholding obligation of any Grantee with respect to an Option or other Award, is satisfied by tendering shares of Stock to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation) or by withholding shares of Stock, the number of shares of Stock issued net of the shares of Stock tendered or withheld shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Stock available for delivery under the Plan. To the extent that an Award under the Plan is canceled, expired, forfeited, settled in cash, settled by issuance of fewer shares than the number underlying the Award, or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares to the Grantee, the shares retained by or returned to the Company will be available under the Plan; and shares that are withheld from such an Award or separately surrendered by the Grantee in payment of any exercise price or taxes relating to such an Award shall be deemed to constitute shares not delivered to the Grantee and will be available under

 

D-5


the Plan. In addition, in the case of any Award granted in assumption of or in substitution for an award of a company or business acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate or with which the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate combines, shares issued or issuable in connection with such substitute Award shall not be counted against the number of shares reserved under the Plan.

5. EFFECTIVE DATE, DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

5.1. Term.

The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall terminate automatically as of the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the initial public offering occurs unless the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company prior to such meeting but subsequent to the Effective Date. In the event that the Plan is approved by the stockholders during the time prescribed in the preceding sentence, then the Plan shall terminate automatically on the ten (10) year anniversary of the Effective Date and may be terminated on any earlier date as provided in Section 5.2 .

5.2. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

The Board may, at any time and from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan as to any Awards which have not been made. An amendment shall be contingent on approval of the Company’s stockholders to the extent stated by the Board, required by applicable law or required by applicable stock exchange listing requirements. No Awards shall be made after termination of the Plan. No amendment, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Grantee, impair rights or obligations under any Award theretofore awarded.

6. AWARD ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS

6.1. Service Providers.

Subject to this Section 6 , Awards may be made to: (i) any Service Provider, including any Service Provider who is an officer or director of the Company or of any Affiliate, as the Board shall determine and designate from time to time in its discretion and (ii) any Outside Director.

6.2. Successive Awards.

An eligible person may receive more than one Award, subject to such restrictions as are provided herein.

6.3. Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards.

Awards may, in the discretion of the Board, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Company, any Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or an Affiliate, or any other right of a Grantee to receive payment from the Company or any Affiliate. Such additional, tandem, and substitute or exchange Awards may be granted at any time. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award, the Board shall have the right to require the surrender of such other Award in consideration for the grant of the new Award. The Board shall have the right, in its discretion, to make Awards in substitution or exchange for any other award under another plan of the Company, any Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or an Affiliate. In addition, Awards may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the Company or any Affiliate, in which the value of Stock subject to the Award is equivalent in value to the cash compensation (for example, Restricted Stock Units or Restricted Stock).

 

D-6


7. AWARD AGREEMENT

Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, in such form or forms as the Board shall from time to time determine. Without limiting the foregoing, an Award Agreement may be provided in the form of a notice which provides that acceptance of the Award constitutes acceptance of all terms of the Plan and the notice. Award Agreements granted from time to time or at the same time need not contain similar provisions but shall be consistent with the terms of the Plan. Each Award Agreement evidencing an Award of Options shall specify whether such Options are intended to be Non-qualified Stock Options or Incentive Stock Options, and in the absence of such specification such options shall be deemed Non-qualified Stock Options.

8. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

8.1. Option Price.

The Option Price of each Option shall be fixed by the Board and stated in the related Award Agreement. The Option Price of each Option shall be at least the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date of a share of Stock; provided, however, that (a) in the event that a Grantee is a Ten Percent Stockholder as of the Grant Date, the Option Price of an Option granted to such Grantee that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date, and (b) with respect to Awards made in substitution for or in exchange for awards made by an entity acquired by the Company or an Affiliate, the Option Price does not need to be at least the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date. In no case shall the Option Price of any Option be less than the par value of a share of Stock.

8.2. Vesting.

Subject to Section 8.3 hereof, each Option shall become exercisable at such times and under such conditions (including without limitation performance requirements) as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement. For purposes of this Section 8.2 , fractional numbers of shares of Stock subject to an Option shall be rounded down to the next nearest whole number.

8.3. Term.

Each Option shall terminate, and all rights to purchase shares of Stock thereunder shall cease, upon the expiration of eight years from the Grant Date, or under such circumstances and on such date prior thereto as is set forth in the Plan or as may be fixed by the Board and stated in the related Award Agreement (the “Termination Date”); provided, however, that in the event that the Grantee is a Ten Percent Stockholder, an Option granted to such Grantee that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option at the Grant Date shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from its Grant Date.

8.4. Separation from Service.

Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, if a Grantee’s employment with or service as a director of the Company or Affiliate terminates for any reason other than Cause, (i) Options granted to such Grantee, to the extent that they are exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable for a period of not more than 90 days after such termination (one year in the case of termination by reason of death or Disability), on which date they shall expire, and (ii) Options granted to such Grantee, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire on the date of such termination. In the event of the termination of a Grantee’s employment or service for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Grantee shall expire on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

8.5. Limitations on Exercise of Option.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in no event may any Option be exercised, in whole or in part, (i) prior to the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company as provided herein or (ii) after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 15 hereof which results in termination of the Option.

 

D-7


8.6. Method of Exercise.

An Option that is exercisable may be exercised by the Grantee’s delivery to the Company of written notice of exercise on any business day, at the Company’s principal office, on the form specified by the Company. Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised plus the amount (if any) of federal and/or other taxes which the Company may, in its judgment, be required to withhold with respect to an Award. The minimum number of shares of Stock with respect to which an Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time shall be the lesser of (i) the number set forth in the related Award Agreement and (ii) the maximum number of shares available for purchase under the Option at the time of exercise. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Board may, solely in its discretion, approve payment in whole or in part by an alternative method, including (i) by means of any cashless exercise procedure approved by the Board, including without limitation by withholding of shares of Stock that would be otherwise delivered on exercise, (ii) in the form of unrestricted shares of Stock already owned by the Grantee (for at least six months) on the date of surrender to the extent the shares of Stock have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Option Price of the shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, provided that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the right to make payment in the form of already owned shares of Stock may be authorized only at the time of grant, or (iii) any combination of the foregoing.

8.7. Rights of Holders of Options.

Unless otherwise stated in the related Award Agreement, an individual holding or exercising an Option shall have none of the rights of a stockholder (for example, the right to receive cash or dividend payments or distributions attributable to the subject shares of Stock or to direct the voting of the subject shares of Stock) until the shares of Stock covered thereby are fully paid and issued to him. Except as provided in Section 15 hereof, no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such issuance.

8.8. Delivery of Stock Certificates.

Promptly after the exercise of an Option by a Grantee and the payment in full of the Option Price, such Grantee shall be entitled to the issuance of a stock certificate or certificates evidencing his or her ownership of the shares of Stock subject to the Option.

8.9. Transferability of Options.

Except as provided in Section 8.10 , during the lifetime of a Grantee, only the Grantee (or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetence, the Grantee’s guardian or legal representative) may exercise an Option. Except as provided in Section 8.10 , no Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Grantee to whom it is granted, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

8.10. Family Transfers.

If authorized in the applicable Award Agreement, a Grantee may transfer, not for value, all or part of an Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option to any Family Member. For the purpose of this Section 8.10 , a “not for value” transfer is a transfer which is (i) a gift, (ii) a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights; or (iii) a transfer to an entity in which more than fifty percent of the voting interests are owned by Family Members (or the Grantee) in exchange for an interest in that entity. Following a transfer under this Section 8.10 , any such Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer. Subsequent transfers of transferred Options are prohibited except to Family Members of the original Grantee in accordance with this Section 8.10 or by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may also provide that Options may be transferred to persons other than Family Members. The events of termination of Service of Section 8.4 hereof shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Grantee, following which the Option shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent, and for the periods specified, in Section 8.4 .

 

D-8


8.11. Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.

An Option shall constitute an Incentive Stock Option only (i) if the Grantee of such Option is an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) to the extent specifically provided in the related Award Agreement; and (iii) to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the Option is granted) of the shares of Stock with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options held by such Grantee become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other plans of the Grantee’s employer and its Affiliates) does not exceed $100,000. This limitation shall be applied by taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

9. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

9.1. Right to Payment.

A SAR shall confer on the Grantee a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (ii) the SAR Exercise Price, as determined by the Board. The Award Agreement for an SAR shall specify the SAR Exercise Price, which shall be fixed at the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date. SARs may be granted alone or in conjunction with all or part of an Option or at any subsequent time during the term of such Option or in conjunction with all or part of any other Award. A SAR granted in tandem with an outstanding Option following the Grant Date of such Option shall have a grant price that is equal to the Option Price; provided, however, that the SAR’s grant price may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date of the SAR.

9.2. Other Terms.

The Board shall determine at the Grant Date or thereafter, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which an SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the time or times at which SARs shall cease to be or become exercisable following termination of Service or upon other conditions, the method of exercise, whether or not a SAR shall be in tandem or in combination with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR.

9.3. Term of SARs. The term of a SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion; provided, however, that such term shall not exceed eight (8) years.

9.4. Payment of SAR Amount. Upon exercise of a SAR, a Grantee shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the SAR Exercise Price; by

(ii) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

10. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

10.1. Restrictions.

At the time of grant, the Board may, in its sole discretion, establish a period of time (a “restricted period”) and any additional restrictions including the satisfaction of corporate or individual performance objectives applicable to an Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units in accordance with Section 13.1 and 13.2 . Each Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units may be subject to a different restricted period and additional restrictions. Neither Restricted Stock nor Restricted Stock Units may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the restricted period or prior to the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions.

 

D-9


10.2. Restricted Stock Certificates.

The Company shall issue stock, in the name of each Grantee to whom Restricted Stock has been granted, stock certificates or other evidence of ownership representing the total number of shares of Restricted Stock granted to the Grantee, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Grant Date. The Board may provide in an Award Agreement that either (i) the Secretary of the Company shall hold such certificates for the Grantee’s benefit until such time as the Restricted Stock is forfeited to the Company or the restrictions lapse, or (ii) such certificates shall be delivered to the Grantee, provided, however, that such certificates shall bear a legend or legends that comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and makes appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed under the Plan and the Award Agreement.

10.3. Rights of Holders of Restricted Stock.

Unless the Board otherwise provides in an Award Agreement, holders of Restricted Stock shall have no rights as stockholders of the Company.

10.4. Rights of Holders of Restricted Stock Units.

10.4.1. Settlement of Restricted Stock Units.

Restricted Stock Units may be settled in cash or Stock, as determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Award Agreement shall also set forth whether the Restricted Stock Units shall be settled (i) within the time period specified in Section 16.9.1 for short term deferrals or (ii) otherwise within the requirements of Section 409A, in which case the Award Agreement shall specify upon which events such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled.

10.4.2. Voting and Dividend Rights.

Holders of Restricted Stock Units shall have no rights as stockholders of the Company. The Board may provide in an Award Agreement that the holder of such Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to receive, upon the Company’s payment of a cash dividend on its outstanding Stock, a cash payment for each Restricted Stock Unit held equal to the per-share dividend paid on the Stock, which may be deemed reinvested in additional Restricted Stock Units at a price per unit equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date that such dividend is paid to shareholders.

10.4.3. Creditor’s Rights.

A holder of Restricted Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Restricted Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement.

10.5. Termination of Service.

Unless the Board otherwise provides in an Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, upon the termination of a Grantee’s Service, any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units held by such Grantee that have not vested, or with respect to which all applicable restrictions and conditions have not lapsed, shall immediately be deemed forfeited, and the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to such Award.

10.6. Purchase of Restricted Stock.

The Grantee shall be required, to the extent required by applicable law, to purchase the Restricted Stock from the Company at a Purchase Price equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate par value of the shares of Stock represented by such Restricted Stock or (ii) the Purchase Price, if any, specified in the related Award Agreement.

 

D-10


If specified in the Award Agreement, the Purchase Price may be deemed paid by Services already rendered. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 12 or, in the discretion of the Board, in consideration for past Services rendered.

10.7. Delivery of Stock.

Upon the expiration or termination of any restricted period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Board, the restrictions applicable to shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units settled in Stock shall lapse, and, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, a stock certificate for such shares shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions, to the Grantee or the Grantee’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be.

11. [RESERVED]

12. FORM OF PAYMENT FOR OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK

12.1. General Rule.

Payment of the Option Price for the shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option or the Purchase Price for Restricted Stock shall be made in cash or in cash equivalents acceptable to the Company, except as provided in this Section 12 .

12.2. Surrender of Stock.

To the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price for shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option or the Purchase Price for Restricted Stock may be made all or in part through the tender to the Company of shares of Stock, which shares, if acquired from the Company and if so required by the Company, shall have been held for at least six months at the time of tender and which shall be valued, for purposes of determining the extent to which the Option Price or Purchase Price has been paid thereby, at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise or surrender.

12.3. Cashless Exercise.

With respect to an Option only (and not with respect to Restricted Stock), to the extent permitted by law and to the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form acceptable to the Board) of an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker acceptable to the Company to sell shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in payment of the Option Price and any withholding taxes described in Section 16.3 .

12.4. Other Forms of Payment.

To the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price or the Purchase Price may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

13. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE AND ANNUAL INCENTIVE AWARDS

13.1. Performance Conditions.

The right of a Grantee to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any Award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions, except as limited under Sections 13.2 hereof in the case of a Performance Award or Annual Incentive Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m).

 

D-11


13.2. Performance or Annual Incentive Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees.

If and to the extent that the Committee determines that a Performance or Annual Incentive Award to be granted to a Grantee who is designated by the Committee as likely to be a Covered Employee should qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Code Section 162(m), the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance or Annual Incentive Award shall be contingent upon achievement of pre-established performance goals and other terms set forth in this Section 13.2 .

13.2.1. Performance Goals Generally.

The performance goals for such Performance or Annual Incentive Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 13.2 . Performance goals shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain.” The Committee may determine that such Performance or Annual Incentive Awards shall be granted, exercised and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or that two or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance or Annual Incentive Awards. Performance goals may differ for Performance or Annual Incentive Awards granted to any one Grantee or to different Grantees.

13.2.2. Business Criteria.

One or more of the following business criteria for the Company, on a consolidated basis, and/or specified subsidiaries or business units of the Company (except with respect to the total stockholder return and earnings per share criteria), shall be used exclusively by the Committee in establishing performance goals for such Performance or Annual Incentive Awards: (i) total stockholder return; (ii) such total stockholder return as compared to total return (on a comparable basis) of a publicly available index such as, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index; (iii) net income; (iv) pretax earnings; (v) earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (vi) pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before bonuses, service fees, and extraordinary or special items; (vii) operating margin; (viii) earnings per share; (ix) return on equity; (x) return on capital; (xi) return on investment; (xii) operating earnings; (xiii) working capital; (xiv) ratio of debt to stockholders’ equity and (xv) revenue.

13.2.3. Timing for Establishing Performance Goals.

Performance goals shall be established not later than 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance or Annual Incentive Awards, or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m).

13.2.4. Settlement of Performance or Annual Incentive Awards; Other Terms.

Settlement of such Performance or Annual Incentive Awards shall be in cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Performance or Annual Incentive Awards. The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Performance or Annual Incentive Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of Service by the Grantee prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of Performance Awards.

13.3. Written Determinations.

All determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount of any Performance Award pool or potential individual Performance Awards and as to the achievement of performance goals relating to Performance Awards, and the amount of any Annual Incentive Award pool or potential individual Annual Incentive Awards and the amount of final Annual Incentive Awards, shall be made in writing in the case of any Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m). To the extent permitted by Code Section 162(m), the Committee may delegate any responsibility relating to such Performance Awards or Annual Incentive Awards.

 

D-12


13.4. Status of Section 13.2 Awards Under Code Section 162(m).

It is the intent of the Company that Performance Awards and Annual Incentive Awards under Section 13.2 hereof granted to persons who are designated by the Committee as likely to be Covered Employees within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder shall, if so designated by the Committee, constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, the terms of Section 13.2 , including the definitions of Covered Employee and other terms used therein, shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, because the Committee cannot determine with certainty whether a given Grantee will be a Covered Employee with respect to a fiscal year that has not yet been completed, the term Covered Employee as used herein shall mean only a person designated by the Committee, at the time of grant of Performance Awards or an Annual Incentive Award, as likely to be a Covered Employee with respect to that fiscal year. If any provision of the Plan or any agreement relating to such Performance Awards or Annual Incentive Awards does not comply or is inconsistent with the requirements of Code Section 162(m) or regulations thereunder, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

14. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

14.1. General.

The Company shall not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock under any Award if the sale or issuance of such shares would constitute a violation by the Grantee, any other individual exercising an Option, or the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or regulations. If at any time the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to an Award upon any securities exchange or under any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of shares hereunder, no shares of Stock may be issued or sold to the Grantee or any other individual exercising an Option pursuant to such Award unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company, and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the date of termination of the Award. Specifically, in connection with the Securities Act, upon the exercise of any Option or the delivery of any shares of Stock underlying an Award, unless a registration statement under such Act is in effect with respect to the shares of Stock covered by such Award, the Company shall not be required to sell or issue such shares unless the Board has received evidence satisfactory to it that the Grantee or any other individual exercising an Option may acquire such shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Any determination in this connection by the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The Company may, but shall in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered hereby pursuant to the Securities Act. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the exercise of an Option or the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority. As to any jurisdiction that expressly imposes the requirement that an Option shall not be exercisable until the shares of Stock covered by such Option are registered or are exempt from registration, the exercise of such Option (under circumstances in which the laws of such jurisdiction apply) shall be deemed conditioned upon the effectiveness of such registration or the availability of such an exemption.

14.2. Rule 16b-3.

During any time when the Company has a class of equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, it is the intent of the Company that Awards and the exercise of Options granted hereunder will qualify for the exemption provided by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. To the extent that any provision of the Plan or action by the Board or Committee does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, it shall be deemed inoperative to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board, and shall not affect the validity of the Plan. In the event that Rule 16b-3 is revised or replaced, the Board may exercise its discretion to modify this Plan in any respect necessary to satisfy the requirements of, or to take advantage of any features of, the revised exemption or its replacement.

 

D-13


15. EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

15.1. Changes in Stock.

If the number of outstanding shares of Stock is increased or decreased or the shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company on account of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse split, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock dividend or other distribution payable in capital stock, or other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company occurring after the Effective Date, the number and kinds of shares for which grants of Options and other Awards may be made under the Plan shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly by the Company; provided that any such adjustment shall comply with Section 409A. In addition, the number and kind of shares for which Awards are outstanding shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly so that the proportionate interest of the Grantee immediately following such event shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as immediately before such event. Any such adjustment in outstanding Options or SARs shall not change the aggregate Option Price or SAR Exercise Price payable with respect to shares that are subject to the unexercised portion of an outstanding Option or SAR, as applicable, but shall include a corresponding proportionate adjustment in the Option Price or SAR Exercise Price per share. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as an increase in shares effected without receipt of consideration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (including an extraordinary cash dividend but excluding a non-extraordinary dividend payable in cash or in stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Company shall, in such manner as the Company deems appropriate, adjust (i) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards and/or (ii) the exercise price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to reflect such distribution.

15.2. Definition of Change in Control.

“Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

i. Any ‘person’ (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the ‘beneficial owner’ (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities, provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company, directly or indirectly, becomes the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company after such acquisition;

ii. The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in (a) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (b) the directors of the Company immediately prior thereto continuing to represent at least fifty percent (50%) of the directors of the Company or such surviving entity immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

iii. The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined than an Award hereunder is subject to the requirements of Section 409A, the Company will not be deemed to have undergone a Change in Control unless the Company is deemed to have undergone a change in control pursuant to the definition in Section 409A.

 

D-14


15.3. Effect of Change in Control

The Board shall determine the effect of a Change in Control upon Awards, and such effect may be set forth in the appropriate Award Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board may provide in the Award Agreements at the time of grant, or any time thereafter with the consent of the Grantee, the actions that will be taken upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, including, but not limited to, accelerated vesting, termination or assumption. The Board may also provide in the Award Agreements at the time of grant, or any time thereafter with the consent of the Grantee, for different provisions to apply to an Award in place of those described in Sections 15.1 and 15.2 .

15.4. Reorganization Which Does Not Constitute a Change in Control.

If the Company undergoes any reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Company with one or more other entities which does not constitute a Change in Control, any Option or SAR theretofore granted pursuant to the Plan shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Option or SAR would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of the Option Price or SAR Exercise Price per share so that the aggregate Option Price or SAR Exercise Price thereafter shall be the same as the aggregate Option Price or SAR Exercise Price of the shares remaining subject to the Option or SAR immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation. Subject to any contrary language in an Award Agreement, any restrictions applicable to such Award shall apply as well to any replacement shares received by the Grantee as a result of the reorganization, merger or consolidation.

15.5. Adjustments.

Adjustments under this Section 15 related to shares of Stock or securities of the Company shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares or other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole share.

15.6. No Limitations on Company.

The making of Awards pursuant to the Plan shall not affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

16. GENERAL PROVISIONS

16.1. Disclaimer of Rights.

No provision in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall be construed to confer upon any individual the right to remain in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate, or to interfere in any way with any contractual or other right or authority of the Company either to increase or decrease the compensation or other payments to any individual at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship between any individual and the Company. In addition, notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, no Award granted under the Plan shall be affected by any change of duties or position of the Grantee, so long as such Grantee continues to be a Service Provider, if applicable. The obligation of the Company to pay any benefits pursuant to this Plan shall be interpreted as a contractual obligation to pay only those amounts described herein, in the manner and under the conditions prescribed herein. The Plan shall in no way be interpreted to require the Company to transfer any amounts to a third party trustee or otherwise hold any amounts in trust or escrow for payment to any Grantee or beneficiary under the terms of the Plan.

 

D-15


16.2. Nonexclusivity of the Plan.

Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations upon the right and authority of the Board to adopt such other incentive compensation arrangements (which arrangements may be applicable either generally to a class or classes of individuals or specifically to a particular individual or particular individuals), including, without limitation, the granting of stock options as the Board in its discretion determines desirable.

16.3. Withholding Taxes.

The Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be, shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a Grantee any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld (i) with respect to the vesting of or other lapse of restrictions applicable to an Award, (ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option, or (iii) pursuant to an Award. At the time of such vesting, lapse, or exercise, the Grantee shall pay to the Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, any amount that the Company or the Affiliate may reasonably determine to be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation. Subject to the prior approval of the Company or the Affiliate, which may be withheld by the Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, in its sole discretion, the Grantee may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company or the Affiliate to withhold the minimum required number of shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Grantee as may be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation or (ii) by delivering to the Company or the Affiliate shares of Stock already owned by the Grantee. The shares of Stock so delivered or withheld shall have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such withholding obligations. The Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock used to satisfy such withholding obligation shall be determined by the Company or the Affiliate as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. A Grantee who has made an election pursuant to this Section 16.3 may satisfy his or her withholding obligation only with shares of Stock that are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting, or other similar requirements.

16.4. Captions.

The use of captions in this Plan or any Award Agreement is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement.

16.5. Other Provisions.

Each Award Agreement may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion.

16.6. Number and Gender.

With respect to words used in this Plan, the singular form shall include the plural form, the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, etc., as the context requires.

16.7. Severability.

If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

16.8. Governing Law.

The validity and construction of this Plan and the instruments evidencing the Award hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Plan and the instruments evidencing the Awards granted hereunder to the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

D-16


16.9. Section 409A.

16.9.1. Short-Term Deferrals.

For each Award intended to comply with the short-term deferral exception provided for under Section 409A, the related Award Agreement shall provide that such Award shall be paid out by the later of (i) the 15 th day of the third month following the Grantee’s first taxable year in which the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or (ii) the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s first taxable year in which the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.

16.9.2. Adjustments.

To the extent that the Board determines that a Grantee would be subject to the additional 20% tax imposed on certain deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 409A as a result of any provision of any Award, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such additional tax. The Board shall determine the nature and scope of such amendment.

16.9.3 Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the interpretative guidance thereunder and shall at all times be interpreted and administered in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any provision of the Plan violates Section 409A, such provision shall be automatically reformed, if possible, to comply with Section 409A or stricken from the Plan. If an operational failure occurs with respect to Section 409A requirements, any affected Participant shall fully cooperate with the Company to correct the failure, to the extent possible, in accordance with any correction procedure established by the Internal Revenue Service. No provision of the Plan shall be interpreted to transfer any liability for a failure to comply with Section 409A from a Participant or any other individual to the Company.

16.10. Stockholder Approval; Effective Date of Plan.

The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. Any Option that is designated as an Incentive Stock Option shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option if the Plan is not approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the Effective Date of the Plan. No award that is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of section 162(m) of the Code shall be effective unless and until the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company.

 

NYMEX HOLDINGS, INC.
By:    
Title:    

 

D-17

Exhibit 10.9

CHICAGO MERCANTILE EXCHANGE

DIRECTORS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009)

SECTION 1

General

1.1. History, Purpose and Effective Date .

 

  (a) Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) was established, effective as of February 1, 1996 by Chicago Mercantile Exchange, an Illinois not-for-profit corporation, to provide non-employee members of its Board of Directors with the opportunity to defer receipt of compensation, thereby assisting such members in planning for their future security. Pursuant to a series of demutualization transactions and an agreement and plan of merger, effective as of November 13, 2000, Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc., a shareholder-owned, for-profit Delaware corporation (“CME”) succeeded to the assets, liabilities and business of Chicago Mercantile Exchange and to the power, authority and responsibility of Chicago Mercantile Exchange under and with respect to the Plan. Effective as of December 3, 2001, pursuant to a further corporate reorganization, CME became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. (“CME Holdings”), and non-employee members of the Board of Directors of CME Holdings became eligible for participation in the Plan. Pursuant to the merger on July 12, 2007 of CBOT Holdings, Inc. into CME Holdings, CME Holdings became CME Group Inc. (“CME Group”).

 

  (b) Effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), the Plan has been amended and restated to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). With respect to the period from January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2008, the Plan was administered with such operational modifications as the Compensation Committee of CME deemed necessary or appropriate to comply with Code Section 409A, including transition relief and other guidance provided by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the terms of the Plan as in effect prior to January 1, 2005 shall apply to the portion (if any) of a Participant’s Account that was credited as of December 31, 2004, including credited earnings and losses with respect thereto (the “Grandfathered Account”), and the provisions of this amended and restated Plan shall not apply to such Grandfathered Account except the provisions related to administration of the Plan (Sections 1.2 and 7.1) and the Claims Procedure set forth in Section 6.


1.2. Administration . The Compensation Committee of CME is the Plan Administrator of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such delegation may be revoked at any time. Until the Plan Administrator takes action to the contrary, the Managing Director and Chief Human Resources Officer of CME shall be delegated the power and responsibility to take all actions assigned to or permitted to be taken by the Plan Administrator under Sections 3 and 4 hereof. The Secretary of CME (or, on behalf of the Secretary of CME, any Corporate Secretary or Assistant Secretary) shall certify to any interested person the names of the employees of CME who are, from time to time, authorized to act on behalf of the Plan Administrator and who are responsible for the day-to-day operation and administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole discretion to make decisions and take any action with respect to questions arising in connection with the Plan, including, but not limited to, the construction and interpretation of the Plan, the resolution of any ambiguities, the determination of the conditions subject to which any benefits may be payable, the resolution of all questions concerning the status and rights of a Participant and others under the Plan, and whether a claimant is eligible for benefits under the Plan, the determination of the amount of benefits, if any, a claimant is entitled to receive, and making any other determinations which it believes necessary or advisable for the administration and operation of the Plan. Any such decision or action shall be final and binding upon all Participants and beneficiaries, and benefits under the Plan shall be paid only if the Plan Administrator decides in its discretion that the claimant is entitled to them. The Plan Administrator’s decision or action in respect of any of the above shall be conclusive and binding upon all Participants and their beneficiaries, heirs, assigns, administrators, executors and any other person claiming through or under them.

1.3. Plan Year . The term “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

1.4. Source of Benefit Payments . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, any amount payable to or on account of a Participant under this Plan shall be paid from the general assets of CME or from one or more trusts, the assets of which are subject to the claims of CME’s general creditors. The amounts payable hereunder shall be reflected on the accounting records of CME but shall not be construed to create, or require the creation of, a trust, custodial or escrow account. None of the individuals entitled to benefits under the Plan shall have any preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of CME or to any investment reserves, accounts, trusts or funds that CME may purchase, establish or accumulate to aid in providing the benefits under the Plan, and any rights of such individuals under the Plan shall constitute unsecured contractual rights only. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a guarantee by CME that the assets of CME shall be sufficient to pay any benefits to any person. Nothing contained in the Plan and no action taken pursuant to its provisions shall create a trust or fiduciary relationship of any kind between CME and any person.

1.5. Expenses . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by CME.

1.6. Applicable Laws . The Plan shall be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

 

2


1.7. Gender and Number . Where the context admits, words in any gender shall include any other gender, words in the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.

1.8. Notices . Any notice or document required to be given to or filed with the Plan Administrator will be properly filed if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of CME, at its principal executive offices. The Plan Administrator may, by advance written notice to affected persons, revise such notice procedure from time to time. Any notice required under the Plan may be waived by the person entitled to notice.

1.9. Evidence . Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.

1.10. Action by CME . Any action required or permitted to be taken by CME shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors or its delegate (the “Board”), the Executive Committee of the Board, or a duly authorized officer of CME.

SECTION 2

Participation

2.1. Participant . Each non-employee member of the Board (a “Director”) may become a “Participant” in the Plan by making a deferral election in accordance with Section 3.2.

2.2. Plan Not Guarantee of Continued Service . Participation in the Plan will not give any Director the right to be retained as a member of the Board nor any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan.

SECTION 3

Deferred Compensation; Plan Accounting

3.1. Deferred Compensation Account . The Plan Administrator shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, an Account in the name of each Participant which shall reflect the sum of the following amounts:

 

  (a) the amount deferred by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2; and

 

  (b) the assumed earnings to be credited to the Participant’s Account in accordance with Section 3.3.

A Participant’s Account shall be segregated according to the Plan Year to which credits to the Account relate (each such segregated portion of the Account is sometimes referred to herein as a “Plan Year Account”). The beginning balance of each Participant’s Plan Year Account on the Effective Date shall be the amount credited to such Plan Year Account under the Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date.

 

3


3.2. Deferral Election .

 

  (a) Subject to such terms, conditions, and limitations as the Plan Administrator may, from time to time, impose, a Participant may make an irrevocable election to defer receipt of up to 100% of the Eligible Payments earned by him from CME with respect to any Plan Year, by filing a deferral election in writing with the Plan Administrator at such time and in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall provide, but in no case later than the day preceding the first day of such Plan Year. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a newly elected or appointed Director may file such a deferral election within 30 days of becoming eligible to participate in the deferral election feature of the Plan with respect to all or a portion of the Eligible Payments earned by him after such election is filed. For purposes hereof, “Eligible Payments” means Board stipends, Board meeting fees, committee meeting fees, functional committee fees, and consulting fees.

 

  (b) The Account of each Participant shall be credited with the amount of Eligible Payments deferred by the Participant as of the date on which such amount would otherwise have been paid to the Participant or such other date as the Plan Administrator may reasonably provide.

3.3. Adjustment of Accounts . The amounts credited to a Participant’s Account in accordance with Section 3.2 shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with uniform procedures established by the Plan Administrator to reflect the value of an investment equal to the Participant’s Account balance in one or more assumed investments that the Plan Administrator offers from time to time, and which the Participant directs the Plan Administrator to use for purposes of adjusting his Account. Such amount shall be determined without regard to taxes that would be payable with respect to any such assumed investment. The Plan Administrator may eliminate any assumed investment alternative at any time; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator may not retroactively eliminate any assumed investment alternative. To the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator, the Participant may elect to have different portions of his Account balance for any period adjusted on the basis of different assumed investments. Notwithstanding the election by Participants of certain assumed investments and the adjustment of their Accounts based on such investment decisions, the Plan does not require, and no trust or other instrument maintained in connection with the Plan shall require, that any assets or amounts which are set aside in trust or otherwise for the purpose of paying Plan benefits shall actually be invested in the investment alternatives selected by Participants.

 

4


SECTION 4

Payment of Plan Benefits

4.1. Vesting . A Participant shall have at all times a fully vested and nonforfeitable interest in the amounts theretofore credited or required to be credited to his Account under Section 3.

4.2. Payment . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4, the balance in each Plan Year Account of a Participant shall be paid in a lump sum within 30 days following the end of the Restricted Period. For purposes hereof, the “Restricted Period” means the period commencing on the Participant’s separation from service and ending on the six-month anniversary of such separation from service or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Participant has made a valid distribution election with respect to a Plan Year Account in accordance with Section 4.3, such Plan Year Account shall be distributed in accordance with such election (subject to the limitations of Section 4.3(c)).

4.3. Payment Election .

 

  (a) With respect any Plan Year Account relating to a Plan Year before 2009 for which a Participant made a valid irrevocable distribution election between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2008, pursuant to rules and procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator intended in good faith to comply with Section 409A of the Code and Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder, the vested balance of such Plan Year Account shall be paid in accordance with such election.

 

  (b) With respect to any Plan Year Account relating to a Plan Year after 2008, a Participant may elect in such manner as the Plan Administrator may prescribe the time and manner in which such Plan Year Account shall be distributed. Such election shall specify either (i) that payment is to be made (or is to commence) upon the Participant’s separation from service, or (ii) that payment is to be made (or is to commence) upon the earlier of the Participant’s separation from service or a specific date that is not earlier than two years after the first day of the Plan Year to which the Plan Year Account relates. The election shall also specify whether the Plan Year Account is to be paid in a lump sum or in substantially equal annual installments, and if installments are elected, the number of such installments (not to exceed five) (a “form of payment election”). In the case of a Participant who elects to have payment of his or her Plan Year Account be made (or commence) upon the earlier of the Participant’s separation from service or a fixed date in accordance with clause (ii) of this Section 4.3(b), the Participant may make a separate form of payment election for each such payment trigger. A Participant’s Payment Election with respect to a Plan Year Account shall be made before the first day of the Plan Year to which such Plan Year Account relates or, in the case of a Participant who first becomes eligible for the Plan after January 1 and before October 1 of the Plan Year pursuant to Section 3.2, within the first 30 days of such eligibility. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4, a Participant’s Payment Election shall be irrevocable.

 

5


  (c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, (i) with respect to any distribution triggered by the Participant’s separation from service, no portion of such Plan Year Account shall be paid until the first payroll date after the end of the Restricted Period, and (ii) the foregoing restriction shall not affect the timing of any installment payment after the first installment.

4.4. Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant from time to time may designate any legal or natural person or persons (who may be designated contingently or successively) to whom his benefits under the Plan are to be paid if he dies before he receives all of his benefits. A beneficiary designation will be effective only if effected in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall prescribe from time to time, and only if the designation is delivered to the Plan Administrator while the Participant is alive, and will cancel all beneficiary designations with respect to the Plan filed earlier. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 4.4, if no valid beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of a Participant’s death, or if the designated beneficiary of a deceased Participant dies before him or before complete payment of the Participant’s benefits, his benefits shall be paid to the legal representative or representatives of the estate of the last to die of the Participant and his designated beneficiary.

4.5. Distributions to Disabled Persons . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4, if at the time a Participant or beneficiary becomes entitled to a benefit under the Plan such person is, in the Plan Administrator’s opinion, under a legal disability or is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage his financial affairs, the Plan Administrator may direct that payment be made to a relative or friend of such person for his benefit until claim is made by a conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or his estate, and such payment shall be in lieu of any such payment to such Participant or beneficiary. Thereafter, any benefits under the Plan to which such Participant or beneficiary is entitled shall be paid to such conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or his estate.

4.6. Unforeseeable Emergencies .

 

  (a) In the event of a Participant’s Unforeseeable Emergency, such Participant may request an emergency withdrawal from his or her Account. Any such request shall be subject to the approval of the Plan Administrator, which approval (A) shall only be granted to the extent reasonably needed to satisfy the need created by the Unforeseeable Emergency, and (B) shall not be granted to the extent that such need may be relieved (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).

 

  (b) In the event of a Participant’s Unforeseeable Emergency on account of which the Participant receives a withdrawal pursuant to Section 4.6(a), the Participant’s Deferral Election shall be canceled.

 

6


  (c) An “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship of the Participant or beneficiary resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant or his or her spouse or dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)), loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance), or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the Participant’s control. Circumstances that may constitute an Unforeseeable Emergency include the imminent foreclosure of or eviction from the Participant’s primary residence; the need to pay for medical expenses, including non-refundable deductibles, as well as for the costs of prescription drug medication; and the need to pay for the funeral expenses of a spouse or a dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)). The purchase of a home and the payment of college tuition generally are not Unforeseeable Emergencies. Whether the Participant is faced with an Unforeseeable Emergency permitting an emergency withdrawal shall be determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, based on the relevant facts and circumstances and applying regulations and other guidance under Code Section 409A.

SECTION 5

Miscellaneous Provisions

5.1. Benefits May Not be Assigned . Benefits payable under the Plan are expressly declared to be unassignable and non-transferable. Neither the Participant nor any other person shall have any voluntary or involuntary right to commute, sell, assign, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt, any benefits payable under the Plan. No part of the benefits payable shall be, prior to actual payment, subject to seizure or sequestration for payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by the Participant or any other person, or be transferred by operation of law in the event of the Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.

5.2. Section 409A . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A and shall at all times be interpreted and administered in accordance with such intent. In the event that any provision of the Plan violates Code Section 409A, to the extent possible such provision shall be automatically reformed to comply with Code Section 409A or stricken from the Plan.

SECTION 6

Claims Procedure

6.1. For purposes of the Plan, a claim for a benefit is a written application for a benefit filed with the Plan Administrator. In the event that any Participant or other person claims to be entitled to a benefit under the Plan, and the Plan Administrator or its designee determines that such claim should be denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator or its designee shall, in writing, notify such claimant within 90 days (180 days if special circumstance require) of receipt of such claim that his claim has been denied. The notice

 

7


of denial will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Participant and will include the following information: (a) the specific reason for the denial; (b) specific reference to those Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (c) a description of any additional information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why the information is necessary; and (d) a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to those procedures.

6.2. If the Plan Administrator requests additional information from a claimant prior to an initial determination or a determination on appeal, the Plan Administrator will notify the claimant and permit the claimant to have 45 days to provide the requested information. The time of the Plan Administrator’s decision will be tolled until the information is received or until the 45-day period has elapsed. If the information is not timely received by the Plan Administrator, its decision will be made without the requested information.

6.3. Within 60 days after the mailing or delivery by the Plan Administrator or its designee of such notice, such claimant may request, by mailing or delivery of written notice to the Plan Administrator, a review by the Plan Administrator of the decision denying the claim. The clamant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to his claim, whether or not those comments, documents, records or other information were submitted in connection with the initial claim. The claimant may also request that the Plan provide, free of charge, copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to his claim.

6.4. If the claimant fails to request such a review within such 60-day period, it shall be conclusively determined for all purposes of this Plan that the denial of such claim by the Plan Administrator is correct.

6.5. After such review, the Plan Administrator shall determine whether such denial of the claim was correct and shall notify such claimant in writing of its determination within 60 days of receipt of the claimant’s request for review (120 days if special circumstances require). In the case of a claim denial on review, the notice will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Participant and will include the following information: (a) the specific reason or reasons for denial; (b) specific reference to those Plan provisions on which denial is based; and (c) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon written request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to his claim for benefits.

SECTION 7

Amendment and Termination

7.1. Administrative Amendments . The Managing Director and Chief Human Resources Officer of CME may make minor or administrative amendments to the Plan.

 

8


7.2. Amendment and Termination . CME may amend or terminate the Plan at any time by resolution of the Compensation Committee of CME’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that without such Participant’s written consent, no amendment or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect the right of any Participant to receive, or otherwise result in a material adverse effect on such Participant’s rights under the Plan with respect to, his or her accrued benefits as determined as of the date of amendment or termination. Any amendment shall be effective only to the extent such amendment does not cause the terms of the Plan or any benefits hereunder to violate Code Section 409A. In the event of a termination of the Plan, Participants’ Account balances shall be distributed in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall determine consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

Dated this 30 day of December, 2008.

 

CHICAGO MERCANTILE EXCHANGE INC.
By   Hilda Harris Piell
Its   Managing Director & Chief Human Resources Officer

 

9

Exhibit 10.14

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CME GROUP INC. ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN FOR HIGHLY COMPENSATED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

(Amended and Restated as of December 31, 2008)

1.  Purpose.  The purpose of the CME Group Inc. Annual Incentive Plan for Highly Compensated Executive Officers is to align the interests of Company management with those of the shareholders of the Company by encouraging management to achieve goals intended to increase shareholder value.

2.  Definitions.  The following terms, as used herein, shall have the following meanings:

(a)  “Award” shall mean an incentive compensation award, granted pursuant to the Plan, which is contingent upon the attainment of Performance Factors with respect to a Performance Period.

(b)  “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c)  “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d)  “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee as may be appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 3 of the Plan.

(e)  “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

(f)  “Company” shall mean CME Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation.

(g)  “Disability” shall mean permanent disability as determined pursuant to the long-term disability plan or policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries in effect at the time of such disability and applicable to a Participant.

(h)  “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 2003.

(i)  “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j)  “Participant” shall mean an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company who is, pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan, selected to participate herein.

(k)  “Performance Factors” shall mean the criteria and objectives, determined by the Committee, which must be met during the applicable Performance Period as a condition of the Participant’s receipt of payment with respect to an Award. Performance Factors may include any or all of the following or any combination thereof: gross margin, operating margin, revenue growth, free cash flow, cash earnings, operating expense, expense reductions, operations efficiency, operating cash flow, earnings per share, economic value added, cash-flow return on investment, net income, total shareholder return, return on investment, return on equity, return on assets or any increase or decrease of one or more of the foregoing over a specified period. Such Performance Factors may relate to the performance of the Company, a Subsidiary, any portion of the business, product line, or any combination thereof and may be expressed on an aggregate, per share (outstanding or fully diluted) or per unit basis. Where applicable, the Performance Factors may be expressed in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criteria, the attainment of a percentage increase or decrease in the particular criteria, or may be applied to the performance of the Company, a Subsidiary, a business unit, a product line, or any combination thereof, relative to a market index, a group of other companies (or their subsidiaries, business units or product lines), or a combination thereof, all as determined by the Committee. Performance Factors may include a threshold level of performance below which no payment shall be made, levels of performance below the target level but above the threshold level at which specified percentages of the Award shall be paid, a target level of performance at which the full Award shall be paid, levels of performance above the target level but below the maximum level at which specified multiples of the Award shall be paid, and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment shall be made. Performance Factors may also specify that payments for levels of performances between specified levels will be interpolated.


(l)  “Performance Period” shall mean the twelve-month periods commencing on January 1, 2003 and each January 1 thereafter, or such other periods as the Committee shall determine; provided that a Performance Period for a Participant who becomes employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries following the commencement of a Performance Period may be a shorter period that commences with the date of the commencement of such employment.

(m)  “Plan” shall mean this CME Group Inc. Annual Incentive Plan for Highly Compensated Executive Officers.

(n)  “Subsidiary” shall mean any company, partnership, limited liability company, business or entity (other than the Company) of which at least 50% of the combined voting power of its voting securities is, or the operations and management are, directly or indirectly controlled by the Company.

3.  Administration.   The Plan shall be administered by a Committee of the Board. The Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to grant Awards; to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which Awards shall be granted; to determine the terms, conditions, restrictions and Performance Factors relating to any Award; to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, cancelled, forfeited, or surrendered; to make adjustments in the Performance Factors in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or its Subsidiaries or the financial statements of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles; to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of Awards (including provisions relating to a change in control of the Company); and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine whether, or to what extent, Performance Factors are achieved; provided, however, that the Committee shall have the authority to make appropriate adjustments in Performance Factors under an Award to reflect the impact of extraordinary items not reflected in such goals. For purposes of the Plan, extraordinary items shall be defined as (1) any profit or loss attributable to acquisitions or dispositions of stock or assets, (2) any changes in accounting standards or treatments that may be required or permitted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or adopted by the Company or its Subsidiaries after the goal is established, (3) all items of gain, loss or expense for the year related to restructuring charges for the Company or its Subsidiaries, (4) all items of gain, loss or expense for the year determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence or related to the disposal of a segment of a business, (5) all items of gain, loss or expense for the year related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business as defined in APB Opinion No. 30 (or successor literature), (6) the impact of capital expenditures, (7) the impact of share repurchases and other changes in the number of outstanding shares, and (8) such other items as may be prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder as may be in effect from time to time, and any amendments, revisions or successor provisions and any changes thereto.

The Committee shall consist of two or more persons each of whom shall be an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participant (or any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant).

Subject to Section 162(m) of the Code or as otherwise required for compliance with other applicable law, the Committee may delegate all or any part of its authority under the Plan.

4.  Eligibility.  Awards may be granted to Participants in the sole discretion of the Committee. In determining the persons to whom Awards shall be granted and the Performance Factors relating to each Award, the Committee shall take into account such factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan.

 

2


5.  Terms of Awards.   Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be communicated to Participants in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve and the terms and conditions of such Awards shall be set forth therein.

(a)   In General.   On or prior to the date on which 25% of a Performance Period has elapsed (but not later than the 90 th day of such period), the Committee shall specify in writing, by resolution of the Committee or other appropriate action, the Participants for such Performance Period and the Performance Factors applicable to each Award for each Participant with respect to such Performance Period. Payment in respect of Awards shall be made only if and to the extent the minimum Performance Factors with respect to such Performance Period are attained.

(b)   Special Provisions Regarding Awards.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall payment in respect of Awards granted hereunder exceed $2,500,000 to any one Participant in any one year. The Committee may at its discretion decrease the amount of an Award payable upon attainment of the specified Performance Factors, but in no event may the Committee increase at its discretion the amount of an Award payable upon attainment of the specified Performance Factors.

(c)   Time and Form of Payment.   All payments in respect of Awards granted under this Plan shall be made in cash within two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months after the end of the Performance Period, but in no event shall such payments be made later than December 31 of the year after the end of the Performance Period.

6.  Term.   Subject to the approval of the Amended and Restated Plan by the holders of a majority of the Common Stock represented and voting on the proposal at the annual meeting of Company stockholders to be held in 2007 (or any adjournment thereof), the Plan shall be effective as of January 1, 2007 and shall continue in effect until the fifth anniversary of the date of such stockholder approval, unless earlier terminated as provided below.

7.  General Provisions.

(a)   Compliance with Legal Requirements.   The Plan and the granting and payment of Awards, and the other obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required.

(b)   Nontransferability.   Awards shall not be transferable by a Participant.

(c)   No Right To Continued Employment.   Nothing in the Plan or in any Award granted pursuant hereto shall confer upon any Participant the right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or to interfere with or limit in any way whatever rights otherwise exist of the Company or its Subsidiaries to terminate such Participant’s employment or change such Participant’s remuneration.

(d)   Withholding Taxes.   Where a Participant or other person is entitled to receive a payment pursuant to an Award hereunder, the Company shall have the right either to deduct from the payment, or to require the Participant or such other person to pay to the Company prior to delivery of such payment, an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements related thereto.

(e)   Amendment, Termination and Duration of the Plan.   The Board or the Committee may at any time and from time to time alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided that , no amendment that requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with Code Section 162(m) shall be effective unless the same shall be approved by the requisite vote of the stockholders of the Company.

(f)   Participant Rights.   No Participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment for Participants.

 

3


(g)   Termination of Employment.

(i) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, and except as set forth in subparagraph (ii) of this Section 7(g), a Participant must be actively employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries at the time Awards are generally paid with respect to a Performance Period in order to be eligible to receive payment in respect of such Award.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, if a Participant’s employment is terminated as result of death, Disability or voluntary retirement with the consent of the Company prior to the end of the Performance Period, such Participant shall receive a pro rata portion of the Award that he or she would have received with respect to the applicable Performance Period provided that the minimum Performance Factors with respect to such Performance Period are attained. Such pro rata Award shall be payable at the time payment is made to other Participants in respect of such Performance Period.

(h)   Unfunded Status of Awards.   The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

(i)   Governing Law.   The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

(j)   Effective Date.   The Plan shall take effect upon its adoption by the Board; provided , however , that the Plan shall be subject to the requisite approval of the stockholders of the Company in order to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code. In the absence of such approval, the Plan (and any Awards made pursuant to the Plan prior to the date of such approval) shall be null and void.

(k)   Interpretation.   The Plan is designed and intended to comply, to the extent applicable, with Section 162(m) of the Code, and all provisions hereof shall be construed in a manner to so comply.

 

4

Exhibit 10.17

FIRST AMENDMENT

This is the First Amendment to the Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) entered into between Craig Donohue (“Employee”) and Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. (“CME” or “Employer”) which became effective on April 3, 2006.

Any capitalized terms used but not defined in this First Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

This First Amendment is effective as of December 3, 2008. Except as set forth herein, all provisions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

Paragraph 6(d)(2) is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

  (2) Subject to Employee’s execution and delivery prior to the Release Deadline (as defined below) of a general release in a form and of a substance satisfactory to Employer acting in good faith (a “Release”), Employee shall be entitled to a one time lump sum severance payment equal to 2 times his Base Salary as of the date of Employee’s termination, which shall be paid six (6) months after the date Employee terminates employment pursuant to Paragraph 6(d). For purposes hereof, the “Release Deadline” means the deadline prescribed by Employer for the execution of a Release, which deadline shall in no event be later than 60 days following the date the Employee’s employment terminates.

Paragraph 6(d)(4) is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

  (4) Employee shall be entitled to the following with respect to the life, disability, accident and healthcare insurance plans, programs or arrangements in which Employee was participating immediately prior to such employment termination:

Medical – Employee shall receive continued coverage under Employer’s group medical plan at substantially the same cost to Employee as determined immediately prior to his last day of employment for 18 months after the date his employment terminates. Employee shall also receive a lump sum payment equal to six (6) times 150% of the portion of the monthly premium cost paid by Employer for Employee’s coverage under Employer’s group medical plan immediately prior to his last day of employment.

Dental – Employee shall receive continued coverage under Employer’s group medical plan at substantially the same cost to Employee as determined immediately prior to his last day of employment for 18 months after the date his employment terminates. Employee shall also receive a lump sum payment equal to six (6) times 150% of the portion of the monthly premium cost paid by Employer for Employee’s coverage under Employer’s group dental plan immediately prior to his last day of employment.


Group Life/Accidental Death and Dismemberment – Employee shall receive continued coverage under Employer’s group life/accidental death and dismemberment plan at substantially the same cost to Employee as determined immediately prior to his last day of employment for 24 months after the date his employment terminates.

Excess Life – Employee shall receive continued coverage under any excess life insurance coverage Employer purchased for Employee at substantially the same cost to employee as determined immediately prior to his last day of employment for 24 months after the date his employment terminates.

Group Long-Term Disability – Employee shall receive a lump sum payment equal to 24 times 150% of the monthly premium paid by Employer for Employee’s coverage under Employer’s group long-term disability plan immediately prior to Employee’s last day of employment.

Excess Long-Term Disability – Employee shall receive continued coverage under any excess long-term disability coverage Employer purchased for Employee at substantially the same cost to Employee as determined immediately prior to his last day of employment for 24 months after the date his employment terminates.

Payment of the lump sum amounts payable under this Paragraph 6(d)(4) up to the maximum amount allowed for de minimis payments under IRS Code Section 409A shall be paid within 14 days of the later of the delivery of a Release or the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable. The remainder of the lump sum amounts, if any, shall be paid six (6) months after the date Employee terminates employment pursuant to Paragraph 6(d).

Paragraph 6(e)(2) is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

  (2) subject to Employee’s execution and delivery of a Release prior to the Release Deadline (as such terms are defined in paragraph 6(d)(2)), a one time lump sum severance payment equal to 2 times his Base Salary as of the date of Employee’s termination, which shall be paid six (6) months after the date Employee terminates employment pursuant to Paragraph 6(e).

Paragraph 6(e)(4) is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

  (4) Employee shall be entitled to the following with respect to the life, disability, accident and healthcare insurance plans, programs or arrangements in which Employee was participating immediately prior to such employment termination:

Medical – Employee shall receive continued coverage under Employer’s group medical plan at substantially the same cost to Employee as determined immediately prior to his last day of employment for 18 months after the date his employment terminates. Employee shall also receive a lump sum payment equal to six (6) times 150% of the portion of the monthly premium cost paid by Employer for Employee’s coverage under Employer’s group medical plan immediately prior to his last day of employment.


Dental – Employee shall receive continued coverage under Employer’s group medical plan at substantially the same cost to Employee as determined immediately prior to his last day of employment for 18 months after the date his employment terminates. Employee shall also receive a lump sum payment equal to six (6) times 150% of the portion of the monthly premium cost paid by Employer for Employee’s coverage under Employer’s group dental plan immediately prior to his last day of employment.

Group Life/Accidental Death and Dismemberment – Employee shall receive continued coverage under Employer’s group life/accidental death and dismemberment plan at substantially the same cost to Employee as determined immediately prior to his last day of employment for 24 months after the date his employment terminates.

Excess Life – Employee shall receive continued coverage under any excess life insurance coverage Employer purchased for Employee at substantially the same cost to Employee as determined immediately prior to his last day of employment for 24 months after the date his employment terminates.

Group Long-Term Disability – Employee shall receive a lump sum payment equal to 24 times 150% of the monthly premium paid by Employer for Employee’s coverage under Employer’s group long-term disability plan immediately prior to Employee’s last day of employment.

Excess Long-Term Disability - Employee shall receive continued coverage under any excess long-term disability coverage Employer purchased for Employee at substantially the same cost to Employee as determined immediately prior to his last day of employment for 24 months after the date his employment terminates.

Payment of the lump sum amounts payable under this Paragraph 6(e)(4) up to the maximum amount allowed for deminimis payments under IRS Code Section 409A shall be paid within 14 days of the later of the delivery of a Release or the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable. The remainder of the lump sum amounts, if any, shall be paid six (6) months after the date Employee terminates employment pursuant to Paragraph 6(e).

Paragraph 21 is hereby added as follows:

 

  21) IRS Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any amount payable upon Employee’s termination is deemed by Employer to be subject to Section 409A at the time of payment, such amount shall be paid no earlier than six (6) months after the date of Employee’s termination. This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A and shall at all times be interpreted and administered in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any provision of the Agreement violates Section 409A, such provision shall be interpreted and/or reformed by Employer to comply with Section 409A.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment to the Agreement to become effective on December 3, 2008.

 

CHICAGO MERCANTILE EXCHANGE INC.     CRAIG S. DONOHUE
By:   /s/ Kathleen Cronin     /s/ C. S. Donohue
Date: 12/22/08     Date: 12/5/08

Exhibit 10.18

SECOND AMENDMENT

This is the Second Amendment to the Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) entered into between Phupinder Gill (“Employee”) and Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. (“CME” or “Employer”) which became effective on November 7, 2003 and was amended via First Amendment effective December 20, 2005.

Any capitalized terms used but not defined in this Second Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement or First Amendment, respectively.

This Second Amendment is effective as of December 3, 2008. Except as set forth herein, all provisions of the Agreement and the First Amendment shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

Paragraph 6(d)(2) is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

  (2) subject to Employee’s execution and delivery prior to the Release Deadline (as defined below) of a general release in a form and of a substance satisfactory to Employer, a one time lump sum severance payment equal to 2 times his Base Salary as of the date of Employee’s termination for the remaining term of the Agreement up to a maximum of 24 months of Base Salary, which shall be paid within 14 days of the later of the delivery of such general release to Employer or the date on which such general release becomes irrevocable. For purposes hereof, the “Release Deadline” means the deadline prescribed by Employer for the execution of the general release described in this section (d)(2) of Paragraph 6, which deadline shall in no event be later than 60 days following the date the Employee’s employment terminates.

Paragraph 19 is hereby added as follows:

 

  19) IRS Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any amount payable upon Employee’s termination is deemed by Employer to be subject to Section 409A at the time of payment, such amount shall be paid no earlier than six (6) months after the date of his termination. This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A and shall at all times be interpreted and administered in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any provision of the Agreement violates Section 409A, such provision shall be interpreted and/or reformed by Employer to comply with Section 409A.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment to the Agreement to become effective December 3, 2008.

 

CHICAGO MERCANTILE EXCHANGE INC.     PHUPINDER GILL
By:   /s/ Kathleen Cronin     /s/ Phupinder Gill
Date: 12/22/08     Date: 12/4/08

Exhibit 10.19

Amended and Restated Summary of Retention and Benefit Agreements between the Board of Directors and

Compensation Committee of CME Group Inc. (the “Company”) and Terrence A. Duffy

On October 16, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company appointed Terrence A. Duffy, the Company’s Chairman at the time, to serve as the Executive Chairman. On November 1, 2006, the Compensation Committee approved and the Board of Directors ratified Mr. Duffy’s compensation for his service as the Executive Chairman. The Compensation Committee also approved and the Board of the Directors ratified Mr. Duffy’s retention payment that was previously approved by the Board of Directors on January 31, 2005, with the clarification that the payment amount would be based upon Mr. Duffy’s annual base salary (currently $950,000) in lieu of the annual cash stipend he formally received for serving as a non-executive chairman. As a result, Mr. Duffy will be entitled to a payment equal to his annual base salary (“Retention Payment”) if at the end of his term as Executive Chairman he is willing and able to serve another term as Executive Chairman and is not nominated for reelection to the Board and/or is not reelected to the position of Executive Chairman by the members of the Board, if he is eligible; provided, that in such event Mr. Duffy shall assist with the transition of responsibilities to a new chairman, provided further, that in no event shall the Executive Chairman be entitled to the Retention Payment if he has been removed or not reelected because of his breach of fiduciary duty to the shareholders or because of his willful failure to fulfill his duties and obligations as chairman, all as determined by a majority of the independent, non-industry directors of the Board.

On June 6, 2007, in recognition of the services that Mr. Duffy provides as the Executive Chairman of the Company, the Compensation Committee authorized management, subject to annual review by the Committee, to self-insure the supplemental life and long-term disability coverage amounts necessary to provide Mr. Duffy with the same level of life and long-term disability coverage generally provided to employees under the Company’s group life and long-term disability policies. The Committee also authorized the Company to gross up the self-insured supplemental life insurance amount to account for any taxes on such amount owed by Mr. Duffy’s beneficiaries. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Duffy would be entitled to disability insurance benefits based on two-thirds of base pay and life insurance benefits based on three times base pay.

In December 2008, the Compensation Committee approved an amendment to the resolutions authorizing Mr. Duffy’s Retention Payment to conform to the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409(a) to provide that the the Retention Payment would be paid no later than 30 days after the event triggering the payment.

Exhibit 12.1

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

The following table sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1) for the periods indicated:

 

       Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

   20.08 x   105.93 x   189.58 x   153.09 x   100.80 x

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is calculated by dividing earnings by fixed charges. For this purpose, “earnings” consist of income before income taxes, plus fixed charges and losses from equity investees. “Fixed charges” consist of interest incurred and the interest portion of rent expense.

Exhibit 21.1

Consolidated Subsidiaries of CME Group Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or

Organization

Board of Trade of the City of Chicago, Inc.    Delaware
CBOT Singapore Pte. Ltd.    Singapore
C-B-T Corporation    Delaware
Commodity Exchange, Inc.    New York
COMEX Clearing Association, Inc.    New York
CME Alternative Marketplace Inc.    Delaware
CME FX Marketplace Inc.    Delaware
CME Global Marketplace Inc.    Delaware
CME Group Strategic Investments LLC    Delaware
CMEG Brazil Investments 1 LLC    Delaware
CMEG Brazil Investments 2 LLC    Delaware
CMEG Brazil 1 Participações Ltda.    Brazil
CMEG Brazil Sistemas Locação de Bens Ltda.    Brazil
CMEG NYMEX Holdings Inc.    Delaware
CME Swaps Marketplace Ltd.    United Kingdom
Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc.    Delaware
Credit Market Analysis Ltd.    United Kingdom
Credit Market Analysis USA Inc.    Delaware
Financial Data Exchange Ltd.    United Kingdom
GFX Corporation    Illinois
Giotto Empreendimentos e Participações Ltda.    Brazil
Green Exchange Holdings LLC    Delaware
Green Exchange LLC    Delaware
New York Mercantile Exchange, Inc.    Delaware
NYMEX Europe Exchange Holdings Limited    United Kingdom
NYMEX Europe Limited    United Kingdom
NYMEX London Limited    United Kingdom
NYMEX Technology Corp.    Delaware
Special Technology Investments Limited    United Kingdom
Swapstream Inc.    Delaware
Swapstream Limited    United Kingdom
Swapstream Operating Services Limited    United Kingdom
Swapstream France    France
Tradingear Acquisition, LLC    Delaware
QuoteVision Ltd.    United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-105236) pertaining to the Amended and Restated Omnibus Stock Plan of Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc.,

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-104804; Form S-8 No. 333-115656) pertaining to the Agreement between Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc. and James J. McNulty,

(3) Registration Statement (Form (S-8 No. 333-124497) pertaining to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and the 2005 Director Stock Plan,

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-3ASR No. 333-132554) Shelf Registration Statement for the offering of debt securities, Class A Common Stock, Preferred Stock and Warrants,

(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-14453) pertaining to CBOT Holdings, Inc.’s 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, and

(6) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-153462) and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Form S-8 No. 333-151577) pertaining to the NYMEX Holdings, Inc.’s 2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan.

of our reports dated February 26, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of the CME Group Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings Inc., incorporated by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 26, 2009

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Craig S. Donohue, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of CME Group Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 2, 2009

 

/s/ Craig S. Donohue

Name:   Craig S. Donohue
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

I, James E. Parisi, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of CME Group Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 2, 2009

 

/s/ James E. Parisi

Name:   James E. Parisi
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of CEO and CFO Pursuant to

18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of CME Group Inc. (Company) for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (Report), Craig S. Donohue, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and James E. Parisi, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of his knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Craig S. Donohue

Name:   Craig S. Donohue
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 2, 2009

/s/ James E. Parisi

Name:   James E. Parisi
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 2, 2009

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of §18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A signed original of this written statement required by § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.